RU2674739C2 - Methods and systems for extension of restorative braking - Google Patents

Abstract

FIELD: vehicles.

SUBSTANCE: invention relates to the operation of vehicles. In the drive control method of the drive wheels, drive braking to the drive wheels is provided by an electric machine, while the engine rotation is stopped. Electric machine provides a negative torque equivalent to the torque produced by engine during deceleration with blocked fuel, providing a braking drive. Device is automatically activated to consume the charge delivered by the electric machine when the electric machine provides drive braking on the drive wheels, and the engine is stopped. Then, upshift the transmission to a certain gear in response to the incline of the road when the vehicle is stationary.

EFFECT: reduced drive wheel wear and friction brakes is provided.

18 cl, 48 dwg

Description

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority to provisional application 61 / 643,154 for the grant of a US patent, filed May 4, 2012, the full contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference for any purpose.

FIELD OF TECHNOLOGY

The present description relates to a system and methods for improving rideability and fuel economy of a vehicle. The methods may be particularly useful for engines that selectively attach to an electric machine and transmission.

BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

A hybrid vehicle may provide regenerative braking with drive wheels to slow the vehicle. During regenerative braking, the kinetic energy of the vehicle can be converted into electrical energy. Electric energy is stored in the energy storage device, where it can be held until it is necessary to supply power to the vehicle or to perform some other function. The energy storage device may have capacity limitations so that it can store a limited amount of electrical energy. Therefore, it may be desirable to continue to convert the kinetic energy of the vehicle into electrical energy, even if the energy storage device approaches conditions where additional charging is not required. However, an energy storage device may degrade performance if it is overcharged.

The inventors in the materials of this application have recognized the aforementioned disadvantages and have developed a method for controlling the braking of the drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels by means of an electric machine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped; and automatically commissioning the device for consuming energy generated by the electric machine, while the electric machine provides braking drive to the drive wheels.

By automatically commissioning the device for consuming charge from the electric machine, while the electric machine provides braking by the drive to the drive wheels, it may be possible to extend regenerative braking. For example, it may be possible to activate windshield heaters to consume excess electric energy generated by an electric machine that provides drive braking to drive wheels so that regenerative braking can continue.

The present description may provide several advantages. More specifically, the approach may reduce the need to transition between drive brakes on drive wheels. In addition, the approach can extend the life of friction brake devices. In addition, the approach can reduce wear on the drive wheels, thereby increasing the operational life of the drive on the drive wheels.

The above advantages and other advantages and features of the present description will be readily apparent from the subsequent Detailed Description when taken alone or in connection with the accompanying drawings.

It should be clear that the essence of the invention given above is provided to introduce a simplified form of a selection of concepts that are further described in the detailed description. It is not intended to identify key or essential features of the claimed subject matter, the scope of which is uniquely defined by the claims that accompany the detailed description. Moreover, the claimed subject matter is not limited to implementations that put an end to any of the disadvantages noted above or in any part of this disclosure.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The advantages described in the materials of this application will be more fully understood by reading an example of an embodiment indicated in the materials of this application as a Detailed Description when taken alone or with reference to the drawings, where:

FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an engine;

FIG. 2 shows a first exemplary configuration of an engine drive wheel;

FIG. 3 shows a second exemplary configuration of an engine drive wheel;

FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing one example of operating a drive to drive wheels of a vehicle by the methods described in the following figures;

FIG. 5-8 show flowcharts of a method and conditions for driving a power train of a hybrid vehicle in response to driving route conditions;

FIG. 9 and 10 show a method and a predictive sequence for adjusting a power train operation in response to a vehicle mass;

FIG. 11 and 12 show a method and predictive sequence for starting a hybrid vehicle;

FIG. 13 and 14 show a method and predictive sequence for tuning a fuel supply for a hybrid power train during engine starting;

FIG. 15-18 show methods and predictive sequences for starting a hybrid vehicle engine during a gear shift;

FIG. 19-22 show methods and predictive sequences for providing compensation to the flywheel and drive clutch clutch;

FIG. 23-26 show methods and predictive sequences for stopping the engine of a hybrid vehicle;

FIG. 27 and 28 show a method and predictive sequence for holding a hybrid vehicle with the engine stopped at a height;

FIG. 29A-36 show methods and predictive sequences for actuating a power train of an engine when braking by a drive on drive wheels;

FIG. 37-40 show methods and predictive sequences for driving a hybrid power train in drift mode;

FIG. 41-44 show methods and predictive sequences for adapting the operation of a drive trip clutch to drive wheels; and

FIG. 45-48 show predictive functions for describing or modeling a transmission torque converter.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

The present description relates to driving control of drive wheels of a hybrid vehicle. A hybrid vehicle may include an engine and an electric machine, as shown in FIG. 1-3. The engine may be operated with or without a starter / alternator built into the drive wheel (for example, an electric machine or electric motor, which may be indicated by the abbreviation DISG) while the vehicle is in operation. The starter / generator integrated in the drive on the drive wheels is integrated in the drive on the drive wheels on the same axis as the engine crankshaft and rotates whenever the torque converter pump wheel rotates. In addition, the DISG may not selectively engage or disengage with the drive wheel. Rather, DISG is an integral part of drive wheels. In addition, DISG can be operated with or without engine operation. The DISG mass and inertia remain with the drive on the drive wheels when the DISG is not working to deliver or receive torque from the drive to the drive wheels.

The drive wheel drive may be driven according to the method of FIG. 4. In some examples, the drive wheel may be driven based on the driving route and the mass of the vehicle, as described in FIG. 5-10. The engine may be started according to the methods shown in FIG. 11 to 18. Compensation of the drive wheel components may be provided as described in FIG. 19-22. Fuel can be saved by selectively stopping the engine, as described in FIG. 23-28. The drive to the drive wheels can also enter the recovery mode, as described in FIG. 29A-36, where the kinetic energy of a vehicle is converted into electrical energy. Electric energy can subsequently be used to propel the vehicle. Under certain conditions, the drive wheel of a vehicle may enter a drift mode where the engine is operated but is not mechanically attached to a DISG or transmission or vehicle wheels, as described in FIG. 37-40. The operation of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels can be adapted as shown in FIG. 41 to 44. The methods described herein may be used together at the same time in order to operate in a system that performs numerous methods. In conclusion, FIG. 45-47 show predictive functions for describing a transmission torque converter.

With reference to FIG. 1, an internal combustion engine 10 comprising a plurality of cylinders, one cylinder of which is shown in FIG. 1 is controlled by an electronic motor controller 12. The engine 10 includes a combustion chamber 30 and cylinder walls 32 with a piston 36 located therein and attached to the crankshaft 40. A flywheel 97 and a gear ring 99 are connected to the crankshaft 40. The starter 96 includes a gear drive shaft 98 and a drive shaft gear 95. The drive gear shaft 98 may selectively extend the drive gear 95 to engage the ring gear 99. The starter 96 may be mounted directly in front of the engine or behind the engine. In some examples, the starter 96 can selectively apply torque to the crankshaft 40 via a belt or chain. Starter 96 may be described as a lower power starting device. In one example, the starter 96 is in the base state when not engaged with the crankshaft of the engine. The combustion chamber 30 is shown in communication with the intake manifold 44 and the exhaust manifold 48 through a respective intake valve 52 and exhaust valve 54. Each intake valve and exhaust valve may be actuated by the intake valve cam 51 and the exhaust valve cam 53. The position of the intake valve cam 51 may be detected by the intake valve cam sensor 55. The position of the exhaust cam 53 may be detected by the exhaust cam cam sensor 57.

A fuel injector 66 is shown disposed for injecting fuel directly into the cylinder 30, which is known to those skilled in the art as direct injection. Alternatively, fuel may be injected into the inlet window, which is known to those skilled in the art as window injection. Fuel injector 66 delivers liquid fuel in proportion to the pulse width of the FPW signal from controller 12. Fuel is supplied to fuel injector 66 by a fuel system (not shown) including a fuel tank, a fuel pump and a fuel rail (not shown). The fuel nozzle 66 is supplied with operating current from the driver 68, which responds to the action of the controller 12. In addition, the intake manifold 44 is shown communicating with an optional electronic throttle 62, which adjusts the position of the throttle valve 64 to control the air flow from the air intake 42 to the intake manifold 44. B In one example, a low pressure direct injection system may be used where the fuel pressure can rise to about 20-30 bar. Alternatively, a two-stage high pressure fuel system can be used to generate higher fuel pressures. In some embodiments, throttle 62 and throttle valve 64 may be located between the intake valve 52 and the intake manifold 44, so that the throttle 62 is a window throttle.

An ignition system 88 without a distributor delivers an ignition spark to the combustion chamber 30 through the spark plug 92 in response to the action of the controller 12. A universal exhaust oxygen sensor (UEGO) 126 is shown connected to the exhaust manifold 48 upstream of the catalytic converter 70. Alternatively, a dual-mode exhaust oxygen sensor may be used in place of the UEGO sensor 126.

The exhaust gas converter 70, in one example, includes numerous catalyst briquettes. In yet another example, multiple exhaust devices (emission device), each with multiple briquettes, may be used. The catalyst 70 may be a three component type catalytic converter, a particulate filter, a depleted NOx trap, a selective reduction catalytic converter, or other exhaust device. The heater 119 of the exhaust device may also be located in the exhaust system for heating the catalyst 70 and / or exhaust gases.

Controller 12 is shown in FIG. 1 as a conventional microcomputer, including: a microprocessor unit 102, input / output ports 104, read-only memory 106, random access memory 108, standby memory 110, and a traditional data bus. The controller 12 is shown receiving various signals from sensors connected to the engine 10, in addition to those signals previously discussed, including: engine coolant temperature (ECT) from a temperature sensor 112 connected to the cooling pipe 114; a position sensor 134 connected to the accelerator pedal 130 for sensing force and / or position applied by the foot 132; a position sensor 154 connected to the brake pedal 150 for sensing a force and / or position applied by the foot 152; measuring the pressure in the intake manifold of the engine (MAP) from a pressure sensor 122 connected to the intake manifold 44; an engine position sensor from a Hall effect sensor 118 sensing the position of the crankshaft 40; measuring the mass of air entering the engine from the sensor 120; and measuring the position of the throttle from the sensor 58. Barometric pressure can also be read (sensor not shown) for processing by the controller 12. In a preferred aspect of the present description, the engine position sensor 118 generates a predetermined number of evenly spaced pulses every revolution of the crankshaft, from which the speed can be determined engine (RPM in revolutions per minute).

In some examples, the engine may be coupled to an electric motor / battery system in a hybrid vehicle, as shown in FIG. 2 and 3. In addition, in some examples, other engine configurations, such as a diesel engine, may be used.

During operation, each cylinder in the engine 10 typically undergoes a four-stroke cycle: the cycle includes an intake stroke, a compression stroke, an expansion stroke, and an exhaust stroke. During the intake stroke, typically the exhaust valve 54 closes and the intake valve 52 opens. Air is drawn into the combustion chamber 30 through the intake manifold 44, the piston 36 moves to the bottom of the cylinder so as to increase the volume inside the combustion chamber 30. The position in which the piston 36 is near the bottom of the cylinder and at the end of its stroke (for example, when the combustion chamber 30 is at its largest volume) is typically referred to by those skilled in the art as a lower dead point (BDC). During the compression stroke, inlet valve 52 and exhaust valve 54 are closed. The piston 36 moves to the cylinder head so as to compress the air inside the combustion chamber 30. The point at which the piston 36 is at the end of its stroke and closest to the cylinder head (for example, when the combustion chamber 30 is at its smallest volume) is typically indicated by those skilled in the art as top dead center (TDC). In the process, hereinafter referred to as injection, the fuel is brought into the combustion chamber. In the process, hereinafter referred to as ignition, the injected fuel is ignited by a known ignition means, such as spark plug 92, resulting in combustion. During the expansion stroke, expanding gases push the piston 36 back to the BDC. The crankshaft 40 converts the movement of the piston into the torque of the rotating shaft. Finally, during the exhaust stroke, the exhaust valve 54 opens to discharge the combusted fuel-air mixture to the exhaust manifold 48, and the piston returns to the TDC. Note that the above is merely shown as an example, and that the settings for opening and / or closing the inlet and outlet valves can be changed so as to give positive or negative valve closure, late closing of the inlet valve, or various other examples.

FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a drive wheel 200 of a vehicle in a vehicle 290. Drive wheel 200 may be mechanized by engine 10. Engine 10 may be started by the engine starting system shown in FIG. 1 or via DISG 240. In addition, the engine 10 can generate or adjust the torque through a torque actuator 204, such as a fuel injector, throttle, etc.

Torque at the engine output can be transmitted to the input side of the dual mass flywheel 232. The engine speed as well as the position and speed of the input side of the dual mass flywheel can be detected by the engine position sensor 118. The dual mass flywheel 232 may include springs and individual masses (not shown) for damping drive torque disturbances on the drive wheels. The output side of the dual-mass flywheel 232 is shown to be mechanically attached to the input side of the drive-wheel drive clutch 236. The drive wheel decoupling clutch 236 may be electrically or hydraulically driven. The position sensor 234 is located on the side of the clutch for disengaging the drive wheels of the dual mass flywheel 232 to read the output position and speed of the dual mass flywheel 232. In some examples, the position sensor 234 may include a torque sensor. The downstream side of the drive decoupling clutch 236 is shown mechanically coupled to DISG input shaft 237.

The DISG 240 may be driven to provide torque to the drive 200 to the drive wheels or convert the drive torque to the drive wheels to electrical energy, which must be stored in the energy storage device 275. DISG 240 has an output power that is greater than that of starter 96 shown in FIG. 1. In addition, the DISG 240 directly drives the drive 200 to the drive wheels or directly drives the drive 200 to the drive wheels. There are no belts, gears or chains to connect the DISG 240 to the drive 200 on the drive wheels. Rather, the DISG 240 rotates at the same frequency as the drive 200 on the drive wheels. The electric energy storage device 275 may be a battery, a capacitor, or an inductor. The downstream side of the DISG 240 is mechanically connected to the pump wheel 285 of the torque converter 206 through the shaft 241. The upstream side of the DISG 240 is mechanically attached to the drive wheel decoupling clutch 236.

The torque converter 206 includes a turbine 286 for outputting torque to the input shaft 270. The input shaft 270 mechanically couples the torque converter 206 to the automatic transmission 208. The torque converter 206 also includes a torque converter lock-up clutch 212 (TCC). Torque is directly transmitted from the pump wheel 285 to the turbine 286 when the TCC is locked. The TCC is electrically driven by the controller 12. Alternatively, the TCC can be hydraulically locked. In one example, a torque converter may be referred to as a transmission component. The speed and position of the torque converter pump wheel can be detected by the sensor 238. The speed and position of the torque converter turbine can be determined by the position sensor 239. In some examples, 238 and / or 239 may be torque sensors or may be combined position and torque sensors.

When the torque converter clutch 212 is fully disengaged, the torque converter 206 transmits engine torque to the automatic transmission 208 by transferring fluid between the torque converter turbine 286 and the torque converter pump wheel 285, thereby allowing torque multiplication. In contrast, when the torque converter clutch 212 is fully engaged, the torque at the engine output is transmitted directly through the torque converter clutch to the input shaft 270 of the transmission 208. Alternatively, the torque converter clutch 212 can partially engage, thereby allowing the amount of torque transmitted directly to the torque to be adjusted. transmission. The controller 12 may be configured to adjust the amount of torque transmitted by the torque converter 206 by adjusting the torque converter clutch 212 in response to various engine operating conditions or based on a driver’s request for engine operating conditions.

Automatic transmission 208 includes gear clutches 211 (e.g., gears 1-6) and a forward gear clutch 210. Gear couplings 211 and a forward clutch 210 can be selectively engaged to advance the vehicle. The torque at the exit of the automatic transmission 208, in turn, can be transmitted to the wheels 216 to drive the vehicle through the output shaft 260. The output shaft 260 supplies torque from the transmission 308 to the wheels 216 via a differential 255, which includes first gear 257 and second gear 258 itself. Automatic transmission 208 can transmit input torque to input shaft 270 in response to a vehicle moving state before transmitting output torque to wheels 216.

In addition, friction force can be applied to the wheels 216 by actuating the wheel friction brakes 218. In one example, the wheel friction brakes 218 can be actuated in response to a driver pressing his foot on a brake pedal (not shown). In other examples, the controller 12 or the controller associated with the controller 12 may use contact wheel friction brakes. In the same way, the friction force can be reduced in relation to the wheels 216 by releasing the wheel friction brakes 218 in response to the driver releasing his foot from the brake pedal. In addition, vehicle brakes can apply friction to the wheels 216 by the controller 12 as part of an automatic engine shutdown procedure.

The mechanical oil pump 214 may be in fluid communication with the automatic transmission 208 to provide hydraulic pressure to drive various couplings, such as forward clutch 210, gear clutch 211 and / or torque converter clutch 212. The mechanical oil pump 214, for example, may be driven in accordance with the torque converter 206, and may be driven by rotating the engine input shaft or DISG through the input shaft 241. Thus, the hydraulic pressure generated in the mechanical oil pump 214 may increase as of how the engine speed and / or the DISG speed increase, and may decrease as the engine speed and / or the DISG speed decreases.

Controller 12 may be configured to receive input from engine 10, as shown in more detail in FIG. 1, and appropriately control the engine's output torque and / or torque converter, transmission, DISG, clutches and / or brakes. As one example, the torque at the engine output shaft can be controlled by adjusting the combination of setting the ignition timing, fuel pulse duration, setting the fuel pulse moment and / or air charge by controlling the opening of the throttle and / or setting the valve distribution phases, valve lift and pressure boost for engines with supercharger and turbocharger. In the case of a diesel engine, the controller 12 can control the torque on the output shaft of the engine by controlling the combination of the pulse width, setting the fuel pulse moment and air charge. In all cases, engine control can be performed on a cylinder-by-cylinder basis to adjust the torque on the engine output shaft. The controller 12 can also control the output torque and the generation of electrical energy from the DISG by adjusting the current flowing in and out of the DISG windings, as is known in the art.

When the idle shutdown conditions are satisfied, the controller 12 can initiate a shutdown of the engine by turning off the fuel and ignition of the engine. However, the engine may continue to rotate in some examples. In addition, in order to maintain torsion in the transmission, the controller 12 can ground the rotating elements of the transmission 208 to the transmission housing 259 and thereby to the vehicle frame. In particular, the controller 12 may engage one or more transmission clutches, such as a forward clutch 210, and block the engaged transmission clutch (s) with respect to the transmission case 259 and the vehicle frame, as described in Application No. 12 / 833,788 for the grant of a US patent “METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AN ENGINE THAT MAY BE AUTOMATICALLY STOPPED” METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A ENGINE THAT MAY AUTOMATICALLY STOP ”, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference. The pressure of the transmission clutches may vary (for example, increase) to adjust the engagement state of the transmission clutch and provide the desired transmission torsion.

Wheel brake pressure can also be adjusted during engine shutdown based on the pressure of the transmission clutch to assist in holding the transmission along with a reduction in the torque transmitted through the wheels. More specifically, by applying the wheel brakes 218 along with blocking one or more engaged transmission couplings, opposing forces can be applied to the transmission and, therefore, to the drive on the drive wheels, thereby keeping the intermediate gear in active gearing and the potential torsional energy in the gear train transmissions without moving the wheels. In one example, the pressure of the wheel brakes can be adjusted to coordinate the use of the wheel brakes with the locking of the engaged transmission clutch while the engine is stopped. Essentially, by adjusting the pressure of the wheel brakes and the pressure of the clutch, the amount of torsion held in the transmission when the engine is stopped can be adjusted.

When the starting conditions are satisfied, and / or the driver of the vehicle wishes to float the vehicle, the controller 12 can re-activate the engine, resuming combustion in the cylinders. As further specified with reference to FIG. 11-18, the engine can be started in a variety of ways.

Vehicle 290 may also include front 294 and rear 292 windshield heaters. The windshield heaters 294 and 292 can be electrically powered and be integrated in or connected to the front and rear windshields 295 and 293 of the vehicle. Vehicle 290 may also include headlights 296, which may or may not be visible to the driver, while the driver controls the vehicle 290. Vehicle 290 may also include an electric fuel pump 299 that delivers fuel to the engine 10 during the selected conditions. In conclusion, the vehicle 290 may include an electric heater 298 that selectively delivers heat to the air in the vehicle cabin or ambient air outside the vehicle 290.

Next, with reference to FIG. 3, a second exemplary configuration of a drive wheel of a vehicle is shown. Many of the elements in the drive wheel drive 300 are similar to the drive wheel drive elements 200 and use equivalent numbers. Therefore, for the sake of brevity, a description of the elements that are common between FIGS. 2 and FIG. 3, omitted. Description of FIG. 3 is limited to elements that differ from the elements of FIG. 2.

The drive wheel drive 300 includes a dual clutch transmission 308 — a dual countershaft. Transmission 308 is essentially a manual transmission with automatic control. The controller 12 controls the first clutch 310, the second clutch 314, and the shift mechanism 315 to select between gears 317 (e.g., 1st-5th gears). The first clutch 310 and the second clutch 314 can selectively open and close to switch between gears 317.

The systems of FIG. 1-3 may include torque sensors, which may be the basis for tuning the drive to drive wheels. Alternatively, the torque converter itself can be used as a torque sensor when the torque converter clutch 212 is fully disengaged. More precisely, the output torque of an open torque converter is a function of the input and output speeds, the rotational speeds of the pump wheel and turbine, where the pump wheel is at the input of the torque converter and the turbine is at the output of the torque converter. In the application of FIG. 2/3, the speed of the pump wheel is equal to the measured speed of DISG, since the output shaft of the DISG rotor is the input shaft of the pump wheel, and the speed of the turbine is measured and used in the transmission clutch control controller.

Additionally, for a given characteristic of the input and output speed of the open torque converter, the output torque of the open torque converter can be controlled by controlling the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter as a function of the speed of the torque converter turbine. DISG can be operated in closed-loop speed mode to control torque converter torque. For example, a DISG command speed (for example, such as a torque converter pump speed) is a function of the torque converter turbine speed. The DISG command speed can be defined as a function of both the DISG speed and the turbine speed in order to provide the required torque at the torque converter output.

Perturbations of the drive to the drive wheels in the systems of FIG. 1-3 can also be reduced by means of a drive decoupling clutch. One exemplary approach opens the torque converter clutch before actuating the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. For example, a drive-wheel decoupling clutch may open when the engine is instructed to turn off during a regenerative braking condition of the vehicle, and / or when the vehicle is stopped and the engine is turned off.

In yet another example, during regenerative braking, the drive decoupling clutch can be opened, the engine can be stopped, and the torque converter can be locked to increase the braking torque that can be absorbed in the DISG 240. After the engine is turned off , the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels remains open until the engine restart process begins. During engine restart, the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels may partially close to rotate the engine crankshaft before the first combustion event in the cylinder. Alternatively, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels may partially close until the engine reaches a predetermined number of revolutions after combustion in the cylinder is initiated. As soon as the combustion in the engine is restarted sufficiently, and the engine speed and the rotation frequency of the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels are fairly close (for example, within the threshold rpm threshold value), the bearing capacity of the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels builds up to close and holding without slipping. During the build-up of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels, torque disturbances may be present at the output of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. Therefore, torque feedback from an open torque converter or torque sensor can be the basis for setting the DISG speed setting. Actuation of the DISG in the speed control mode can provide the required torque values with the ability to be maintained with greater consistency until the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is fully closed. After the drive-to-drive decoupling clutch is closed, the torque converter clutch (TCC) can be locked based on the lock plan (for example, the TCC can be driven based on the position of the accelerator pedal and the vehicle speed).

Thus, the torque converter clutch can be fully open before starting the engine restart process. The torque converter clutch may close after the engine has restarted, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels has fully closed. Additionally, while the drive-to-drive-drive clutch closes, the pressure at the drive-to-drive-clutch is known (as indicated by the controller command) and therefore an estimate of the average torque of the drive-to-drive clutch is available . To further improve performance, this evaluation of the torque or bearing capacity of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels can be used by the controller as a direct input signal to the feedback speed controller DISG to improve disturbance suppression performance. The bearing capacity of the drive decoupling clutch, which is based on the torque estimate, can then be added as an input to the internal torque feedback loop in an electric machine (DISG). The inner loop is the inner current loop that can be the basis for improving the performance of DISG when the DISG is in speed feedback mode.

Thus, one exemplary approach for operating a vehicle having a drive wheel, such as a drive wheel, described with reference to FIG. 2-3, includes the first operation with the vehicle stopped or at a speed below the threshold value, and with the engine at rest and an open clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels. Then, with the torque converter fully unlocked, the method includes receiving a request to use the vehicle, for example, based on an input signal from a driver’s pedal that grows above a threshold value. In response, the engine rotates the crankshaft and is started using one or more of the DISG 240 and the starter motor, while the drive clutch for the drive wheels is closed, again with the torque converter unlocked. During this operation, torque feedback from the input / output speed of the torque converter is used to evaluate the torque on the shaft 241, which is compared with the desired torque value and, it gives a setting regarding the setting of the speed of the DISG 240, which is in the mode speed control. For example, setting the speed may be a setting parameter that nullifies the torque error between the estimated and required torque on the shaft 241.

In addition to the above operation, additional control actions may also be taken, in particular with respect to the passage of play. For example, when the driver depresses the accelerator pedal while the engine is in recovery mode with the engine turned off (for example, at rest), the drive to the drive wheels switches to negative torque for positive torque, the engine starts and the clutch disengages the drive to the drive wheels are locked, and all of these actions are coordinated in order to introduce minimal disturbance to the torque on the wheels. Under the selected conditions, these actions are performed along with maintaining the transmission 208 in constant gear (for example, without shifting the transmission gear). However, engine start and clearance play can generate such disturbances. Essentially, during the shift, the drive torque to the drive wheels can be adjusted from a small negative to a small positive torque during the passage of the play, and then to the desired torque. Such a limitation of engine torque, however, can introduce a delay in the delivery of the torque required by the driver, which, when added to the delay in restarting the engine, can cause considerable dissatisfaction with the driver.

In one approach, coordination of the bearing capacity of the torque converter bypass clutch 212 and the DISG 240 power output can be used. For example, setting the moment the DISG is switched from torque control to speed control can be aligned with the conditions for restarting the engine and moving through the backlash area to reduce disturbances in drive to the drive wheels caused by starting the engine and passing through the play area.

In one example, operation is envisaged for conditions where the driver is applying the brakes and the vehicle is in recovery mode, the engine is disconnected, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is fully open and the DISG is absorbing torque. DISG generates the required level of braking torque (and, for example, accumulates the generated electricity in the battery). During these conditions, the drive to the drive wheels is subjected to negative torque, and the torque converter bypass clutch 212 is locked. The amount of negative torque on the DISG can be increased and applied through the drive to the drive wheels in order to increase recovery. The magnitude of the negative torque can be based on the required braking torque of the wheels for existing operating conditions. Negative braking can be based on the degree to which the driver applies the brake. However, negative braking can also occur while releasing both the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal.

When the driver releases the brake (if it was applied) and presses the accelerator pedal, the vehicle switches to work with the engine turned on with positive drive torque to the drive wheels giving the required level of torque. As noted above, during this transition, without shifting the transmission, the torque passes through zero torque (the backlash zone), and the engine undergoes cranking of the crankshaft and starts. The inventors in the materials of this application realized that the perturbations of the cranking shaft rotational torque are upstream from the coupling 212, but the backlash perturbation is downstream of the coupling 212. The bearing capacity of the coupling 212 can be coordinated with the DISG speed to attenuate these perturbations of the drive by driving wheels.

For example, the bearing capacity of the TCC 212 may be reduced sufficiently to allow controlled slippage as the regenerative torque decreases. Such work can help isolate the drive to the drive wheels from perturbations of the cranking torque of the engine. As the recovery torque of the DISG goes from the current value to zero torque, the drive to the drive wheels can go from a large negative torque to almost zero torque. Near zero torque, the drive to the drive wheels can enter the play area. The DISG control then switches from the torque control mode to the speed control mode, and the speed (Ni) of the torque converter pump wheel is tuned to a constant speed above the speed (Nt) of the torque converter turbine.

Adjusting the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel thus gives a small positive torque in during the passage of the play area and reduces the disturbance in relation to the drive to the drive wheels associated with the passage of the play area. The required DISG speed may be increased to provide torque to the wheels and provide some acceleration to the vehicle. An estimate of the amount of torque required to crank the engine crankshaft can be determined by the controller to issue a predictive DISG torque command. The DISG anticipatory torque command can reduce the torque wheel disturbances of the torque converter pump wheel, while the drive-to-drive clutch is engaged and the engine is cranked. The bearing capacity of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is adjusted to reduce drive disturbances on the drive wheels. As soon as the engine has started, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed, the engine can undergo a transition to torque control and produce the required torque.

As described hereinabove with reference to the system of FIG. 1-3, for example, torque disturbances can occur when the drive decoupling clutch is actuated. Torque disturbances can lead to poor ride performance and NVH. For example, torque disturbances (for example, due to a clutch actuation error or intermittent clutch slip, or an error between the command and actual motor torque), at the output of the drive decoupling clutch, the drive wheels can be transmitted to the input of the transmission and to the wheels as a function of state transmission clutches (for example, the degree of engagement of the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, for example, based on a pressure or slip coefficient) and the gear ratio of the transmission .

The torque generated by DISG 240, in some examples, may be a function of three-phase current. The torque 241 at the DISG output shaft is the sum of the torque at the DISG output shaft and the torque at the input of the DISG or electric machine. DISG may be commanded by a power train control module (e.g., controller 12) for driving in speed feedback mode or in torque mode. The controller gives the command speed or torque. The controller or inverter uses the feedback from the DISG speed sensor or DISG current to create the required speed or torque.

For example, a DISG torque can be derived from a function or table that includes empirically determined DISG torque values based on the DISG speed and current. In some designs, the DISG output is connected to a starter clutch that is modulated during switching events to profile or smooth the torque on the DISG output shaft before it is transmitted to the wheels. In other applications, the DISG output is coupled to a torque converter 206 with an interlock clutch. In designs that use a start-up clutch instead of a torque converter, the ability of the start-up clutch to accurately and quickly adjust the clutch torque at low torque levels can be challenging. For example, a starter clutch may slip in the presence of maximum engine output torque plus DISG. Therefore, the starter clutch can be designed with high torque bearing capacity. However, it can be difficult to precisely control the starter clutch at low levels of torque that can be used during engine restart and when starting the vehicle from zero and / or low vehicle speeds.

One approach for setting up and controlling the starting clutch is to use a torque sensor that is mounted on the input shaft of the starting clutch. The installation of a torque sensor applies a profiled magnetic layer to the input shaft of the starting clutch, which generates an output voltage signal that is proportional to the torque on the shaft. The voltage is read by the proximity sensor (s) and the sensor system. The torque signal from the torque sensor can then be used to control the DISG in closed-loop torque feedback mode to neutralize the torque disturbances that appear at the output of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels (DISG input). If the automatic transmission uses a torque converter clutch at the input of the transmission, a torque sensor can be mounted on the input shaft of the torque converter. The torque sensor on the input shaft of the torque converter can be used to provide feedback to the DISG controller to suppress torque disturbances transmitted by the drive clutch to the drive wheels.

As described in the materials of this application, the engine can be turned off to reset the number of revolutions (and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels to open) to reduce fuel consumption when the driver releases the accelerator pedal. Therefore, the engine turns off when the vehicle stops, or, another time, when the torque from the DISG is not enough to accelerate the vehicle or overcome the road load. When the driver applies the accelerator pedal and the required torque is greater than that which the DISG can produce, the engine restarts to supplement the torque on the DISG output shaft. In addition, the engine may restart during the coasting state if the state of charge of the battery falls below a minimum threshold value. The engine can be restarted to provide positive drive torque to the drive wheels and provide torque to enable DISG to function as a generator to recharge the battery. During the engine restart process, the drive decoupling clutch or a separate starter motor can be used to crank the engine crankshaft depending on operating conditions, as described in the materials of this application. As soon as combustion starts in the engine, either the engine accelerates to match the input DISG speed, or the engagement / slip of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is controlled by the clutch pressure to drive the engine to the input DISG speed. As the drive decoupling clutch closes, a large disturbance in the torque can be generated at the output of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, which can then be transmitted to the DISG output. A perturbation of the torque can potentially be transmitted to the output of the transmission and the wheel, thereby impairing the driving performance and NVH of the vehicle.

Various approaches can be used to reduce the effects of this disturbance in engine restart torque, such as those already described in this application. Alternatively or additionally, one way to reduce the amplitude of the perturbation torque of restarting the engine at the output of the drive decoupling clutch is to bring the engine speed to match the output speed of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels or DISG ( since these two are connected by a shaft) before the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels closes. This approach uses the dependence of the torque on the output shaft of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels on the difference in rotational speeds on the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. In particular, the torque on the output shaft of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is effectively multiplied by the difference in input and output speeds of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. For example, it is approximately equal to the sign (crankshaft speed - DISG speed). The closer these frequencies coincide, the lower the torque on the output shaft of the drive decoupling clutch.

Although this approach can be used to reduce the perturbation of the torque on the output shaft of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels, it acts to accelerate the engine speed to the output speed of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels. The output speed of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels can vary from 750 to 3000 rpm. Acceleration of the engine to the number of revolutions in this range may delay the start-up with the drive from the engine and the reaction to pressing the accelerator pedal by the driver. For example, until the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed, the engine either does not provide any torque at the input of the transmission, or acts as a braking force (for example, if the crankshaft speed <DISG speed, then the torque at the output shaft of the drive decoupling clutch is negative). If the driver depresses the accelerator pedal (for example, with the accelerator pedal depressed), and the DISG does not have sufficient torque bearing capacity at the current DISG speed, the required torque may not be output until the drive decoupling clutch is closed , and the engine is not capable of delivering positive torque.

Thus, in some conditions, it may be desirable to use the drive decoupling clutch to drive the engine speed to the DISG speed in order to quickly close the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and provide positive torque at the DISG output. The difficulty with closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels while the engine is accelerating to DISG speed is again that the torque at the output of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is a function of the sign (crankshaft speed - DISG speed) . If DISG is used to accelerate the inertia of the crankshaft and double mass flywheel, then the difference between the combustion torque in the engine and the torque of DISG, which is applied to achieve a given acceleration level, will appear at the output of DISG as a negative torque, which will then change dramatically sign for positive torque when the number of revolutions of the crankshaft (or the output speed of the dual-mass flywheel) exceeds the speed of DISG.

Changing the torque on the output shaft of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels can create a peak torque at the DISG input, which can be transmitted to the input of the transmission and / or wheel. Therefore, DISG can be used as a torque disturbance suppression device to reduce the increase in engine restart torque. The torque at the DISG output is the sum of the torque at the DISG output shaft and the torque at the output shaft of the drive decoupling clutch. DISG control can be based on detecting a torque disturbance at one or more of the output of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, at the DISG output, at the torque converter output and / or at the output of the transmission. A torque sensor can provide DISG with the ability to directly suppress torque disturbance. Such a torque reading may be provided by means of a non-contact torque sensor on the transmission shaft.

If such a sensor is applied to the shaft between the drive decoupling clutch and the DISG rotor, the sensed torque can be injected into the DISG control to create the opposite torque to neutralize the peak torque on the output shaft of the drive decoupling clutch when the engine is restarted. Alternatively, a torque sensor may be located on the shaft between the DISG rotor and the torque converter (or pump wheel). In such an example, the inertia and acceleration of the DISG rotor are included and taken into account in the calculation of proactive disturbance suppression. In addition, a torque sensor can be used on the input or output shaft of the transmission. If a torque sensor is used on the output shaft of the transmission, a member of the torque of the disturbance suppression may include compensation of the inertia of the transmission and, optionally, the state of the clutch.

Next, with reference to FIG. 4, a flowchart of an exemplary method for driving a drive to drive wheels of a vehicle by the methods of FIG. 5-47. The method of FIG. 4 and subsequent methods may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of controller 12 shown in FIG. 1-3. In addition, vertical marks such as T ₀ -T ₈ shown in FIG. 10 indicate points of time of interest during the illustrated sequences.

At 402, method 400 determines operating conditions. Operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, torque requirement, engine speed, engine torque, DISG speed and torque, vehicle speed, ambient temperature and pressure, and battery charge status. Torque consumption can be supplied from the accelerator pedal 130 and controller 12 of FIG. 1. Method 400 proceeds to 404 after operating conditions are determined.

At 404, method 400 adjusts the operation and operating parameters of the drive to the drive wheels according to the methods of FIG. 5-8. In particular, the method 400 adjusts the operation of the drive to the drive wheels in response to the conditions of the driving route and / or driver behavior. Method 400 proceeds to 406 after the operation and operating conditions of the drive to the drive wheels are configured.

At 406, method 400 adjusts the operation of the drive to drive wheels or a power train to the vehicle mass, as described in FIG. 9 and 10. In one example, the timing and conditions for stopping the engine can be adjusted in response to the mass of the vehicle, so that wear and the number of state changes of the drive decoupling clutch can be reduced. The method 400 proceeds to 408 after the operation of the drive on the drive wheels is adjusted to the mass of the vehicle.

At 408, method 400 evaluates whether or not engine start is required. Starting the engine can be requested through an input signal from the ignition key or a driver push button, which has the sole function of requesting to start and / or stop the engine. Alternatively, a restart of the engine may be automatically requested by the controller 12 based on operating conditions that do not include a driver driving a device that has the sole function of requesting a stop or start of the engine. For example, the controller 12 may request that the engine be started in response to the driver releasing the brake pedal by the driver or in response to a state of charge of the battery. Thus, a request to restart the engine can be triggered by input signals that have functions other than just a request to start the engine. If method 400 concludes that a restart is requested, method 400 proceeds to 410. Otherwise, method 400 proceeds to 418.

At 410, method 400 selects a device for starting an engine, as described in FIG. 11 and 12. In one example, the engine may be started by means of a starter that has lower power output than DISG. In yet another example, the engine can be started by DISG, while a starter with a lower output power remains out of operation. Method 400 proceeds to 412 after engine starting means is selected.

At 412, method 400 adjusts the fuel injection timing of one or more direct injection fuel nozzles supplying fuel to the engine, as described in FIG. 13 and 14. The timing of the fuel injection is adjusted to provide single or multiple fuel injections during a single cylinder cycle. By adjusting the setting of the fuel injection moment, the profile of the engine speed during an increase in the number of revolutions (for example, acceleration of the engine from the number of revolutions of cranking (for example, 250 revolutions per minute) to the required engine idle speed). Method 400 proceeds to 414 after the fuel injection timing is configured.

At 414, method 400 evaluates whether or not engine start is associated with a gear shift. For example, method 400 evaluates whether it is desirable to start the engine based on a shift from one transmission to another transmission. If method 400 concludes that it is desirable to start the engine based on a gear shift or a predicted gear shift, method 400 proceeds to 416. Otherwise, method 400 proceeds to 418.

At 416, method 400 starts the engine during a gear shift, as described in FIG. 15-18. In one example, the engine may be started before the transmission clutch opens or closes during shifting. Method 400 proceeds to 418 after starting the engine.

At 418, method 400 provides dual mass flywheel compensation (DMF). In addition, method 400 may provide compensation for the drive decoupling clutch. DMF Compensation can damp the transmission of torque through the DMF by adjusting the DISG torque and / or speed, as well as the torque of the drive decoupling clutch. DMF compensation is provided as described in FIG. 19-22. Method 400 proceeds to 420 as soon as DMF compensation is initiated.

At 420, method 400 evaluates whether or not it is desirable to stop the engine from spinning. The method 400 may conclude that it is desirable to stop the engine from rotating during low torque consumption conditions and / or other conditions. Method 400 proceeds to 422 if it is concluded that it is desirable to stop the engine from spinning. Method 400 proceeds to 420 if it is concluded that the engine should not be stopped from rotation.

At 422, method 400 adjusts the engine shutdown profile. In one example, the engine speed during engine deceleration to zero speed is adjusted so that the engine position at zero engine speed is desirable for restarting the engine. The engine shutdown profile can be adjusted as described in FIG. 23-26. Method 400 proceeds to 424 after the engine shutdown profile has been selected and / or configured.

At 424, method 400 adjusts the operation of the power train to elevation conditions. In one example, a power train is selectively tuned in response to a vehicle road gradient. The method 400 proceeds to exit after the power train is configured in response to a road gradient.

At 430, method 400 evaluates whether or not vehicle braking is required by drive wheels. The method 400 may conclude that it is desirable to provide braking of the vehicle by means of a drive to the drive wheels when the vehicle is descending from a hill or during other conditions. If method 400 concludes that it is desirable to brake the vehicle by means of a drive to the drive wheels, method 400 proceeds to 432. Otherwise, method 400 proceeds to 434.

At 432, method 400 adjusts the operation of the DISG and engine to provide the required level of vehicle braking by means of a drive to the drive wheels, as described in FIG. 29A-36. In one example, vehicle braking is provided by DISG when the state of charge (SOC) of the battery is less than a threshold level. At 420, method 400 proceeds to 434 after braking the vehicle by means of a drive to the drive wheels.

At 434, method 400 evaluates whether or not to enter or exit drift mode. In one example, the drift mode can be described as when the engine is running at a drift idle speed (for example, by burning air and fuel), while the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open. The drift idle speed is lower than the engine idle speed when the engine is burning a fuel-air mixture and the drive clutch for the drive wheels is closed. Additionally, the engine can be operated in Atkinson cycle mode, while in drift mode. In addition, in some examples, the ignition timing can be advanced to near or at the minimum ignition timing for the best engine torque (MBT). In one example, drift mode may begin when the DISG torque is within the predetermined range of the DISG threshold torque. Method 400 proceeds to 436 if it is concluded that it is desirable to enter or exit drift mode. Otherwise, method 400 proceeds to 438.

At 436, method 400 can drive the engine and drive wheels in a drift mode when the engine is operating in an efficient state and where the drive clutch is open while the DISG is delivering torque to drive to drive wheels of a vehicle as described in FIG. 38. Alternatively, method 400 may exit the drift mode as described in FIG. 39. The method 400 proceeds to 438 after the drift mode is subjected to entry or exit.

At 438, method 400 evaluates whether or not to adjust the transfer function of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. In one example, method 400 evaluates whether or not to adapt the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels during selected conditions, such as during idle conditions or engine shutdown. If method 400 concludes that it is desirable to adjust the function of the drive decoupling clutch to drive wheels, method 400 proceeds to 444. Otherwise, method 400 proceeds to 440.

At 444, method 400 adjusts or adapts the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, as described in FIG. 42-45. In one example, the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels describes the transmission of the drive decoupling clutch torque to the drive wheels based on the torque supplied to the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels and the pressure applied to the clutch (e.g., hydraulic fluid pressure, supplied to the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels, or the duty cycle of an electrical signal supplied to the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels). Method 400 transitions to an output after the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch is configured or adapted.

At 440, method 400 drives the engine and DISG to provide the required torque to the input of the transmission. In one example, the engine and DISG are driven depending on the consumption of drive torque to the drive wheels provided by the driver and / or controller. For example, if 35 Nm of drive torque is requested for the drive wheels on the torque converter pump wheel, DISG can output 10 Nm of drive torque to the drive wheels while the engine delivers the remaining 25 Nm to drive wheel drive. Alternatively, a DISG or engine can deliver all 35 N⋅m to the drive wheels. The operating conditions of the engine and / or DISG can also be taken into account to determine the torque produced by the engine and DISG. Method 400 proceeds to 442 after operating modes, engine speeds, and engine torque and DISG are output.

At 442, method 400 adjusts engine torque and DISG to provide the desired torque of the torque converter pump wheel. In one example, the torque of the torque converter pump wheel is estimated by a torque sensor. In other examples, the operating state of the torque converter is the basis for evaluating the torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter. Torque estimation of the torque converter pump wheel occurs as described in FIG. 21. The estimated torque of the transmission pump wheel is subtracted from the required torque of the transmission pump wheel to produce a torque error of the torque converter pump wheel. The engine torque and / or DISG torque are adjusted in response to a torque error of the torque converter pump wheel to reduce the torque error of the torque converter pump wheel to zero. Method 400 transitions to the output after the drive torque to the drive wheels is configured.

Next, with reference to FIG. 5, a schematic representation of exemplary information that may occur while driving from one location to another location is shown. The sources of information shown in FIG. 5 are available for the methods shown in FIG. 6-8. In addition, the information sources and devices shown in FIG. 6 are available with the systems shown in FIG. 1-3.

In this example, vehicle 290 may travel on route number one 501 or route number two 502 to the first and second destinations, respectively. Vehicle 290 may include a solar recharging system 504 for charging the energy storage device 275 shown in FIG. 2. The solar recharging system may include solar panels and other related devices. Additionally, the vehicle 290 includes an inductive recharging system 514 for charging the energy storage device 275 shown in FIG. 2. The inductive recharging system 514 may receive charge from a power source external to the vehicle while the vehicle is moving. Vehicle 290 also includes a receiver 503 for receiving signals that arise from outside or inside the vehicle 290.

Route number one of the vehicle includes several sources of information, objects and elements, which can be the basis for the selective activation of certain components of the drive to the drive wheels. For example, vehicle 290 may receive Global Positioning System (GPS) information from satellite 505 during a trip. The GPS system may provide information that enables processor 12, as shown in FIG. 1, determine road inclines and distances along route number one. The processor 12 may also store information regarding vehicle stops based on signs or signs 506 during the course of the trip, so that when the vehicle 290 passes route number one again, information is available to determine when the vehicle will stop to start , accelerate, slow down or cruise at a substantially constant speed (e.g. ± 5 mph).

Vehicle 290 can also estimate the amount of charge generated by the solar system 504 using the sun 507 while traveling on route number one to the energy storage device 275. For example, if a vehicle starts traveling on route number one, producing 1 watt / minute at 1:00 in the afternoon, and is expected to take one hour to travel route number one, it can be estimated that 60 watts will be generated during the course movement on the number one route. In addition, the estimated power generated during the course of the trip can be adjusted based on the time of day and the forecasted weather. For example, the amount of electricity generated at a specific time of the day can be extrapolated to the amount of electricity that will be generated later that day, based on empirically determined tables of solar energy and time of day.

The vehicle may also register and store or receive road conditions 508 from external sources such as GPS. Road conditions 508 may include slope information, road surface information, and speed limits. Vehicle 290 can also receive or measure ambient temperature from temperature sensor 509. The temperature sensor 509 may be included in the vehicle 290, or it may be external to the vehicle 290.

In conclusion, on route number one, the vehicle 290 may receive power at the power supply 510. The power source 510 may be associated with a place of residence or a commercial power source that supplies power to the vehicle 290 from the mains at destination one. Vehicle 290 may have stored information, including a stored database and / or information accumulated from previous trips to destination one, which indicates that vehicle 290 can be recharged at destination one. Such information is useful for determining how the electric charge accumulated on the vehicle 290 is used during the course of the trip.

In yet another example, vehicle 290 may travel to destination two on route number two. Vehicle 290 may be programmed to recognize that it is traveling to destination two. Along route number two, vehicle 290 can receive weather, road conditions, ambient temperature, and GPS data from infrastructure 515. Infrastructure may include, but is not limited to, broadcast towers and transmission / trunk devices. Vehicle 290 can also accept road conditions from handheld devices 513, such as telephones, computers, tablet devices, and / or personal organizers. In some situations, vehicle 290 may receive traffic conditions and destination information (e.g., the availability of electric charging stations) from other vehicles 511 that deliver information via transmitter 512.

Thus, the vehicle can receive information at the beginning of the trip and throughout the trip, which can be the basis for controlling the operation of the drive to the drive wheels. For example, the information sources described in FIG. 5 may be the basis for actuating the clutch 236 for disengaging the drive wheels, DISG 240, and engine 10 shown in FIG. 2.

Next, with reference to FIG. 6 shows a flowchart of a method for driving a hybrid power train in response to information encountered while driving from one location to another location. The method of FIG. 6 may be stored in read-only memory as executable instructions in the system of FIG. 1-3.

At 602, method 600 determines the operating conditions of the vehicle. Vehicle operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, engine speed, vehicle speed, ambient temperature, torque requirements of the driver (for example, the torque required by the driver through an input signal, may also be referred to as the required torque drive moment on the drive wheels in some examples) and SOC energy storage device. In addition, operating conditions may include selecting a route to a destination based on driver input or by adjusting the current driving route to the driving routes adopted during previous trips. Method 600 proceeds to 604 after the operating conditions of the vehicle are determined.

At 604, method 600 collects driving route information. The method 600 may receive information about a driving route, such as a road gradient, locations of traffic signs, speeds of other vehicles, locations of traffic jams, locations of electric charging stations, ambient temperature, and related traffic information from a variety of sources. Sources of information may include, but are not limited to, the internal memory of the controller in the vehicle, handheld personal devices (e.g., personal organizers, tablets, computers, telephones), satellites, infrastructure, other vehicles and road communication devices. In one example, a driving route of a vehicle may be compared with driving routes stored in a controller. If the current driving route of the vehicle matches the driving route stored in the controller’s memory, the controller selects the destination and driving conditions (for example, road signs, road gradient, charging equipment, etc.) from the driving route stored in memory, without driver input. Method 600 proceeds to 606 after driving route information is collected.

At 606, method 600 prioritizes the use of the stored electrical energy based on opportunities to charge the electrical energy storage device along the selected driving route. FIG. 7 shows one way to prioritize the use of stored electrical energy. Prioritizing the use of stored electric energy may include using exclusively electric energy during selected vehicle accelerations, so that the use of hydrocarbon fuel can be reduced compared to simply basing the use of electric energy based on the required torque consumption. In addition, prioritizing the stored electrical energy may include using substantially all of the available charge (e.g., reducing the charge of the energy storage device up to a threshold charge value) in the electric energy storage device when the vehicle is within a predetermined distance from the external means charging the energy storage device, or during conditions where the energy storage device can be charged by kinetic energy (e.g. example, descent from a hill). Method 600 proceeds to 608 after prioritizing the use of stored electrical energy. Thus, the method 600 plans to use the stored electrical energy before the vehicle reaches the driving route conditions that facilitate the use of the stored electrical energy.

At 608, method 600 prioritizes charging an electric energy storage device through an engine based on a driving route. For example, method 600 may operate an engine to drive a vehicle when the SOC of the energy storage device is low. In addition, method 600 can operate the engine without charging an energy storage device when method 600 determines that the energy storage device can be charged after a short time using the kinetic energy of the vehicle while decelerating the vehicle. FIG. 8 shows one way to prioritize charging of an electric energy storage device. Method 600 proceeds to 610 after charging of the electric energy storage device has been prioritized. Thus, the method 600 plans to charge the electric energy storage device before the vehicle reaches the driving route conditions that facilitate charging the electric energy storage device.

At 610, method 600 prioritizes entering the drift drive mode of the drive wheels based on the driving route of the vehicle. In one example, method 600 extracts information from 702 of method 700 to determine when the vehicle is expected to stop for less than a threshold time. In addition, method 600 may receive information regarding when it is expected that the vehicle should accelerate above a threshold speed after the vehicle is stopped for less than a threshold time. Method 600 plans to enter drift mode (e.g., the engine is idling, the drive decoupling clutch is open, and the DISG outputs the requested torque to the drive wheels of the vehicle) based on locations along the driving route where the vehicle is expected to be should stop for less than the threshold time, and where it is expected that the vehicle should accelerate by stopping the vehicle at a pace that is greater than the threshold intensity. Method 600 proceeds to 612 after drift mode entry is scheduled. Thus, the method 600 plans to enter the drift mode before the vehicle reaches the driving route conditions that contribute to the drift mode.

At 612, method 600 drives a drive decoupling clutch, DISG, and an engine based on a planned and prioritized use of electric energy stored in an energy storage device, prioritized charging of an electric energy storage device through the engine, and entering drift mode. In other words, method 600 can open and close the drive decoupling clutch to drive wheels, drive the DISG, and operate the engine based on expected vehicle and road conditions along the driving route. For example, if method 600 plans to enter drift mode at a particular stop during a driving route, method 600 opens the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and enters drift mode when the vehicle stops at a specific location. In addition, method 600 opens the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels when the DISG is designed to provide torque to accelerate the vehicle without engine assistance in response to prioritizing the use of electric energy stored in the electric energy storage device. In addition, method 600 opens the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to a vehicle within a threshold distance from reaching an electric charging station, so that energy from an electric storage device can be used to drive the vehicle rather than from an engine and hydrocarbons. Additionally, method 600 may open the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to being within a threshold distance until a slope is reached down the slope. The method 600 proceeds to 614 after the operation of the drive decoupling clutch is planned, and is performed based on vehicle conditions and driving route.

At 614, method 600 evaluates whether or not there was a significant change in the conditions of the driving route and / or vehicle. A significant change in the conditions of the driving route or the vehicle may be the presence of an unexpected condition (for example, a prolonged stop of the vehicle or an unexpected loss of battery power) or the absence of the expected condition (for example, the absence of a vehicle stop when the vehicle is expected to stop). If the method 600 concludes that there has been a change in the conditions of the driving route or the vehicle, the answer is yes, and the method 600 returns to 602, so that the prioritization of the accumulated electric energy, charging of the power device and entering the drift mode can be determined again. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 600 goes to 616.

At 616, method 600 estimates whether or not the vehicle is at its final destination for travel. In one example, method 600 compares the current location of a vehicle with a programmed destination. In yet another example, method 600 compares the current location of the vehicle with the expected destination. If method 600 concludes that the vehicle is at its destination, method 600 proceeds to exit. Otherwise, method 600 returns to 614.

Thus, the operation of the hybrid power train can be adjusted according to the driving route and conditions along the driving route. Settings for the hybrid power train may include, but are not limited to, opening and closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, charging the energy storage device by the motor, entering the drift mode, and entering and exiting to or from other operating modes of the drive on driving wheels.

Next, with reference to FIG. 7, a flowchart of a method for prioritizing the use of stored electric energy in a hybrid vehicle is shown. The method bases the use of the accumulated electric energy on favorable opportunities to charge the electric energy storage device along the driving route. The method of FIG. 7 may be stored in read-only memory as executable instructions in the system of FIG. 1-3.

At 702, method 700 determines the number of vehicle stops and their location on the driving route, and estimates the regenerative energy supplied to the electrical energy storage device during vehicle stops and during other favorable opportunities (e.g., vehicle decelerations and descents from elevations). Method 700 can also estimate the expected amount of battery charge through a solar charging system. In addition, method 700 determines the number of vehicle accelerations from a stop and an estimate of electrical energy to accelerate from each stop of the vehicle. Additionally, method 700 may store information about vehicle stops that are less than a threshold time duration.

на временном интервале, где m - масса транспортного средства, a - ускорение транспортного средство, g - ускорение, обусловленное силой тяжести, а θ - угол дороги, который может быть преобразован в уклон). Подобным образом, количество энергии для ускорения транспортного средства может рассчитываться на основании предельной скорости, уклона дороги и массы транспортного средства (например, с использованием

на временном интервале или E=1/2mv²), а затем преобразовываться в электрический заряд. Кроме того, энергия, полученная от солнечного или индуктивного устройств вдоль маршрута, может добавляться к общей величине заряда, имеющегося в распоряжении во время езды по маршруту. Количество указателей дорожного движения, их местоположение и информация об уклоне дороги могут определяться с помощью источников информации, показанных на фиг. 5. Способ 700 переходит на 704 после того, как определено количество остановок транспортного средства, ускорений транспортного средства, рекуперированной энергии, энергии, используемой для ускорения транспортного средства в каждом местоположении остановки транспортного средства.In one example, the number of vehicle stops and their locations are estimated based on the number of signs and / or road signs along the route, which are determined from the information sources described in FIG. 5. In particular, in one example, the number of stops of a vehicle is determined by the number of signs and / or traffic signs along the route multiplied by a value representing a reasonable percentage (for example, 60%) of the direction signs on which the vehicle will actually stop. The number of accelerations from a stop is equal to the estimated number of stops of the vehicle. The amount of energy recovered during each stop of the vehicle can be calculated based on the speed of the vehicle before the stop, the slope of the road and the mass of the vehicle (for example, E = 1/2 mv ² , where E is energy, m is the mass of the vehicle, and v is the vehicle speed or, alternatively,

in the time interval, where m is the mass of the vehicle, a is the acceleration of the vehicle, g is the acceleration due to gravity, and θ is the angle of the road, which can be converted into a slope). Similarly, the amount of energy to accelerate the vehicle can be calculated based on the speed limit, the slope of the road and the mass of the vehicle (for example, using

in the time interval or E = 1 / 2mv ² ), and then converted into an electric charge. In addition, the energy received from solar or inductive devices along the route can be added to the total amount of charge available while riding the route. The number of road signs, their location and information about the road gradient can be determined using the information sources shown in FIG. 5. The method 700 proceeds to 704 after the number of vehicle stops, vehicle accelerations, recovered energy, energy used to accelerate the vehicle at each stop location of the vehicle is determined.

At 704, method 700 judges whether or not the energy storage device can deliver energy to accelerate the vehicle to a speed limit after each vehicle stop determined at 702. In one example, the energy stored in the energy storage device, plus the amount of energy recovered, estimated available along the driving route add up to each other. Losses in the drive to the drive wheels are subtracted from the sum of the accumulated energy and regenerative energy, and the result is compared with the amount of energy estimated to accelerate the vehicle from all stops of the vehicle. If the amount of energy to disperse the vehicle from all vehicle stops is greater than the sum of the stored energy and regenerative energy, it may be determined that engine assistance may be necessary along the driving route, and that the energy storage device may not have enough stored energy to complete trips along the route. If the energy storage device may not have enough power to accelerate the vehicle from all stops along the selected route, the answer is no, and method 700 goes to 706. Otherwise, the answer is yes, and method 700 goes to 708.

At 706, method 700 selects which accelerations from a stop can be performed using energy from the energy storage device. In other words, method 700 decides during which vehicle accelerations the DISG will drive torque to the drive wheels. In one example, the selection of vehicle accelerations where DISG is driven is based on which stop accelerations, when combined, require the amount of energy that most closely matches the amount of energy available from the energy storage device. For example, if at the beginning of the trip the energy storage device is storing X pendants of charge, and it is expected that the first twenty-three vehicle accelerations should use X energy pendants, the first twenty three vehicle accelerations will be provided by DISG and the energy storage device. However, it should be noted that the selected vehicle accelerations should not be consecutive in order. Rather, individual vehicle accelerations mechanized by DISG and an energy storage device may be selected from any acceleration during a planned vehicle route.

In yet another example, accelerations from a vehicle stop where the DISG is driven by a charge from an energy storage device are based on when energy from a recovery is available to charge the energy storage device and the expected amount of energy accumulated during the stop vehicle. For example, if only a small amount of regenerative energy is expected during deceleration, and it is expected that the charge of the energy storage device should be less than the threshold level at the vehicle stop, DISG is not planned to accelerate the vehicle from such a specific vehicle stop. Method 700 proceeds to 716 after accelerations from a vehicle stop are determined, where the DISG is driven by a charge from an energy storage device.

At 708, method 700 determines the number and location of accelerations of a moving vehicle not from a vehicle stop. Method 700 also estimates the amount of energy to accelerate the vehicle during each acceleration of a moving vehicle. The locations and number of accelerations of a moving vehicle can be determined by where changes in the top speed occur along the driving route. Thus, the number of accelerations of a moving vehicle can be determined for each increase in the maximum speed posted on the route. A change in the vehicle route speed can be stored in a map database and retrieved from memory. In addition, the vehicle route can be determined based on the shortest distance or time between the current location and the requested vehicle destination.

на временном интервале или E=1/2mv²). Способ 700 переходит на 710 после того, как определено количество движущихся ускорений, местоположений ускорений движущегося транспортного средства и энергии, оцененной для разгона транспортного средства в каждом местоположении ускорения движущегося транспортного средства.The method 700 also determines the energy to accelerate the vehicle at each of the acceleration locations of the vehicle. The amount of energy to accelerate the vehicle can be calculated based on the speed limit, the slope of the road and the mass of the vehicle (for example, using

on the time interval or E = 1 / 2mv ² ). Method 700 proceeds to 710 after the number of moving accelerations, the locations of the accelerations of the moving vehicle, and the energy estimated to accelerate the vehicle at each location of the acceleration of the moving vehicle are determined.

At 710, method 700 evaluates whether or not the energy storage device can deliver energy to accelerate the vehicle to its maximum speed after each acceleration of the moving vehicle is determined to 708. In one example, any remaining amount of energy stored in the energy storage device , plus the amount of regenerative energy estimated available at the driver’s route, minus the energy to accelerate the vehicle at each stop determined from 702, is compared with the count the amount of energy to accelerate the vehicle at all acceleration locations of a moving vehicle. If the amount of energy to accelerate a moving vehicle at each location is greater than the remainder of 702, it can be determined that engine assistance may be necessary along the driving route, and that the energy storage device may not have enough energy stored to deliver electric power to along the route. If the energy storage device does not have enough power to accelerate the vehicle over all the accelerations of the moving vehicle along the selected route, the answer is no, and method 700 proceeds to 714. Otherwise, the answer is yes, and method 700 proceeds to 712.

At 712, method 700 selects where, during the driving route, the remaining energy stored in the energy storage device and generated during recovery (e.g., during vehicle deceleration) can be consumed. For example, if the energy storage device has X pendants of charge remaining above the charge threshold and the charging source is available at the destination of the vehicle, method 700 determines at which location along the driving route the remaining charge is consumed. In one example, the consumption of the remaining charge stored in the energy storage device and not used to accelerate the vehicle is consumed starting from a location that is based on the destination. For example, if the vehicle is expected to have Z pendants of excess charge and the vehicle uses 1 / Z pendants per mile, the drive decoupling clutch opens and DISG starts to discharge Z pendants Z miles from the destination, and the engine stops . Thus, the method 700 reduces the energy stored in the energy storage device in some way, which can reduce the consumption of hydrocarbon fuel, since the consumed stored electric energy is increased by consuming the energy storage charge up to a threshold charge level (e.g., a minimum charge level of a battery). In addition, since the vehicle can be recharged via the power grid at the destination, the energy storage device can be charged with energy from a more efficient source than the engine.

On the other hand, if the method 700 determines that there is no charging source at the destination, the drive-to-drive clutch closes and the energy can remain stored in the electric energy storage device. Method 700 proceeds to 716 after determining where to consume excess charge not consumed during vehicle acceleration.

At 714, method 700 selects which accelerations of a moving vehicle will be performed using energy from an energy storage device. In other words, method 700 decides during which accelerations of a moving vehicle (e.g., vehicle accelerations not from a stop) the DISG will provide torque to the drive on the drive wheels. In one example, the choice of accelerations of a moving vehicle where DISG is driven is based on which accelerations of a moving vehicle, when combined, require the amount of energy that most closely matches the amount of energy left after the accelerations of the vehicle with vehicle stops are provided with energy to accelerate the vehicle. For example, if at the beginning of the trip the energy storage device is storing X charge pendants, and there are twenty three vehicle accelerations that are expected to use Y energy pendants (for example, where Y is less than X), the first twenty three vehicle accelerations will be provided through DISG and an energy storage device. If it is expected that Z pendants should remain after the vehicle’s acceleration at each stop, and the sum of the energy consumption of the acceleration of the moving vehicle is greater than Z pendants, the first accelerations of the moving vehicle, taking away up to Z charge pendants, are equipped with Z charge pendants. However, it should be noted that the selected accelerations of a moving vehicle, where an excess charge is issued, should not be consecutive in order. The method 700 proceeds to 716 after accelerations of a moving vehicle are received that receive DISG assistance and charge from the energy storage device.

At 716, method 700 plans to facilitate a DISG drive to drive wheels to accelerate or to keep the vehicle moving based on specific locations using energy for acceleration and steady state. DISG assistance may be provided when the clutch for disengaging the drive wheels is in the open state, or during the closed state. In addition, DISG can provide all or only part of the torque for driving the vehicle.

Thus, it is possible to plan and prioritize the use of accumulated electrical energy. In this example, accelerations of a vehicle at zero speed have a higher priority than accelerations of a moving vehicle, or the use of stored electrical energy during cruising conditions. Such work may provide the engine with the ability to operate under more efficient operating conditions, such as steady-state conditions of speed and load.

Next, with reference to FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a method for planning and prioritizing charging of an electric energy storage device by an engine based on a driving route. The method of FIG. 8 may be stored in read-only memory as executable instructions in the system of FIG. 1-3.

At 802, method 800 retrieves information from 702 and 708 of FIG. 7 to determine when it is expected that the electric energy storage device will need charging. In particular, if determined, at 702 of FIG. 7 that the vehicle may not accelerate from all zero speed conditions, method 800 may determine that the electric energy storage device needs to be recharged at the acceleration location of the vehicle along the driving route, where the SOC is reduced to a lower threshold level. Similarly, method 800 can evaluate where along the driving route the SOC decreases to less than a threshold level during moving acceleration or during cruising conditions. Method 800 proceeds to 804 after determining when it is expected that the electric energy storage device will need recharging.

на временном интервале, или E=1/2mv². Если способ 800 делает вывод, что устройство накопления электрической энергии имеет достаточное количество накопленной энергии для приведения в действие DISG на протяжении всего маршрута вождения, ответом является да, и способ 800 переходит на выход. Иначе, ответом является нет, и способ 800 переходит на 806.At 804, method 800 evaluates whether or not the electric energy storage device has enough charge to drive a vehicle throughout the trip. In one example, the SOC is compared with the energy estimate for operating a vehicle throughout the trip based on

on the time interval, or E = 1 / 2mv ² . If method 800 concludes that the electric energy storage device has enough accumulated energy to drive the DISG throughout the entire driving route, the answer is yes, and method 800 goes to the exit. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 800 goes to 806.

At 806, method 800 determines sections and locations of a driving route where charging an energy storage device through an engine will be most efficient and where SOC is expected to be low. It can be expected that the SOC will be low at locations defined at 702, 708, and 714 of FIG. 7. Locations and sections of the driving route where charging the energy storage device can be most efficient can be based on empirically determined engine speeds and engine loads, where the engine consumes less fuel per mile traveled. For example, if it is determined that the engine is running by consuming the minimum amount of fuel for each mile traveled at 2,200 rpm between the engine load of 0.2 and 0.3, it may be determined that the energy storage device should be recharged by the engine at the vehicle speed, where the engine is at 2200 rpm and between a load of 0.2 and 0.3 when DISG is a charging energy storage device. Thus, in one example, method 800 selects locations and sections of a driving route for charging an energy storage device based on locations of roads having constant vehicle speeds (e.g., top speed of 55 miles per hour) for extended durations (e.g., 10 miles ), which correspond to the effective operating conditions of the engine. In some examples, vehicle speeds are selected where it is expected that the engine efficiency should be greater than the threshold efficiency. The engine efficiency at a specific vehicle speed can be determined empirically and stored in memory. Method 800 proceeds to 808 after sections of the driving route are determined where charging the energy storage device by the engine is most effective.

At 808, method 800 determines locations and sections of a driving route where the charge supplied by the engine to the energy storage device can be fully utilized. For example, method 800 estimates the amount of energy that can be used to propel a vehicle from its current location, where charging the energy storage device by the engine is reasonable to its final destination. The energy storage device can be recharged at any location along the driving route, where the engine's efficiency is greater than the threshold efficiency, and where the amount of energy to drive the vehicle from its current location to its destination is greater than the threshold amount of charge (e.g., charging capacity of an energy storage device). Method 800 proceeds to 810 after sections of the driving route, where the charge supplied by the engine to the energy storage device can be fully used.

At 810, method 800 selects locations and portions of a driving route where the engine can supply the charge to the energy storage device most efficiently, and where the charge supplied by the engine to the energy storage device can be fully used during the driving route. For example, if it is determined that the energy storage device stores enough energy to drive the vehicle for 10 miles, and the vehicle is 20 miles from the destination and is operating with a performance greater than the threshold performance, a location 20 miles from the destination can be selected as the location for charging the energy storage device by the engine. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed when the engine is charging an electric energy storage device by the engine. The method 800 proceeds to exit after locations are selected for charging the electric energy storage device by the engine.

Thus, charging the energy storage device by the engine can be prioritized based on where the engine can operate efficiently during charging and based on the location of the vehicle at a distance from the destination, which involves the use of any charge that can be supplied to the storage device energy through the engine. In addition, prioritization can be the basis for locating changes in drive mode on drive wheels.

Thus, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-8 provide for the operation of a vehicle with a hybrid drive, comprising: actuating a clutch for disengaging the drive to drive wheels in response to the destination of the vehicle. Thus, the operation of the drive on the drive wheels can be improved. The method includes those cases where the actuation of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels includes opening the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels in response to information that the charger is available at the destination of the vehicle. The method further comprises stopping the engine and decreasing the amount of charge accumulated in the energy storage device in response to an estimate of the energy that the drive to the drive wheels of the hybrid vehicle will use to reach the destination of the vehicle. The method includes those cases when the amount of charge is reduced by actuating the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the actuation of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels includes closing the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels in response to information indicating that the charger is not available at the destination. The method further comprises closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels and charging the energy storage device in response to the location of the vehicle destination.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-8 also provide for the operation of a vehicle with a hybrid drive, comprising: receiving information about the driving route in the controller; and selectively actuating the drive decoupling clutch in response to the driving route information. The method includes those cases where the driving route information includes whether or not a charging station is available at the destination, and where selectively actuating the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes opening the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to the amount of energy that a hybrid vehicle is expected to consume in order to reach its destination.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the driving route information includes an indication of a downhill slope, and where the drive clutch of the drive to the drive wheels is kept open in response to the indication of an uphill slope. The method includes those cases where information about the driving route is stored in the controller from a previous trip along the driving route. The method further comprises evaluating the driving route information based on the current vehicle route and opening or closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to the presence of charging equipment at the destination. The method also includes those cases where the selectively actuating the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels includes opening and closing the drive clutch on the drive wheels in response to the number of expected stops of the vehicle during driving routes.

In one example, the method includes those cases where the selectively actuating the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels includes opening and closing the drive clutch of the drive wheels in response to the number of accelerations of the moving vehicle, not including vehicle acceleration from stopping vehicle. The method includes those cases where the selective actuation of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels includes opening and closing the drive clutch on the drive wheels in response to the number of vehicle accelerations from stopping the vehicle. In addition, the method includes those cases where the driving route information includes information about a road gradient and further comprises accumulating a charge in the electric energy storage device in response to the driving route information.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-8 additionally provide for the operation of a vehicle with a hybrid drive, comprising: assessing the state of charge (SOC) of the electric energy storage device; receiving information about the driving route in the controller; and scheduling charging the electric energy storage device at the first location in response to the SOC and driving route information before reaching the first location. The method also includes those cases where the hybrid vehicle receives driving route information from another vehicle other than the hybrid vehicle. The method further comprises actuating a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels in response to driving route information. The method further comprises updating the charging planning of the electric energy storage device in response to a change in driving conditions. The method also further comprises scheduling charging the electric energy storage device at the second location before reaching the second location.

Next, with reference to FIG. 9, a flowchart is shown for an example sequence for driving a power train of a hybrid vehicle in response to a change in vehicle mass. The method of FIG. 8 may be stored as executable instructions in read-only memory in the system of FIG. 1-3. In addition, the method of FIG. 9 may include the sequence illustrated in FIG. 10.

At 902, method 900 determines a vehicle’s operating conditions. Vehicle operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, engine speed, vehicle speed, power storage device SOC, engine load, engine torque requirement, and vehicle acceleration. Operating conditions can be determined or logically inferred from the sensors described in FIG. 1-3. Method 900 proceeds to 904 after the operating conditions of the vehicle are determined.

At 904, method 900 determines the mass of the vehicle. In one example, the mass of a vehicle is based on the following equations:

Where vehicle acceleration is zero,

Engine / drive wheel torque ≈ road load + slope-based torque

Using: T_wh1 = R_rr⋅M_v⋅g⋅sin (θ ₁ ) + T_rl1

Where:

T_wh1 = Wheel torque at a slope = θ ₁

T_wh2 = Wheel torque at a slope = θ ₂

R_rr = rolling radius of the driven wheels

M_v = vehicle mass estimate

g = gravity constant

θ ₁ = slope angle

T_rl1 = Torque of the road load and driven wheel with a slope of 1

T_rl2 = Torque of road load and driven wheel when slope 2

In this case, estimating the mass of the vehicle matters:

M_v = [(T_wh1-T_wh2) + (T_rl2-T_rl1)] / [R_rr * g * (θ ₁ -θ ₂ )]

In some examples, the mass of the vehicle includes the mass of the vehicle and the trailer towed by the vehicle. In other examples, the mass of the vehicle is the mass of only the vehicle without a trailer. In addition, in some examples, the mass of the vehicle may include the mass of passengers in the vehicle and the cargo of the vehicle. The engine / drive wheel torque can be estimated from empirically determined tables or torque functions that are indexed using engine speed and load. For example, engine torque can be estimated by indexing a table of engine output torque, which is indexed by engine speed and engine load. Method 900 proceeds to 906 after the mass of the vehicle is estimated.

At 906, method 900 adjusts the threshold SOC of the power storage device, where auto engine shutdown is enabled. In one example, the threshold value SOC of the energy storage device rises when the mass of the vehicle is increased, so that the vehicle engine will stop during vehicle deceleration conditions when the energy storage device has a value greater than the first threshold level. If the vehicle mass is reduced, the threshold value SOC of the energy storage device is reduced, so that the vehicle engine will stop during vehicle deceleration conditions, when the energy storage device has a value greater than the second threshold level, the second threshold level is lower than the first threshold level. The threshold value SOC of the energy storage device may be adjusted in proportion to the change in vehicle mass or as a function of vehicle mass. FIG. 10 shows two SOC threshold levels that are based on different vehicle masses. Method 900 proceeds to 908 after the threshold value SOC of the power storage device for stopping the engine is configured.

At 908, method 900 evaluates whether or not conditions are present for automatically stopping the engine. In some examples, conditions for automatically stopping the engine include conditions indicative of vehicle deceleration, depressing the brake pedal, lack of depressing the accelerator pedal, SOC of the energy storage device greater than a threshold level. If method 900 concludes that the conditions for automatic engine shutdown are satisfied, the answer is yes, and method 900 goes to 910. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 900 goes to 912.

At 910, mode 900 automatically stops the engine. The engine can be stopped automatically by stopping the fuel and / or spark into the engine without a driver requesting to stop the engine through a device that has the sole function of stopping and / or starting the engine. Method 900 proceeds to 912 after the engine is stopped.

At 912, method 900 evaluates whether or not the engine was stopped automatically. In one example, a bit is set in the controller's memory when the motor automatically stops. If method 900 concludes that the engine was stopped automatically, the answer is yes, and method 900 goes to 914. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 900 exits.

At 914, method 900 judges whether or not the mass of the vehicle is less than the threshold mass. In one example, the threshold mass is the mass of a vehicle of an unloaded vehicle plus the mass of accessories for one or more persons and a prescribed amount of luggage. If method 900 concludes that the mass of the vehicle is less than the threshold mass, the answer is yes, and method 900 goes to 916. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 900 goes to 922.

At 916, method 900 evaluates whether or not the force to apply the friction brakes is less than a threshold value. Alternatively, method 900 evaluates whether or not the brake pedal is depressed by 916. If the frictional brake pressure is less than the threshold value, or if the brake pedal is not pressed, the answer is yes, and method 900 goes to 918. Otherwise, the answer is not, and method 900 goes to exit.

At 918, method 900 leaves the engine in a stopped state and provides a threshold value for the torque of slow movement (for example, the torque that moves the vehicle at a predetermined slow speed value (2 mph) on a flat slope) to the wheels of the vehicle via DISG. Method 900 proceeds to 920 after the creep torque is output through DISG.

At 920, method 900 provides a base torque value of a torque converter pump wheel in response to a driver's torque requirement. The base torque value of the torque converter pump wheel does not take into account any changes in vehicle mass. In addition, in one example, the base torque value of the torque converter pump wheel is based on a driver input in relation to the accelerator pedal (e.g., torque requirements of the driver), and the amount of deviation of the accelerator pedal is converted to torque of the torque converter pump wheel. In other examples, the torque of the wheels, the braking torque of the engine and / or other torques associated with the drive to the drive wheels may take the place of the torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter. The torque of the torque converter pump wheel is converted to the required DISG current, and the current is supplied to DISG to provide torque to the torque converter pump wheel.

At 922, method 900 evaluates whether or not the force to apply the friction brakes is less than a threshold value. Alternatively, method 900 evaluates whether or not the brake pedal is depressed by 922. If the frictional brake pressure is less than the threshold value, or if the brake pedal is not depressed, the answer is yes, and method 900 goes to 924. Otherwise, the answer is not, and method 900 goes to exit.

At 924, the engine restarts, the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels closes, and at least a portion of the vehicle’s slow torque is output by the engine. In some examples, vehicle slow motion torque may be provided by the engine and DISG. In other examples, the vehicle slow-motion torque is provided solely by the engine. Method 900 proceeds to 926 after the engine is started, and at least a portion of the vehicle’s slow motion torque is provided by the engine.

At 926, method 900 provides a vehicle-weighted torque value of a torque converter pump wheel in response to a driver's torque requirement. For example, method 900 provides a base torque value of a torque converter pump wheel plus an additional torque value based on an increase in vehicle mass. In one example, an additional amount of torque is determined empirically and stored in a table or function in the memory of the controller, which is indexed by the mass of the vehicle, which exceeds the base mass of the vehicle. Torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter can be provided exclusively by the engine or by means of the engine and DISG. In one example, the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel is provided by opening the engine throttle and supplying fuel to the engine in response to the desired torque of the torque converter pump wheel. In yet another example, the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel is provided by supplying DISG with current, and the engine with fuel and throttle opening. Method 900 goes to the output after the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel is issued.

Thus, the disengagement of the engine and drive to the drive wheels can be adjusted in response to a change in the mass of the vehicle. In addition, the conditions for stopping the engine based on the SOC can also be adjusted based on the mass of the vehicle.

Next, with reference to FIG. 10, an exemplary sequence for driving a power train of a hybrid vehicle in response to a change in vehicle mass is shown. The sequence of FIG. 10 may be performed by the method shown in FIG. 10 executed in the system described in FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 10 is a graph of vehicle speed versus time. The Y axis represents the speed of the vehicle, and the speed of the vehicle increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases in the direction of the arrow of the X axis.

The second graph from above in FIG. 10 is a graph of engine operating state versus time. The Y axis represents the operating state of the engine. The engine is turned on and running, burning the fuel-air mixture when the curve is at the top level. The engine is turned off and does not burn when the curve is at a low level. The X axis represents time, and time increases in the direction of the arrow of the X axis.

The third graph from above in FIG. 10 is a graph of a state of use of vehicle brakes versus time. The Y axis represents the state of the brakes of the vehicle. The vehicle brake pedal is depressed when the curve is at the upper level. The vehicle brake pedal is not depressed when the curve is at a low level. The X axis represents time, and time increases in the direction of the arrow of the X axis.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 10 is a graph of the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel versus time. The Y axis represents the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel, and the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases in the direction of the arrow of the X axis.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 10 is a graph of a state of charge (SOC) of an energy storage device versus time. The Y axis represents the SOC of the energy storage device, and the SOC of the energy storage device increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time and time increases in the direction of the arrow of the X axis. Horizontal mark 1002 represents the minimum SOC level of the energy storage device where the engine can be stopped and the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels is opened when the mass of the vehicle increases, for example, through an increase in the payload of the vehicle. The horizontal mark 1004 represents the minimum SOC level of the power storage device where the engine can be stopped and the drive-wheel decoupling clutch is open when the mass of the vehicle is the mass of the base unloaded vehicle. In this way, the engine can stop, and the drive-to-drive clutch disengages at lower SOC levels when the vehicle is at its base mass. On the other hand, when the mass of the vehicle increases, the engine can stop, and the drive-to-wheel drive clutch opens at a higher SOC, so that the engine continues to operate if the energy storage device is not at the upper level SOC.

The sixth graph from above in FIG. 10 is a graph of vehicle mass versus time. The Y axis represents the mass of the vehicle, and the mass of the vehicle increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases in the direction of the arrow of the X axis.

The seventh graph from above in FIG. 10 is a graph of the state of a drive decoupling clutch on drive wheels versus time. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is in the open state when the curve is at a low level. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is in the closed state when the curve is at the upper level. The X axis represents time, and time increases in the direction of the arrow of the X axis.

At time T ₀ , the vehicle speed is zero, the engine is stopped, the brake pedal is depressed, the energy storage device SOC is relatively high, the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is open, and the vehicle mass is at a low level. In this example, the engine was stopped automatically in response to the vehicle speed being the zero and depressed brake pedal.

At time T ₁ , the driver releases the brake pedal, and the vehicle speed gradually increases as DISG (not shown) applies torque to the drive wheel of the vehicle in response to the driver releasing the brake pedal. The engine remains in the off state, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels remains open. The required torque of the torque converter pump wheel increases in response to the driver releasing the brake pedal and the subsequent increase in torque required by the driver. The torque requirement of the driver may be engine braking torque, torque converter pump wheel torque, wheel torque, or other drive torque to the drive wheels. The vehicle mass remains at a low level, and the SOC of the energy storage device begins to decrease, as DISG alone drives the vehicle.

At time T ₂ , the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel has risen to a level where the engine starts automatically, and the drive clutch for the drive wheels closes in response to a driver torque demand (not shown). The engine can automatically start without direct driver input into a device that has the exclusive purpose of starting and / or stopping the engine (for example, an ignition switch) when the torque requirement of the driver exceeds the threshold torque level. Vehicle speed continues to increase in response to an increase in the torque of the torque converter pump wheel. Vehicle mass remains low and the SOC of the energy storage device continues to decrease as the vehicle accelerates. The brake pedal of the vehicle remains inactive.

At time T ₃ , the vehicle begins to decelerate in response to a reduced driver torque demand. The vehicle’s mass is at a lower level, and the SOC of the energy storage device is larger than the threshold level of 1004, so the drive-wheel decoupling clutch opens and the engine stops in response to the vehicle entering deceleration mode, while the torque is reduced moment of driver demand. The required torque of the torque converter pump wheel decreases in response to the reduced torque requirements of the driver. The state of the vehicle’s brake pedal remains disabled, and the energy storage device begins to be charged by DISG, which converts the inertia of the vehicle into electrical energy.

Between time T ₃ and time T ₄ , the vehicle is standing and the vehicle brake is applied by the driver. The SOC of the energy storage device is increased, and the drive-wheel decoupling clutch remains in the open state. The engine also remains off.

At time T ₄ , the mass of the vehicle increases. The mass of the vehicle may increase, for example, when the driver or someone adds cargo or passengers to the vehicle. Vehicle speed remains at zero and engine remains off. The required torque of the torque converter pump wheel remains low and the SOC of the energy storage device remains uncharged. The drive decoupling clutch also remains in the open state.

At time T ₅ , the driver releases the brake pedal, and the DISG output torque increases as the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel increases. The required torque of the torque converter pump wheel increases in response to the driver releasing the brake and increasing the torque requirement of the driver. The SOC of the energy storage device begins to decrease as the DISG applies torque to the drive wheel of the vehicle. Vehicle speed starts to increase gradually. However, as the mass of the vehicle increases, the vehicle accelerates at a slower pace. The controller begins to evaluate the change in vehicle mass based on the torque that is applied to the drive wheels and the vehicle acceleration rate.

Between time T ₅ and time T ₆ , the engine automatically restarts in response to the torque of the torque converter pump wheel, increasing to a greater than threshold level. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels also closes in response to the torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter, which is greater than the threshold level. The SOC of the energy storage device is reduced, and DISG provides the drive torque to the drive wheels.

At time T ₆ , the driver reduces the torque requirement of the driver and presses the brake of the vehicle. The engine remains operational, and the drive-wheel decoupling clutch remains engaged, so that the engine can provide braking during vehicle deceleration. The engine remains running as the vehicle mass has increased, and since the SOC of the energy storage device is less than the threshold level 1002. Thus, the setting of the opening moment of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels may be delayed or delayed as the mass increases vehicle. Similarly, setting the opening moment of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels may be advanced as the vehicle mass decreases. Vehicle mass remains at a higher level and the vehicle decelerates to zero speed. The SOC of the energy storage device increases as the vehicle decelerates.

At time T ₇ , the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels opens and the engine stops while the vehicle speed approaches zero. The vehicle brake remains pressed, and the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel remains at a low level. The mass of the vehicle remains unchanged while the vehicle is stopped.

At time T ₈ , the brake pedal is released by the driver and the engine starts automatically. In the present example, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open when the engine is stopped; however, in some examples, the drive-wheel decoupling clutch remains closed, so that the engine and DISG accelerate to the operating speed simultaneously. The engine restarts by releasing the brake pedal in response to the increased mass of the vehicle. Thus, it may be possible to reduce the likelihood of the vehicle accelerating at a slower than desired pace since the engine and DISG are available while the brake pedal is released. In addition, the engine and DISG can apply a slow-motion torque that drives the vehicle at the same pace as when the vehicle is unloaded and when driven only by DISG, when the driver does not depress the accelerator pedal of the vehicle.

The required torque of the torque converter pump wheel also increases in response to an increase in the estimated mass of the vehicle. The required torque of the torque converter pump wheel rises, so that the vehicle accelerates in a similar manner as when the vehicle accelerates at a time when the mass of the vehicle is less (for example, at time T ₁ ). Thus, for a similar accelerator pedal input, the vehicle accelerates in a similar manner to when the vehicle mass is reduced and the accelerator pedal input is the same. Thus, the driver can experience similar vehicle acceleration for the equivalent accelerator pedal input, even when the mass of the vehicle changes.

Thus, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 9-10 provide for the operation of a vehicle with a hybrid drive, comprising: setting the operation of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to a change in the mass of the vehicle. The method further comprises adjusting the timing of engine shutdown in response to a change in vehicle mass. The method includes those cases where adjusting the operation of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels includes delaying the installation of the moment of opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to an increase in vehicle mass. The method includes those cases where the setting of the operation of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels includes advancing the setting of the moment of opening the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels in response to a reduction in vehicle weight. The method further comprises setting a threshold value of a state of charge of the energy storage device in response to the mass of the vehicle. The method includes those cases where the setting of the threshold value of the state of charge of the energy storage device includes increasing the threshold value of the state of charge of the energy storage device in response to the mass of the vehicle.

In yet another example, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-8 provide for the operation of a vehicle with a hybrid drive, comprising: setting the operation of the drive decoupling clutch to drive wheels in response to a change in vehicle mass; and automatic engine shutdown at a point in time that responds to a change in vehicle mass. The method further comprises not starting the engine in response to the mass of the vehicle when the mass of the vehicle is the first mass of the vehicle. The method further comprises starting the engine in response to the mass of the vehicle when the mass of the vehicle is the second mass of the vehicle. The method includes those cases when the second mass of the vehicle is greater than the first mass of the vehicle. The method further comprises supplying at least a portion of the torque of the slow motion through the engine after starting the engine.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the torque of the slow motion is supplied exclusively through DISG, when the engine is not restarted, and when the hybrid vehicle is moving. The method further comprises adjusting the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel in response to a change in vehicle mass. The method includes those cases where the setting of the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel includes increasing the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel when a change in vehicle mass increases the mass of the vehicle. The method includes those cases where adjusting the torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter includes reducing the torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter when changing the mass of the vehicle reduces the mass of the vehicle.

In yet another example, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-8 provide for the operation of a vehicle with a hybrid drive, comprising: setting the operation of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, which is in communication with the engine, in response to a change in the mass of the vehicle; automatically stopping the engine in response to a first state of charge of the energy storage device that is larger than a first threshold state of charge, a first threshold state of charge is based on the first mass of the vehicle before the mass of the vehicle changes; and automatically stopping the engine in response to a second state of charge of the energy storage device that is larger than the second threshold state of charge, the second threshold state of charge is based on the second mass of the vehicle after changing the mass of the vehicle. In this way, the drive-wheel decoupling clutch can be actuated to improve vehicle performance based on the mass of the vehicle.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the second threshold state of charge is greater than the first threshold state of charge. The method includes those cases when the second mass of the vehicle is greater than the first mass of the vehicle. The method includes those cases when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open when the engine is stopped. The method also includes those cases when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed when the engine is stopped.

Next, with reference to FIG. 11, a flowchart of a method for starting an engine by a first electric machine or a second electric machine is shown. The method of claim 11 may be stored in read-only memory of controller 12 of FIG. 1-3 as executable commands.

At 1102, method 1100 determines the operating conditions of the vehicle. Vehicle operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, engine speed, DISG speed, vehicle speed, consumption of drive torque on the drive wheels, engine coolant temperature, and operating condition of the drive release clutch on the drive wheels (e.g. , open, partially open or closed). Method 1100 proceeds to 1104 after operating conditions are determined.

At 1104, method 1100 evaluates whether or not conditions are present for stopping engine rotation. In one example, the rotation of the engine may stop when the required drive torque to the drive wheels (for example, the combined torque delivered through the engine and / or DISG) is less than the threshold torque value. If method 1100 concludes that there are no conditions for stopping engine rotation, method 1100 proceeds to 1106. Otherwise, method 1100 proceeds to 1110.

At 1106, method 1100 drives an engine. The engine is driven by delivering caviar and / or fuel to the engine based on engine operating conditions. In some examples, where the engine is a diesel engine or a uniform compression charge ignition engine (HCCI), the engine can be driven without a spark. Method 1100 proceeds to 1108 after the engine is powered.

At 1108, method 1100 provides torque from the engine to the wheels of the vehicle. Engine torque can be delivered to the wheels of the vehicle by closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels and directing the engine output through the transmission to the wheels of the vehicle. In some examples, engine torque and DISG can be applied to the vehicle wheels simultaneously. Method 1100 transfers the output after engine torque is output to the wheels of the vehicle.

At 1110, method 1100 stops the rotation of the engine and opens or disengages the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The rotation of the engine can be stopped by inhibiting the flow of fuel and / or air into the engine cylinders. Method 1100 proceeds to 1112 after the engine is stopped. Note that DISG may continue to provide torque to the wheels of the vehicle in response to a demand of the driver while the engine is stopped.

At 1112, method 1100 evaluates whether or not conditions for restarting the engine are present. In one example, the engine may restart when the drive torque command to the drive wheels exceeds a threshold torque value. In other examples, the engine may start when the temperature of the catalytic converter drops to less than the threshold temperature. If method 1100 concludes that the selected conditions for restarting the engine are present, method 1100 proceeds to 1114. Otherwise, method 1100 returns to 1104.

At 1114, method 1100 determines the available torque value from the DISG. The amount of torque available from DISG is based on the nominal torque of the DISG, the state of charge of the battery, the number of revolutions of the DISG, and the temperature of the DISG. A table describing the available DISG torque is stored and indexed by the state of charge of the battery (for example, battery voltage and ampere-hour rating), DISG speed and DISG temperature. The table displays the amount of available torque from the DISG. Method 1100 proceeds to 1116 after the available DISG torque is determined.

At 1116, method 1100 evaluates whether or not the DISG has the bearing capacity to start the engine and subject to the required amount of torque. In one example, the required amount of torque is determined at least partially from the accelerator pedal, which the driver adjusts to change the required drive torque to the drive wheels. The torque for starting the engine can be determined empirically and stored in a table or function in memory. A table or function can be indexed by means of the engine temperature and the time since the last engine shutdown. The table displays the torque to achieve the required number of revolutions of cranking the engine (for example, 250 revolutions per minute) from zero revolutions. The torque for starting the engine is added to the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels provided by the driver, and the amount of available torque DISG is subtracted from the sum of the torque to start the engine and the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels. If the result is positive, DISG does not have enough bearing capacity to provide torque to start the engine and provide the required drive torque to the drive wheels. Consequently, method 1100 proceeds to 1124. If the result is negative, DISG has the bearing capacity to provide torque to start the engine and provide the required drive torque to the drive wheels. Therefore, method 1100 proceeds to 1118.

At 1118, method 1100 evaluates whether or not engine start was requested. If so, method 1100 proceeds to 1120. Otherwise, method 1100 proceeds to 1122. Method 1100 may conclude that the engine start request is made, for example, when the engine torque request increases, or when the driver releases the brake pedal.

At 1120, method 1100 delivers DISG torque to the wheels of the vehicle and to the engine. The DISG torque is output to the engine by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and transmitting the torque from the DISG to the engine. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels may partially close to control the engine speed during engine start-up. The engine can rotate at the crankshaft speed (for example, 250 rpm) or at the base idle speed (for example, 800 rpm) before fuel and spark are fed into the engine. Method 1100 returns to 1104 after the DISG torque is output to the engine and wheels of the vehicle.

At 1122, method 1100 delivers DISG torque only to the wheels of the vehicle. The DISG torque output to the wheels of the vehicle may be based on the input of the accelerator pedal and / or the input from the controller. Method 1100 returns to 1104 after the DISG torque is output to the wheels of the vehicle.

At 1124, method 1100 evaluates whether or not the engine start request is present. The engine start request may occur as described at 1118. If the engine start is requested, method 1100 proceeds to 1126. Otherwise, method 1100 proceeds to 1122.

At 1126, method 1100 starts the engine through a second electric machine that has lower output power than DISG. For example, the engine can be started using a conventional starter, which includes a gear drive shaft and a pinion gear, which are selectively engaged with the engine flywheel to start the engine. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels closes when the second electric machine provides torque exclusively for the rotation of the engine. In addition, fuel and a spark are supplied to the engine at 1126 to initiate combustion in the engine, so that the engine rotates by virtue of its own power. Method 1100 proceeds to 1128 after the engine is started.

At 1128, method 1100 engages a drive trip clutch to drive wheels to enable transmission of torque from the engine to the wheels of the vehicle. In one example, the engine speed rises until the engine speed matches the DISG speed. The drive-to-drive clutch closes when the engine speed corresponds to the DISG speed to reduce the likelihood of introducing torque disturbances into the drive to the drive wheels. Method 1100 transitions to the output after the engine is started and provides torque to the wheels of the vehicle.

It should be noted that the method according to claim 11 shows only one example of starting the engine solely by means of an electric machine of lower power (a starter motor) or exclusively by an electric machine with a higher load-bearing capacity (DISG). Other examples are also allowed. For example, when both DISG and a lower power starter motor are operational, DISG and a lower power starter motor can start the engine during different operating conditions. However, if the DISG is taken out of service, a lower power starter may start the engine after the engine has been automatically stopped from rotation during conditions where, otherwise, the DISG would start the engine. For example, a lower power starter may start the engine, where the DISG is capable of starting the engine and delivering torque to the drive to the drive wheels, but is out of operation. On the other hand, if a lower power starter motor is taken out of operation, the engine can be started by DISG when the drive torque consumption of the drive wheels is at a lower threshold level since a lower power starter motor is not available.

Next, with reference to FIG. 12 is a graph of an exemplary sequence for starting the engine according to the method of FIG. 11. Vertical marks T ₁₀ -T ₁₇ represent interesting points in time in a sequence. The sequence of FIG. 12 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 12 is a DISG torque versus time. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The Y axis represents the DISG torque, and the DISG torque increases in the direction of the Y axis arrow. The horizontal line 1202 represents the amount of DISG torque available. The horizontal line 1204 represents the amount of torque that the DISG can output to the transmission input while the DISG rotates the engine crankshaft. The difference between the horizontal lines 1202 and 1204 represents the amount of torque for cranking the engine crankshaft to start.

The second graph from above in FIG. 12 is the engine speed versus time. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The Y axis represents the engine speed and the engine speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis.

The third graph from above in FIG. 12 represents the state of the drive decoupling clutch (for example, open or closed) versus time. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The Y axis represents the state of the drive decoupling clutch, and the decoupling clutch state is open on the upper side and closed near the X axis, as indicated.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 12 represents the state of a starter of lower output power versus time. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The Y axis represents the low output power starter state, and the low output starter state is engaged when the curve is at a low level and disengaged when the curve is at an upper level.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 12 is a state of the engine start request versus time. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The Y axis represents the state of the engine start request, and the state of the engine start request is set to start or rotate when the curve is at the upper level. The engine start request is not set or is indicative of engine stop when the curve is at a low level.

At time T ₁₀ , the DISG torque is at a low level in response to a low demand for drive torque to the drive wheels (not shown). A drive torque requirement for the drive wheels may arise from an accelerator pedal or other device and may be responsive to a driver input. The engine is also stopped, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open. A starter of lower output power is not engaged, and there is no request to start the engine.

At time T ₁₁ , an engine start request is issued while the DISG torque is less than a threshold value 1204. An engine start request may be made in response to a battery charge state (SOC) or other condition. The low power output starter remains inactive, and the drive-to-drive clutch closes shortly thereafter. Closing the drive trip clutch to the drive transmits torque from DISG to the engine, thereby scrolling the engine crankshaft. The engine starts shortly after the DISG is at least partially closed. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels can slip while the engine undergoes cranking and during an increase in engine speed from engine stop to DISG speed.

At time T ₁₂ , the start / rotation request goes low in response to the operating conditions of the vehicle (for example, a charged battery and the applied brake pedal of the vehicle). The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels opens and the engine stops in response to a request to start / rotate the engine. DISG continues to supply torque to the drive wheels of the vehicle.

Between the time T ₁₂ and the time T ₁₃ , the output torque DISG increases in response to an increased torque demand of a driver (not shown). The engine remains disconnected, and the clutch for decoupling the drive to the drive wheels remains open.

At time T ₁₃ , an engine start / rotation request is set in response to a battery SOC that is less than a threshold charge level (not shown). The low output power starter is driven as indicated after the DISG torque is greater than the threshold torque by 1204. The drive decoupling clutch is open while the engine is cranking the lower output power starter . A low power output starter is taken out of operation when the engine speed exceeds the engine rotation speed.

At time T ₁₄ , the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels closes after the engine speed reaches the speed DISG. The engine start / rotation request remains set, and both DISG and engine provide torque to the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle.

At time T ₁₅ , the engine start / rotation request goes to the lower level to indicate that the engine should stop. Shortly thereafter, the engine stops and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels opens in response to a request to start / rotate the engine to a lower level. DISG continues to supply torque to the drive wheels of the vehicle.

At time T ₁₆ , an engine start / rotation request is set in response to a driver demand torque exceeding a threshold torque (not shown). The engine restarts, so that the engine can output the torque to the drive to the drive wheels to increase the DISG torque. A low power output starter is engaged in response to an engine start / rotation request moving to the upper level. A low output starter trips in response to an engine speed exceeding the threshold speed.

At time T ₁₇ , the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels closes in response to the engine speed reaching DISG. The engine and DISG supply torque to the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle after the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels is closed.

Thus, the engine can be started by DISG or a starter of lower output power. A lower power starter gives DISG the ability to output a larger amount of torque to the drive on the drive wheels than would be possible if the DISG had the ability to crank the engine. In addition, a lower power output starter allows the engine speed to reach the DISG speed before the drive decoupling clutch closes so that a slight disturbance in torque can be seen in the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle.

Thus, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 11-12 provide for starting the engine, comprising: during the first condition, starting the engine with the first electric machine, while the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed; and during the second condition, starting the engine with a second electric machine, while the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open. The method includes those cases where the second electric machine has a lower load-bearing capacity in terms of output power than the first electric machine. The method includes those cases when the first electric machine is a starter / generator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, and where the drive release coupling on the drive wheels has a first side mechanically attached to the double mass flywheel and a second side mechanically connected to DISG.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the first condition is the required drive torque of the drive wheels, which is less than the torque of the drive on the drive wheels during the second condition. The method includes those cases where the clutch decoupling the drive to the drive wheels opens in response to the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels closes when the sum of the required drive torque to the drive wheels and the engine starting torque is greater than the threshold torque value. The method includes those cases where the first electric machine is located downstream of the engine and delivers torque through a torque converter that rotates the wheels of the vehicle, and where the second electric machine is located on the engine and does not provide torque through a torque converter to rotate the wheels of the vehicle higher engine crankshaft speed, which is lower than the engine idle speed.

In other examples, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 11-12 comprise starting an engine, comprising: starting an engine by a first electric machine when the desired torque consumption is less than the first threshold value; starting the engine with a second electric machine when the desired torque consumption is greater than the first threshold value; and supplying sufficient torque to rotate the wheels of the vehicle solely by the first electric machine during the selected operating conditions. Thus, different electrical machines can start the engine during different conditions.

The method includes those cases where the first electric machine is integrated in the drive by a starter / generator (DISG), and where DISG is located in the drive on a drive vehicle of a hybrid drive at a location between the drive-to-drive drive clutch and the transmission . The method includes those cases where the DISG provides torque to start rotation of a stopped engine by at least partially closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The method further comprises disconnecting the second electric machine from the engine when the engine speed reaches the threshold speed. The method includes those cases where the second electric machine includes a gear drive shaft and a pinion gear. The method includes those cases when the first threshold value varies depending on the state of charge of the battery. The method also includes those cases where the first threshold value varies depending on the speed of the first electric machine.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 11-12 also provide a hybrid vehicle system comprising: an engine; a starter selectively engaged with the engine and including a pinion gear; double mass flywheel (DMF), including a first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; and a controller including constant commands executed to start the engine through the starter during the first start and by DISG during the second start.

In some examples, the hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for starting the engine with a starter during conditions of a desired torque greater than a threshold value. The hybrid vehicle system includes those cases where the engine is started by rotating the engine using DISG, and further comprising additional commands for disconnecting the DISG from the engine after a predetermined number of combustion events. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for connecting the engine to the DISG after the engine speed reaches the DISG speed. The hybrid vehicle system includes those cases where the available output from the starter is less than the available output from DISG. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for automatically stopping the engine, and where the engine is started by DISG based on the available torque value on the DISG output shaft.

Next, with reference to FIG. 13, a flowchart of a method for adjusting fuel injection to provide a desired path of engine speed during engine start is shown. The method of FIG. 13 may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of controller 12 shown in FIG. 1-3.

At 1302, method 1300 evaluates whether or not the engine has been requested to start, and whether or not the drive decoupling clutch is engaged. Method 1300 may conclude that engine start is required when the engine start variable is set in memory. Method 1300 may conclude that the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels disengages when the disconnected state variable of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels is not set in the memory. If method 1300 concludes that the engine is required to start and the drive clutch is not engaged, method 1300 goes to 1304. Otherwise, method 1300 goes to 1316.

At 1304, method 1300 determines operating conditions. Operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, DISG speed, engine temperature, time after stopping engine rotation, and the state of the drive decoupling clutch. Method 1300 proceeds to 1306 after operating conditions are determined.

At 1306, method 1300 determines the required engine speed based on the speed of the torque converter pump wheel. In addition, the required cylinder air charge can be determined at 1306, so that the required engine speed can be achieved. In one example, the desired engine speed after increasing the engine speed (for example, from the number of crankshaft rotations to the required idle speed) is tuned to the speed of the torque converter pump wheel. Thus, after increasing the engine speed during engine start-up, the engine speed is adjusted according to the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel, so that the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels can be closed to transmit engine torque to the vehicle wheels without causing torque disturbances . The engine may be cranked by rotating the engine with a starter other than DISG (e.g., a lower output power starter), if required. Method 1300 proceeds to 1308 after the desired engine speed is selected. It should be noted that the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel is equivalent to the DISG speed because DISG is connected to the torque converter pump wheel.

At 1308, fuel injection for the first combustion event is configured. In one example, where the engine includes an almost centrally located fuel injector at the top of the combustion chamber, fuel is injected into at least one cylinder through a single pulse of fuel during the compression stroke of the cylinder and during a single cylinder cycle. The injected fuel then facilitates the first combustion event after the engine is stopped for the cylinder receiving the fuel. After a single fuel pulse is injected into the cylinder, fuel injections during an increase in the number of revolutions can be injected by a train of pulses during the intake and compression strokes of the cylinder receiving fuel, as described at 1310. In one example, a single fuel pulse is injected into each of a predetermined number of engine cylinders during cylinder compression strokes. In this way, fuel is injected into each of a predetermined number of cylinders in one or more pulses during the cycle of the cylinder receiving the fuel. For example, for a four-cylinder engine, two engine cylinders receive a single fuel injection during respective injection strokes of cylinders receiving a single fuel injection. The other two engine cylinders received multiple fuel injections during the intake and / or compression strokes of the cylinder receiving the fuel.

In the second example, where the engine includes a fuel injection located on the side of the combustion chamber, multiple fuel injections for each cylinder are supplied to a predetermined number of engine cylinders during a compression stroke of the cylinder receiving the fuel for the first combustion event in the cylinder after the engine stops. After a predetermined number of cylinders receive multiple fuel injections during a compression stroke of the fuel receiving cylinder, multiple fuel injections can be supplied to each cylinder during the intake and / or compression strokes of the fuel receiving cylinder. Additionally, the position of the engine throttle can be adjusted to 1308 based on the desired engine speed. In one example, the opening amount of the engine throttle increases as the required engine speed increases while cranking the crankshaft. Method 1300 proceeds to 1310 after fuel is injected for the first combustion events of each engine cylinder.

At 1310, method 1300 adjusts the timing and amount of fuel of the split fuel injection based on the required engine speed and the difference in engine speed between the actual engine speed and the desired engine speed. In particular, at lower engine revolutions (for example, between 250 revolutions per minute and 400 revolutions per minute), two or more injections are delivered to each engine cylinder during a compression stroke of each fuel receiving cylinder. At average engine revolutions (for example, between 400 revolutions per minute and 700 revolutions per minute), multiple fuel injections are supplied during both the intake and compression strokes of each cylinder receiving fuel. At higher engine speeds (for example, from 700 rpm to 1000 rpm), multiple fuel injections are delivered exclusively during the intake stroke of the cylinder receiving the fuel. Of course, lower, medium, and higher engine speeds may vary between applications. For example, a lower engine speed may be between 200 rpm and 300 rpm, an average engine speed may be between 300 rpm and 800 rpm, and a higher speed may be between 800 rpm and 1100 rpm for other applications. Thus, if the required engine speed is a higher engine speed, the fuel injection timing is set to give out multiple fuel injections exclusively during the intake stroke of the fuel receiving cylinder when the engine reaches the desired engine speed. If the required engine speed is the average engine speed, the fuel injection timing setting is configured to give out multiple fuel injections during the intake and compression strokes of the cylinder receiving the fuel. Setting the split fuel injection moment at higher engine speeds provides improved fuel mixing and lower engine emissions. Split fuel injection during compression and intake strokes provides improved combustion stability and a reduced likelihood of engine misfire.

As the engine speed rises from the number of crankshaft rotations (for example, 250 revolutions per minute) to the required idle speed while increasing the engine speed, the time between the end of the injection (EOI) (for example, setting the moment where the last pulse of fuel injected into the cylinder during the cycle of the cylinder) and the initiation of spark ignition (for example, ± 3 degrees). Since the time between different positions of the crankshaft decreases as the engine speed rises, the setting of the EOI moment is advanced relative to the temporal characteristics of the crankshaft in order to maintain a substantially constant time (for example, ± 0.05 seconds) between the EOI and the initiation of spark ignition . In addition, when multiple fuel injections are performed, setting the moment of each of the fuel injections during the cycle of the cylinder may be advanced as the engine speed rises. Thus, the start of fuel injection (SOI) during the cylinder cycle can be advanced as the engine speed rises as the engine speed increases.

If the required engine speed is greater than the actual engine speed, the fuel injection values are increased by increasing the duration of the fuel injection. Additional air can also be discharged into the engine by opening the throttle. If the required engine speed is less than the actual engine speed, the fuel injection values are reduced by reducing the duration of the fuel injection. The amount of engine air can be reduced by closing the throttle. In addition, the setting of the fuel injection moment and the amount of fuel can be adjusted in response to the operating conditions of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, so as to pre-configure the setting of the fuel injection moment. For example, if the drive-to-drive decoupling clutch is interlocked, and the drive-to-drive-decoupling clutch motor side rotates slower than the DISG-side of the drive-decoupling clutch, the fuel injection amount may increase to accelerate the engine closer to the speed of the DISG, and thereby reduce disturbance of the drive torque to the drive wheels. On the other hand, if the drive-to-drive decoupling clutch is interlocked and the drive-to-drive-decoupling clutch motor side rotates faster than the DISG-side of the drive-decoupling clutch, the fuel injection amount may decrease to slow the engine closer to the DISG speed. In addition, if the clutch for decoupling the drive to the drive wheels is opened, the amount of fuel injection may be reduced as a function of the pressing force of the clutch to drive the drive to the drive wheels to slow the engine to idle speed, and thereby reduce perturbations of the drive torque to the drive wheels . Similarly, if the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels opens, the amount of fuel injection may increase as a function of the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels to accelerate the engine to idle speed, and thereby reduce drive torque disturbances on the drive wheels.

In some examples, the timing of the fuel injection of the engine cylinder is adjusted with respect to the cylinder stroke, which changes as the engine speed changes. For example, if the difference in the speed between the actual and the desired engine speed increases, method 1300 rebuilds the fuel from the compression stroke to the intake stroke. By varying the injection stroke based on the difference in speed between the actual and the required engine speed, it may be possible to improve the fuel-air mixing and facilitate more complete combustion, so that the speed difference can be reduced.

Additionally, the position of the engine throttle can be adjusted in response to setting the moment when fuel is injected into the cylinder. For example, the window choke may partially close to increase charge movement when fuel is injected exclusively during the intake stroke. The window throttle may partially open while the fuel injection is switched from the fuel injection during the compression stroke to the fuel injection during the intake stroke. In addition, the amount of fuel injected into the cylinder during the cycle of the cylinder is adjusted based on the amount of air that flows through the throttle. Method 1300 proceeds to 1312 after the fuel injection timing is configured.

At 1312, method 1300 adjusts the setting of the ignition timing in response to the state of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels and the difference in speed between the required engine speed and the actual engine speed. In particular, when the engine speed is substantially at the DISG speed (for example, ± 100 rpm), spark ignition is delayed to a level to create zero torque on the drive decoupling clutch. In addition, the delay of spark ignition can also be provided based on the difference in speed between the DISG and the engine. As the speed difference between the engine and DISG decreases, the spark lag increases.

At 1314, method 1300 evaluates whether or not the clutch for disengaging the drive wheels is closed to the desired value (for example, 80% of the clutch holding torque is output). The drive wheel decoupling clutch may close when the engine speed is within a predetermined speed of the torque converter pump wheel so that disturbances in the torque inside the drive on the drive wheels can be reduced. If method 1300 concludes that the drive wheel decoupling clutch has been closed to a threshold value, method 1300 proceeds to 1316. Otherwise, method 1300 returns to 1304.

At 1316, method 1300 is ahead of the set ignition timing and switches to fuel injection for a single fuel injection during a cylinder cycle based on the number of combustion events after engine shutdown or based on torque transformation coefficient. For example, after the drive-to-drive decoupling clutch closes, method 1300 may switch from split fuel injection to single fuel injection during an engine cycle through 10 combustion events. Alternatively, method 1300 may switch from split fuel injection to single fuel injection during a cylinder cycle after setting the injection timing has been advanced before setting the moment where the torque transformation coefficient between setting the ignition timing and setting the fuel injection moment is lower than the threshold value. Method 1300 goes to the exit after setting the fuel injection moment and setting the ignition timing are transferred to the basic torque settings, which are determined empirically and stored in memory.

Next, with reference to FIG. 14 is a graph of an exemplary sequence for delivering fuel to an engine according to the method of FIG. 13. The sequence of FIG. 14 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 14 represents a fuel injection timing for cylinder number one. The X axis represents cylinder cycle for cylinder number one, and individual cylinder cycles are indicated in typical letters. For example, the intake stroke is represented by I, the compression stroke is represented by C, the operating cycle is represented by P, and the exhaust stroke is represented by E. The Y axis represents fuel injection.

The second graph from above in FIG. 14 represents the required rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel as a function of cylinder stroke number one. The time distribution of the X axis coincides with the time distribution of the first graph from the top of the figure. The Y axis represents the required speed of the torque converter pump wheel, and the required speed of the torque converter pump wheel increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis.

The third graph from above in FIG. 14 represents the required engine speed as a function of cylinder number one. The time distribution of the X axis coincides with the time distribution of the first graph from the top of the figure. The Y axis represents the desired engine speed, and the required engine speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 14 represents the actual engine speed as a function of cylinder cycle number one. The time distribution of the X axis coincides with the time distribution of the first graph from the top of the figure. The Y axis represents the actual engine speed, and the actual engine speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 14 represents the difference between the required engine speed and the actual engine speed (delta engine speed) as a function of cylinder number one. The time distribution of the X axis coincides with the time distribution of the first graph from the top of the figure. The Y axis represents the desired engine speed, and the required engine speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis.

At time T ₁₈ , the engine is stopped, and the required speed of the torque converter pump wheel is zero. The engine rotates after T ₁₈ , cyclically passing through different strokes of cylinder number one. The first value of a single fuel injection is supplied directly to cylinder number one during the compression stroke of cylinder number one. The engine starts to accelerate from the first combustion event during the first compression stroke after the engine is stopped.

At time T ₁₉ , two fuel injections are issued during the second compression stroke of cylinder number one. The fuel injection switches to two injections in response to the difference in the number of revolutions between the required engine speed and the actual engine speed. In addition, fuel injection is supplied during the cylinder stroke, which depends on the difference in the number of revolutions between the actual and the required engine speed. In one example, setting the fuel injection moment for the cylinder stroke based on the difference between the actual and the required engine speed is stored in a table and displays the cylinder stroke based on the difference in the speed. By adjusting the stroke of the cylinder where the fuel is injected, based on the difference between the actual and the required engine speed, it may be possible to improve the mixing of the fuel and the regulation of the engine speed during engine starting.

Between time T ₁₉ and time T ₂₀ , the fuel injection timing is further adjusted in response to the difference in the required engine speed and the actual engine speed. It can be observed that the fuel injection switches from the fuel injection twice during the compression stroke of the cylinder to the fuel injection once during the intake stroke and once during the compression stroke. Further, the fuel injection switches to the fuel injection twice during the intake stroke.

At time T ₂₀ , an error in the engine speed between the required engine speed and the actual engine speed is zero, and fuel is injected once per engine cycle. Thus, the fuel injection timing can be adjusted to supply fuel during different engine cycles in response to an engine speed error. In addition, the setting of the fuel injection moment and the setting of the ignition timing can be adjusted in response to the state of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels or the applied force, as discussed with reference to FIG. 13.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 13-14 also provide for setting the charge of the air of the engine cylinder, comprising: setting the throttle position to start the engine; and setting the installation of the moment of injection of fuel of the cylinder to the cylinder cycle, which changes as the difference between the required engine speed and the actual engine speed changes, and adjusting the amount of fuel supplied to the cylinder in response to the amount of air passing the throttle. The method includes those cases where the cylinder stroke varies from a compression stroke to an intake stroke. The method includes those cases where the throttle is a window throttle.

In some examples, the method further comprises those cases where the window throttle is at least partially closed during fuel injection during a compression stroke. The method further comprises those cases where the window throttle is open during fuel injection during a cylinder intake stroke. The method also includes those cases where the installation of the moment of fuel injection involves at least two fuel injections during the cycle of the cylinder. The method includes those cases where the installation of the moment of fuel injection is supplied to the fuel nozzle, which injects fuel directly into the cylinder.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 13-14 also provide for setting the charge of the air of the engine cylinder, comprising: setting the throttle position to start the engine; the issuance of a spark in the combustion chamber of the cylinder during the cycle of the cylinder; and setting the fuel injection timing to maintain a substantially constant time between the spark and the timing of the end of the fuel injection as the engine speed rises during an increase in the engine speed along with the injection of a plurality of fuel pulses during the cylinder cycle; and adjusting the amount of fuel supplied to the cylinder in response to the amount of air passing through the throttle. Thus, combustion stability can be maintained.

The method also includes those cases where the installation of the fuel injection moment is advanced as the engine speed rises. The method further comprises those cases where the installation of the fuel injection moment occurs in response to the required engine speed, and where the required engine speed is based on the rotational speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter. The method further comprises closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels when the engine speed is within the threshold speed number of the rotational speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter. The method includes those cases where the cylinder stroke, during which a plurality of fuel pulses is injected, changes as the engine speed changes. The method further comprises those cases where the setting of the ignition timing changes during an increase in the engine speed. The method includes those cases where the throttle is a window throttle located downstream of the intake manifold.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 13-14 also include a hybrid vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel (DMF), including a first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side attached to a second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; and a controller including constant commands executed for setting the installation of the moment of fuel injection into the cylinder in response to the required engine speed, which is based on the rotational speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter, while the pump wheel of the torque converter is not mechanically connected to the engine. By adjusting the setting of the fuel injection moment based on the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel, it may be possible to adjust the setting of the fuel injection moment so that the required setting of the fuel injection moment is provided when the engine reaches the speed of the torque converter pump wheel. Such work can improve engine emissions.

The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels after the engine speed is within the threshold speed of the torque converter pump wheel speed. A hybrid vehicle system includes those where the engine is started by rotating the engine with a starter other than DISG. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for setting the fuel injection timing to maintain a substantially constant time between setting the spark ignition timing supplied to the cylinder and setting the timing of the fuel injection delivered to the cylinder during the cylinder cycle, as of how the engine speed rises during an increase in the engine speed and along with the injection of a plurality of fuel pulses during a cylinder cycle. The hybrid vehicle system also additionally contains additional commands for setting the cylinder fuel injection timing to the cylinder cycle, which changes as the difference between the required engine speed and the actual engine speed changes, and the amount of fuel supplied to the cylinder in response to the amount of air passing through the throttle. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for injecting a single pulse of fuel into the cylinder during the compression stroke of the cylinder before the first cylinder combustion event after engine shutdown.

Next, with reference to FIG. 15 is a flowchart of a method for starting an engine when the torque output by the electric machine may not produce the required amount of torque after shifting the transmission. The method of FIG. 15 may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of controller 12 in FIG. 1-3.

At 1502, method 1500 evaluates whether or not the upshift transmission is required or not indicated or not. In one example, an upshift transmission command may be determined by monitoring the state of a control variable that changes state in response to a vehicle speed, required torque, and currently selected gear. If the control variable indicates that a gear shift is required, method 1500 goes to 1506. Otherwise, method 1500 goes to 1504.

At 1504, method 1500 determines the speed of the output shaft of the transmission and the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter for the next upcoming gear shift based on the required torque. In one example, the required torque provided by the accelerator pedal, the currently selected transmission gear and vehicle speed are the basis for determining the output speed of the transmission and the speed of the pump wheel for the next gear upshift. In particular, the output speed of the transmission and the next gear can be determined by the currently selected gear and the speed of the vehicle, at which it is planned that the transmission should be shifted with an increase in gear to the next gear with the required engine torque level. The gearshift plan can be determined empirically and stored in a memory that provides which gear is selected at a given vehicle speed at the required level of torque. The vehicle speed can be extrapolated for the future based on the given vehicle speed and the rate of change or the vehicle speed angular coefficient according to the equation y = mx + b, where y is the planned vehicle speed, m is the vehicle speed angular coefficient, and b is vehicle speed offset. Similarly, the required pump wheel speed can be extrapolated for the future. As the extrapolation time increases (for example, a given point in time plus 0.2 seconds, and subject to an increase in vehicle speed and / or required torque) from a given point in time, the shift plan can give a shift command with a higher gear high gear (for example, from 1st gear to 2nd gear) as variables that index a change in shift plan. The extrapolated time when the transmission is shifting (for example, the planned shift time), as well as the new gear ratio, the extrapolated vehicle speed and the extrapolated required torque, are stored in memory when the selected transmission is changed according to the shift plan. The speed of the output shaft of the transmission is determined by a new gear (for example, a gear shift with a higher gear), some kind of gear ratio of the drive axle and the vehicle speed. The transmission pumping wheel speed can be predicted from the DISG speed because the DISG is mechanically attached to the pumping wheel. Method 1500 proceeds to 1506 after the rotational speed of the pump wheel of the transmission and the frequency on the output shaft of the transmission are determined.

At 1506, method 1500 determines transmission speeds (for example, pump wheel speed and output shaft speed) and gear ratios for torque consumption in the next gear shift with increased transmission gear. In one example, method 1500 determines the speed of the output shaft of the transmission based on the following equations:

OSS = OSS_when_commanded + OSS_rateofchange * time_to_shift;

Commanded_gear = gearfn (vs, dsd_tor);

TSS_after_upshift = OSS * Commanded _gear;

Where OSS is the transmission output shaft rotation speed, OSS_when_commanded is the transmission output shaft rotation speed when the overdrive gear is given a command, time_to_shift is the time it takes to shift, Commanded_gear is the active gear after upshift, gearfn is the function that returns the command transmission, vs is the vehicle speed, dsd_tor is the required torque on the input shaft of the transmission, and TSS_after_upshift is the speed of the output shaft of the transmission after switching. The fn function stores empirically determined transmissions with which the transmission operates. Method 1500 proceeds to 1508 after the transmission speed and gear ratio after the shift are determined.

At 1508, method 1500 determines the required torque on the output shaft of the transmission and the torque on the shaft of the transmission turbine after switching. In one example, method 1500 determines the torque on the output shaft of the transmission and the torque on the turbine shaft based on the following equations:

OUTq_dsd = outfn (accel_pedal, TSS_after_upshift);

Turq_dsd = OUTq_dsd * mult + offset;

Where OUTq_dsd is the required torque on the output shaft of the transmission, outfn is the function that returns the required torque on the output shaft of the transmission, accel_pedal is the position of the accelerator pedal, which gives the required torque, TSS_after_upshift is the speed of the output shaft of the transmission after upshift, Turq_dsd - required torque on the transmission turbine shaft, mult and offset - empirically determined parameters stored in functions that are indexed by command transmission, transmission temperature about oil and transmission output shaft speed. Method 1500 proceeds to 1510 after the required torque on the output shaft of the transmission and the torque on the shaft of the turbine of the transmission are determined after the upshift is engaged.

At 1510, method 1500 estimates whether or not the torque converter clutch (TCC) will open after upshift is engaged. In one example, method 1500 judges whether or not the TCC will open after upshifts based on an empirically determined switching plan that is stored in memory. For example, based on a given gear, the next scheduled gear and the required torque, a gear shift plan can schedule a closed torque converter. If method 1500 concludes that TCC will open after upshift, the answer is yes, and method 1500 goes to 1512. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 1500 goes to 1514.

At 1512, method 1500 determines the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel. In one example, the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel is retrieved from a table stored in memory. The table contains empirically determined torque values of the torque converter pump wheel, which are indexed by the speed of the output shaft of the transmission after engaging the overdrive and the required torque on the turbine shaft. Method 1500 proceeds to 1516 after the torque of the pump wheel is determined.

At 1514, method 1500 adjusts the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel to the required torque of the torque converter turbine since the TCC is in a locked state. Method 1500 proceeds to 1516 after the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel is determined.

At 1516, method 1500 estimates whether or not the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel will be required after upshifting the transmission so that the engine burns a fuel-air mixture. In one example, method 1500 compares the amount of torque that DISG has with the ability to deliver at a given state of charge of the battery to the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel. If the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel is greater than or within the threshold torque value of the DISG torque bearing capacity, the answer is yes, and method 1500 goes to 1520. Otherwise, the answer is no, and way 1500 goes to 1518.

At 1518, method 1500 may provide the engine with the ability to stop rotation based on these operating conditions, or method 1500 may provide the engine with the ability to continue to burn the fuel-air mixture. In one example, in cases where the engine has reached warmed operating conditions, the engine stops rotation, since the required torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter does not require engine operation. The engine may continue to burn when the engine has not reached warmed operating conditions. Method 1500 goes to the exit after engine rotation is allowed or prohibited based on operating conditions not related to the gear shift.

At 1520, method 1500 evaluates whether or not to start the engine before upshifting the transmission. The engine can be started before the conditions of the transmission clutches are adjusted (for example, without considering the clutch 236 for decoupling the drive to the drive wheels), so that the engine torque can be transmitted to the vehicle wheels at the end of the gear shift with an upshift. Alternatively, the engine may be started when the overdrive is engaged at a point in time when one or more of the transmission couplings are operational. In one example, the engine may be started before the overdrive of the engine begins, and before the transmission clutches begin to change state when it is expected that it will take longer for the engine to produce a positive torque than the time expected for gear shifting. If method 1500 concludes that it is desirable to start the engine before shifting up the transmission, method 1500 goes to 1522. Otherwise, method 1500 goes to 1526.

At 1522, method 1500 starts the engine and engages the drive decoupling clutch. The engine can be started by rotating the engine with a starter motor, which has a lower load-bearing capacity than DISG, or by cranking the engine with DISG. In addition, the gear shift may be delayed until the engine speed is synchronous with the speed of the DISG or pump wheel. Delayed gear shifting can reduce drive torque disturbances to the drive wheels, which can occur if engine torque rises before the clutch release is fully released. Method 1500 proceeds to 1524 after the engine is started and the clutch for releasing the drive to the drive wheels is released.

At 1524, method 1500 includes upshifting the transmission after the engagement clutch of the drive to the drive wheels is engaged. The transmission may shift upward by applying and / or depressurizing one or more couplings that affect the transmission of torque through the transmission. Method 1500 exits after the transmission is shifted.

At 1526, method 1500 prohibits engine shutdown if other conditions than stopping the upshift transmission are present to stop engine rotation. In other words, if the engine was instructed to stop, but during the upshift of the transmission, the engine is prohibited to stop the rotation of the transmission. Additionally, the engine may start at a point in time after the upshift has started (for example, when releasing the outrunning clutch (torque phase) or while pressing the on-clutch (inertial phase)) to provide additional torque to the drive wheels to meet the demand of torque. The engine torque and DISG can be adjusted to provide the required torque value of the torque converter pump wheel. Method 1500 goes to the exit after engine shutdown is prohibited, or after the engine is started after upshift of the transmission begins.

Thus, method 1500 can predict the gear shifting and the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel to determine when to close the drive clutch to the drive wheels and start the engine. Method 1500 can provide engine torque with the ability to seamlessly combine with DISG torque to provide smooth acceleration during gear shifting.

Next, with reference to FIG. 16 is a graph of an example sequence for determining when to start an engine according to the method of FIG. 15. The sequence of FIG. 16 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 16 represents the required drive torque of the drive wheels versus time. The required torque of the drive to the drive wheels may be the required torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter, the required torque of the turbine of the torque converter, the required torque of the wheels or other torque of the drive to the drive wheels. The required drive torque to the drive wheels can be determined by the position of the accelerator pedal or other input device. Solid curve 1602 represents the required drive torque for the drive wheels. The dashed curve 1604 represents the predicted required drive torque of the drive wheels (for example, the required drive torque of the drive wheels after shifting the transmission). The Y axis represents the required drive torque of the drive wheels, and the required drive torque of the drive wheels increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The horizontal line 1606 represents the limit value of the torque that can be supplied to the drive to the drive wheels via DISG.

The second graph from above in FIG. 16 is a transmission of a transmission versus time. The Y axis represents the transmission of the transmission, and specific transmission of the transmission are indicated along the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. Solid curve 1608 represents the actual transmission of the transmission. The dashed curve 1610 represents the predicted or future transmission of the transmission.

The third graph from above in FIG. 16 is the desired engine condition in the absence of transmission shifting conditions as a function of time. The Y axis represents the desired state of the engine, and the desired state of the engine is on for the upper levels of the curve and off for the lower levels of the curve. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 16 is the desired engine condition based on all conditions, depending on time. The Y axis represents the desired state of the engine, and the desired state of the engine is on for the upper levels of the curve and off for the lower levels of the curve. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 16 represents the state of the engine versus time. The Y axis represents the state of the engine, and the state of the engine is on for the upper levels of the curve and off for the lower levels of the curve. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

At time T ₂₁ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels is greater than the amount of torque that can be output by DISG to the drive to drive wheels. The transmission is in 5th gear, and the required engine condition and the required engine condition in the absence of gear shifting conditions are both at the upper levels, indicating that the engine needs to be running. The engine condition is at the top level, indicating that the engine is running.

Between a time T ₂₁ and a time T ₂₂ , the required drive torque of the drive wheels decreases in response to a decrease in driver input (not shown). The transmission shifts downshift from 5th to 2nd gear, and the predicted transmission indicates the existing or actual transmission. The required engine condition in the absence of gear shifting conditions and the desired engine condition remain at the upper levels.

At time T ₂₂ , the desired state of the transmission in the absence of gear shifting conditions goes down in response to the number of revolutions of the vehicle and the required drive torque to the drive wheels to indicate that the engine can be stopped, but due to gear shifting conditions in response to engine operating conditions (for example, depressed brakes, the accelerator pedal not depressed, and the vehicle speed less than the threshold speed). The desired engine condition also goes to the lower level to indicate that the engine should be stopped in response to operating conditions including a predicted transmission transmission. The engine stops in response to the desired engine condition.

Between the time T ₂₂ and the time T ₂₃ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels is leveled and then increased. The predicted transmission gear increases from 2nd gear to 3rd gear as the drive torque to the drive wheels increases. The current transmission gear is held in 2nd gear. The engine remains stopped while the desired engine condition and the desired engine condition in the absence of gear shifting conditions remain at a low level.

At time T ₂₃ , the desired state of the engine goes to the upper level in response to the predicted required torque of the drive to the drive wheels, which increases after shifting to a level greater than 1606. The engine starts in response to the transition of the desired state of the engine. The desired state of the engine in the absence of gear shifting conditions remains at a low level to indicate that the engine would remain shut off if it were not for the increase in the required drive torque to the drive wheels expected after the gear shift.

Between a time T ₂₃ and a time T ₂₄ , the required drive torque of the drive wheels increases and then decreases in response to a reduced driver requirement (not shown). The required drive torque to the drive wheels rises to a level less than 1606 and stays near the level of 1606. The transmission shifts downshift to 3rd gear from 5th gear. The required engine condition and the desired engine condition in the absence of gear shifting conditions remain at the upper levels, so that the engine remains switched on.

At time T ₂₄ , the desired state of the engine, in the absence of conditions for gear shifting, goes down to indicate that the engine can be stopped in response to the required drive torque to the drive wheels, vehicle speed (not shown) and brake applied (not shown). However, the desired engine condition remains at the upper level in response to the predicted required drive torque to the drive wheels, increasing to a level greater than 1606, as a forecast for shifting the transmission into 4th gear. Therefore, engine shutdown is prohibited. Such conditions may be present when the vehicle is moving, and when the driver releases (for example, releases or decreases) the accelerator pedal command.

Between the time moment T ₂₄ and the time moment T ₂₅ , the required drive torque of the drive wheels increases and then decreases. The transmission shifts gears between 3rd and 5th gear in response to the torque requirements of the driver, vehicle speed (not shown) and brake status (not shown). The required engine condition in the absence of gear shifting conditions and the desired engine condition remain at higher levels in response to the required drive torque to the drive wheels.

At time T ₂₅ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels is reduced to less than level 1606 in response to a lower driver requirement (not shown). The required engine condition in the absence of gear shifting conditions and the desired engine condition go to the lower level to indicate that the engine should be stopped in response to the required drive torque to the drive wheels, brake pedal condition (not shown) and vehicle speed (not shown). The engine stops in response to the desired engine condition.

Between time T ₂₅ and time T ₂₆ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels increases gradually, and the predicted transmission gear is increased from 2nd gear to 3rd gear in response to an increase in the required drive torque to the drive wheels. The required engine condition and the desired engine condition in the absence of gear shifting conditions remain at a low level, and the engine remains off.

At time T ₂₆ , the desired engine condition goes to the upper level, and the engine starts in response to an increase in the required torque and the predicted transmission of the transmission. The required state of the engine in the absence of gear shifting conditions remains low, indicating that the engine would not start if it were not for the predicted required drive torque of the drive wheels, which is greater than 1606 after the predicted gear shift. By starting the engine before actually shifting the gear, it may be possible to provide the required drive torque to the drive wheels after the shift.

Thus, the engine can be started before the gear shift in order to provide the required drive torque to the drive wheels after the gear shift. In addition, the method predicts a shift so that the engine can start before the required drive torque to the drive wheels is actually requested. Starting the engine early can provide the engine with the ability to achieve conditions where it can output torque to meet the required drive torque on the drive wheels.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 15-16 provide a method for starting the engine, comprising: predicting the required torque after engaging an overdrive transmission; and starting the rotation of the stopped engine if the predicted required torque after engaging the overdrive of the transmission is greater than the threshold torque value. The method includes those cases where the required torque is the torque of the torque converter pump wheel, and where the prediction of the required torque and starting rotation occurs during conditions where the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels provides torque to the wheels, and where the transmission is in forward gear and where the vehicle is moving. The method includes those cases where the required torque is predicted based on a predetermined transmission shift plan.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the rotation of the engine begins by means of a drive decoupling clutch. The method includes those cases where the clutch disengaging the drive to the drive wheels disengages before the rotation of the engine. The method includes those cases where the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is located in the drive to the drive wheels of a vehicle with a hybrid drive between the dual mass flywheel and the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the engine rotates in response to the predicted required drive torque to the drive wheels before the transmission is shifted.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 15-16 provide for starting the engine, comprising: transmitting torque to the drive on the drive wheels of the vehicle through an electric machine; Planning the inclusion of an overdrive transmission; and starting the rotation of the stopped engine in response to the planned upshift of the transmission if the required torque after turning on the overdrive of the transmission is greater than the threshold torque value and where the required torque is based on the torque of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels after setting the moment of turning on the overdrive of the transmission at the engagement of the transmission clutch relative to the engine start. The method includes those cases where the electric machine is integrated in the drive by a starter / generator (DISG), and where the DISG is located in the drive on the drive wheels of a hybrid vehicle at a location between the drive decoupling clutch and the transmission.

In some examples, the method includes instances where the DISG provides torque to start rotation of a stopped engine by at least partially closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The method further comprises activating an overdrive of the transmission after the start of engine rotation. The method also includes those cases when the transmission is a transmission with a double intermediate shaft - double clutch. The method includes those cases where the transmission is an automatic transmission. The method further comprises providing the engine with the ability to stop rotation if the required torque after setting the moment of turning on the overdrive of the transmission by gearing the transmission clutch relative to the engine start is less than the threshold torque value.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 15-16 provide a hybrid vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically coupled to a second side of the drive release coupling to the drive wheels; and a controller including constant commands executed to start the engine by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to the required torque after the planned upshift of the transmission, the engine starts before the transmission shifts in response to the planned upshift of the transmission . Such a system can improve the response time of the drive to the drive wheels.

In one example, the hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands to prevent the engine from stopping to rotate if the engine is rotating before the planned upshift of the transmission. The hybrid vehicle system includes those cases where the engine is started by rotating the engine using a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in response to closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for engaging the overdrive of the transmission after the engine is started. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands to enable the engine to stop rotation in response to the required torque after the planned upshift of the transmission. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for delaying engine starting until the planned upshift of the transmission is planned for a time shorter than the threshold time.

Next, with reference to FIG. 17 shows a flowchart of a method for starting an engine to reduce torque on a transmission input shaft during a gear shift. The method of FIG. 17 may be stored as executable instructions in read-only memory in the system shown in FIG. 1-3. The method of FIG. 17 may reduce the amplitude and / or number of times that torque changes are made with respect to the DISG during vehicle operation to limit the torque applied to the transmission during gear shifting.

At 1702, method 1700 evaluates whether or not engine restart and upshift transmission are required. A restart of the engine may be requested, for example, when the requested torque of the drive to the drive wheels increases, or when the driver releases the brake pedal. The inclusion of an overdrive transmission, for example, may be requested in response to vehicle speed and power consumption of the drive wheels. In one example, the transmission shift plan is determined empirically and stored in memory to be indexed by vehicle speed and drive torque consumption of the drive wheels. If method 1700 determines that the upshift transmission and engine start have been requested, method 1700 goes to 1704. Otherwise, method 1700 goes to the output.

At 1704, method 1700 evaluates whether or not DISG is available. Method 1700 can evaluate whether or not DISG is available based on a flag flag of a DISG state stored in memory. Alternatively, method 1700 can evaluate whether DISG is available or not based on operating conditions, such as the state of charge of the battery. For example, if the SOC is less than the threshold level, DISG may not be available. In another example, DISG is not available if the DISG temperature is greater than a threshold value. If method 1700 concludes that DISG is available, the answer is yes, and method 1700 goes to 1712. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 1700 goes to 1706.

At 1706, method 1700 releases a run-out clutch at a planned speed. the outrun clutch is a lower gear during upshift. For example, a clutching clutch releases the 2nd gear clutch during a gear shift upshift from 2nd to 3rd gear. The releasing speed of the clutch can be determined empirically and stored in memory, so that when upshift is engaged, the run-out clutch can be released at a speed that is stored in memory. The outrun clutch can be released by reducing the oil pressure supplied to the outrun clutch. Method 1700 proceeds to 1708 after the run-out clutch is released.

At 1708, method 1700 begins to use the on-the-go clutch to engage a higher gear a predetermined time after releasing the on-clutch. The slip clutch can be used by increasing the pressure of the oil supplied to the slip clutch. The predetermined time can be determined empirically and stored in memory for use during upshift. In one example, the on-the-go clutch is applied at a point in time that reduces the likelihood of wear on the clutch by increasing the speed of the outside of the clutch. Method 1700 proceeds to 1710 after the onset clutch pressure is initiated.

At 1710, method 1700 employs or begins to close the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels at an adjustable speed to reduce torque on the input shaft of the transmission. In particular, the engine applies a load to the inlet side of the torque converter by closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in order to reduce the rotational speed of the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter. Thus, the magnitude of the torque transmitted through the torque converter to the input shaft of the transmission is reduced. In one example, the speed of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is adjusted based on the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel, while the drive decoupling clutch closes. For example, the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels increases until the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel decreases to a threshold value, and then the pressing pressure of the decoupling clutch is not further increased. Since the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels transmits torque from the input side of the transmission to the engine, the amount of torque transmitted to the engine from the transmission is limited based on the speed of the pump wheel. Method 1700 proceeds to 1722 after the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is increased, and the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is at least partially closed.

At 1712, method 1700 releases a run-out clutch at a planned speed. Releasing a run-out clutch allows a higher gear to be applied without transmitting torque through two different gears. The release speed of the running-out clutch can be determined empirically and stored in memory for retrieval during upshift. Method 1700 proceeds to 1714 after the release of the running-out clutch is initiated.

At 1714, method 1700 increases the torque on the DISG output shaft to increase the torque supplied to the torque converter pump wheel. In one example, the DISG torque is increased by the amount of torque used to accelerate the engine to the required engine speed. The torque of the DISG can be increased by increasing the amount of current supplied to the DISG. In other examples, the torque on the DISG output shaft may be reduced to reduce the torque on the output shaft of the transmission. Method 1700 proceeds to 1716 after the DISG torque is increased.

At 1716, method 1700 begins to use the on-the-go clutch to engage a higher gear a predetermined time after releasing the on-clutch. The slip clutch can be used by increasing the pressure of the oil supplied to the slip clutch. The predetermined time can be determined empirically and stored in memory for use during upshift. In one example, the on-the-go clutch is applied at a point in time that reduces the likelihood of wear on the clutch by increasing the speed of the outside of the clutch. Method 1700 proceeds to 1718 after the onset clutch pressure is initiated.

At 1718, method 1700 employs or begins to close the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels at an adjustable speed in order to reduce the torque on the input shaft of the transmission and accelerate the engine to the required crankshaft rotation speed. In particular, the engine applies a load to the input side of the torque converter by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in order to reduce the speed of the torque converter pump wheel. The pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels can be modulated to control the transmission of torque through the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. In addition, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels can be used at any time during the inertial phase of the shift when the oncoming clutch closes.

In one example, the pressing speed of the drive decoupling clutch onto the drive wheels can be adjusted based on the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel, while the drive decoupling clutch closes. Since the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels transmits torque from the input side of the transmission to the engine, the amount of torque transmitted to the engine is limited based on the speed of the pump wheel. In yet another example, the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch, which sets the ratio of the torque transmitted based on the amount of torque on the input shaft supplied to the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, multiplied by DISG torque to determine the amount of torque transmitted to the engine to start the engine. The speed of pressing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels can be adjusted so that the required cranking torque is supplied to the engine through DISG and the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels.

In yet another example, the pressing speed of the drive decoupling clutch onto the drive wheels can be adjusted based on the DISG speed and the desired engine speed increase. For example, the pressing speed of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels can be extracted from a table determined experimentally. which displays the pressing speed of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels when indexed by the DISG speed and the required motor acceleration. Method 1700 proceeds to 1720 after the actuator is pressed against the drive wheels.

At 1720, method 1700 adjusts the DISG torque to provide the desired torque on the transmission input shaft through the torque converter pump wheel during or after the inertial phase of the upshift transmission. If the engine mass is relatively high, the DISG output can increase so that the torque on the input shaft of the transmission does not decrease more than is required. If the engine weight is relatively low, the DISG torque can be reduced, so that the torque on the input shaft of the transmission is reduced by the required amount. The DISG torque can be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the current supplied to the DISG. Method 1700 proceeds to 1722 after the DISG torque is configured.

At 1722, method 1700 starts the engine when the engine speed reaches the threshold speed, supplying fuel and spark ignition to the engine. In some examples, a starter other than DISG may be engaged with the engine to provide a torque additional to the torque provided by the drive-to-drive clutch to the engine when the engine is started, so that the required number of cranking revolutions can be achieved. engine crankshaft. Method 1700 goes to the exit after the engine is started.

Thus, the torque on the output shaft of the transmission can decrease during the inertial phase of the shift, so that disturbances in the torque of the drive to the drive wheels can be reduced. Starting the engine by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels reduces the torque on the input shaft of the transmission, so that the torque on the output shaft of the transmission can decrease during the inertial phase of the shift.

Next, with reference to FIG. 18 shows an exemplary engine starting sequence during a gear shift of a transmission according to the method of FIG. 17. The sequence of FIG. 18 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3. Dotted curves are equivalent to solid curves when dashed curves are invisible.

The first graph from above in FIG. 18 represents the torque on the input shaft of the transmission versus time. The torque on the input shaft of the transmission is equal to the torque of the turbine of the transmission torque converter. The Y axis represents the torque on the input shaft of the transmission, and the torque on the input shaft of the transmission increases in the direction of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The solid line 1802 represents the torque on the input shaft of the transmission without starting the engine by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels or reducing the torque on the input shaft of the transmission. The dashed curve 1804 represents the torque on the input shaft of the transmission when the engine is started by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and shifting to a higher gear.

The second graph from above in FIG. 18 represents the torque on the output shaft of the transmission versus time. The Y axis represents the torque on the output shaft of the transmission, and the torque on the output shaft of the transmission increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The solid line 1806 represents the torque on the output shaft of the transmission without starting the engine by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels or reducing the torque on the input shaft of the transmission. The dashed curve 1808 represents the torque on the output shaft of the transmission when starting the engine by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and shifting to a higher gear.

The third graph from above in FIG. 18 represents the state of the drive decoupling clutch as a function of time. The Y axis represents the state of the drive trip clutch, where the trip clutch is open near the X axis and closed near the top of the Y axis. The amount of torque transmitted through the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels rises as the drive trip clutch closes. on driving wheels. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 18 represents engine speed versus time. The Y axis represents the engine speed, and the engine speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 18 is a DISG torque versus time. The Y axis represents the DISG torque, and the DISG torque increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

At time T ₂₇ , the transmission does not shift and the engine is stopped. DISG outputs the torque to the drive to the drive wheels, and the torques on the input shaft and output shaft of the transmission are constant.

At time T ₂₈ , the transmission begins to shift in response to the transmission shift plan, the required drive torque to the drive wheels (not shown) and the vehicle speed (not shown). Switching begins by releasing a running-out clutch. For example, during a shift upshift from 2nd gear to 3rd gear, the 2nd gear clutch (clutch clutch) is opened before 3rd gear is applied (clutch clutch). The torque on the input shaft of the transmission is kept constant, although it may increase in some examples to better maintain the torque on the output shaft of the transmission. The torque on the output shaft of the transmission begins to decrease in response to the expansion of the outrunning clutch. The drive wheel decoupling clutch is shown to be open and the engine is stopped. DISG torque is shown as being maintained at a constant value.

At time T ₂₉ , the inertial phase begins with the use of the on-put clutch in response to the expansion of the run-out clutch. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels begins to close as the on-line coupling is applied and begins to close. The torque at the input shaft of the transmission is also shown to decrease in response to the closing of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels, since some DISG torque is transmitted through the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels to rotate the engine. The engine speed begins to increase in response to the application of drive torque to the drive wheels to the engine. DISG torque is shown at a constant level.

Between the time T ₂₉ and the time T ₃₀ , the state of the drive decoupling clutch is shown modulated to control the amount of drive torque applied to the drive wheels applied to the engine. The pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels can be modulated in response to the engine speed and / or the output shaft speed of the transmission, so as to reduce disturbances in the drive torque to the drive wheels during shifting and starting the engine. Spark ignition and fuel (not shown) are also supplied to the engine, so that the engine speed approaches the DISG speed. The torque on the output shaft of the transmission gradually increases when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is used to restart the engine, as indicated by dashed line 1808. If the clutch for disengaging the drive to drive wheels is not used during the inertial phase, the torque on the output shaft of the transmission increases in response to change the gear ratio. Thus, the use of a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels during the inertial phase can reduce perturbations of the drive torque to the drive wheels.

At time T ₃₀ , the inertial phase of the gear shift is completed since the on-clutch (not shown) is fully pressed, as indicated by the torque on the output shaft of the transmission, converging to a constant value. The DISG torque is also shown to increase in response to the completion of the shift, so that vehicle acceleration can resume.

Thus, the disturbance of the torsional moment of the drive to the drive wheels during the shift can be reduced. In addition, drive energy to the drive wheels can be used to start the engine, so that DISG can apply less torque to start the engine.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 17-18 provide for a shift of the transmission, comprising: connecting the engine to the transmission in response to a request to include an overdrive of the transmission. Thus, the torque on the input shaft of the transmission can be reduced to control the torque on the output shaft of the transmission during shifting. The method includes those cases when the engine is not connected to the transmission before requesting to engage an upshift transmission, where the transmission is in a moving vehicle and in front gear of the drive, and where the vehicle continues to move, and where the transmission is upshifted to a higher gear transmission. The method includes those cases where the engine is attached to the transmission by means of a drive-to-drive clutch located in the drive to the drive wheels between the engine and the torque converter.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the engine is attached to the transmission during the inertial phase of upshifting. The method includes those cases where the engine is attached to the transmission after releasing the clutch release when the overdrive is engaged. The method further comprises starting the engine when the engine speed reaches the threshold speed. The method includes those cases when the transmission is an automatic transmission, and where the torque on the input shaft to the automatic transmission decreases when the overdrive is engaged.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 17-18 also provide for shifting the transmission, comprising: reducing the torque on the input shaft to the transmission in response to a request to engage a transmission upshift by selectively connecting the engine to the input shaft of the transmission, the engine is not connected to the transmission until a request to activate a transmission . The method includes those cases when the engine is connected to the transmission through a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels. The method further comprises a torque converter in the drive on the drive wheels located between the engine and the transmission. The method further comprises increasing or decreasing the torque of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels while engaging the overdrive. The method includes those cases when the torque from the starter / generator integrated into the drive to the drive wheels is increased to keep the rotational speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter greater than the threshold speed. The method includes those cases when the rotation of the engine is stopped before requesting the inclusion of an overdrive transmission.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 17-18 also provide a hybrid vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels and a second side; transmission connected to DISG; and a controller including constant commands executed to initiate a transmission shift request and attach the engine to the transmission in response to the transmission shift request.

In some examples, the hybrid vehicle system further comprises a torque converter located in the drive wheel between the transmission and the DISG. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for starting the engine. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for attaching the engine to the transmission via a drive decoupling clutch. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for increasing DISG torque in response to a request to engage an overdrive transmission. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands to reduce DISG torque in response to a request to engage an overdrive transmission. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional commands for accelerating the engine to the desired number of revolutions of cranking.

Next, with reference to FIG. 19, a flowchart is shown of a method for improving a drive response to drive wheels of a vehicle when the drive wheels include a double mass flywheel. The method of FIG. 19 may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of the controller 12 shown in FIG. 1-3.

In 1902, method 1900 determines operating conditions. Operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, engine speed, input and output speeds of the DMF, requested drive torque of the drive wheels, torque DISG, condition of the drive clutch on the drive wheels, and engine torque. Method 1900 proceeds to 1904 after operating conditions are determined.

As of 1904, method 1900 determines the speed and / or position of the upstream or engine side of the DMF. In alternative examples, torque can be determined on the upstream side of the DMF. The speed and / or position can be determined by the position sensor. Torque can be detected by a torque sensor. Method 1900 proceeds to 1906 after the number of revolutions and / or the position of the upstream side of the DMF are determined.

In 1906, method 1900 determines the number of revolutions and / or the position downstream or on the clutch side of the drive to drive wheels from the DMF. Alternatively, torque can be determined on the downstream side of the DMF. The speed and / or position on the downstream side of the DMF can be detected by a position sensor. The torque on the downstream side of the DMF can be detected by a torque sensor. Method 1900 proceeds to 1908 after the number of revolutions and / or position downstream of the DMF are determined.

As of 1908, method 1900 determines the difference in speed, position, or torque between the upstream side of the DMF and the downstream side of the DMF. In one example, the DMF drive clutch side of the clutch is the side of the desired RPM and / or DMF position. The RPM and / or position on the side of the DMF engine are subtracted from the RPM and / or position of the side of the DMF engine to generate an RPM and / or DMF position error on the DMF. Alternatively, the torque on the motor side of the DMF may be subtracted from the torque on the upstream side of the DMF to produce a torque error. In some examples, the speed / position difference between the first side of the DMF and the second side of the DMF during the drive operation of the drive wheels is compared with the position of the first side of the DMF and the position of the second side of the DMF when no torque is transmitted via the DMF.

In yet another example, fast Fourier transform of the upstream and downstream DMF speed signals can be performed to determine the amplitude or modulus and frequency of any fluctuations in the speed at the upstream and downstream sides of the DMF. Method 1900 proceeds to 1910 after the error in the RPM on the DMF and / or the frequencies and amplitudes of the RPM are determined upstream and downstream of the DMF.

At 1910, method 1900 evaluates whether the error is the number of revolutions and / or position, or the amplitudes and frequencies on the sides of the DMF, upstream and downstream, greater than threshold levels. If so, method 1900 goes to 1912. Otherwise, method 1900 goes to exit.

For 1912, method 1900 evaluates whether or not the operating conditions of the drive on the drive wheels are within the first working window. For example, is the RPM error upstream and downstream of the DMF greater than the first threshold level. In other examples, the torque difference or the position difference on the DMF may be the basis for determining whether or not the operating conditions of the drive on the drive wheels are within the first working window. In addition, in other examples, repeatability or repeatability amplitudes are compared with threshold values. If the operating conditions of the drive to the drive wheels are within the first working window, method 1900 proceeds to 1914. Otherwise, method 1900 proceeds to 1916.

In 1914 of method 1900, method 1900 modulates a torque converter clutch (TCC) of a transmission. To damp speed and / or torque fluctuations on the DMF. TCC is modulated by changing the duty cycle of the TCC command signal. In other examples, the TCC frequency is tuned. The duty cycle of the TCC control command is reduced to increase slippage on the torque converter clutch, thereby increasing DMF damping. However, if the TCC is slipping by the threshold when the speed / position difference is detected on the DMF, the TCC is given a command to the locked position by increasing the TCC duty cycle command. The TCC setting value may be based on an error between the desired value and the actual value. For example, the TCC duty cycle may be adjusted based on the difference between the speeds upstream and downstream of the DMF. Method 1900 goes to exit after TCC is configured.

For 1916, method 1900 evaluates whether or not the operating conditions of the drive on the drive wheels are within the second working window. For example, is the RPM error upstream and downstream of the DMF greater than the second threshold level. If the operating conditions of the drive to the drive wheels are within the second working window, method 1900 proceeds to 1918. Otherwise, method 1900 proceeds to 1920.

For 1918, method 1900 adjusts drive slip of the drive trip clutch to adjust damping on the DMF. In one example, the amount of slippage on the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is increased to increase damping on the DMF. However, if the clutch for disengaging the drive to drive wheels is slipping by a threshold value when a speed / position error is detected, the clutch for disengaging the drive to drive wheels is fully closed to stiffen the drive to drive wheels. The force or pressure of the drive decoupling coupling on the drive wheels can be adjusted based on the difference between the speeds upstream and downstream of the DMF or the differences between the required and actual values of the previously discussed variables, such as the amplitude of the frequency of the drive to the drive wheels. Method 1900 goes to the output after the force or pressure of the clutch of the drive decoupling clutch is adjusted to the drive wheels. Method 1900 proceeds to output after the drive decoupling clutch is configured.

At 1920, method 1900 evaluates whether or not the drive conditions for the drive wheels are within the third working window. For example, is the speed error upstream and downstream of the DMF greater than the third threshold level. If so, method 1900 goes to 1922. Otherwise, method 1900 goes to 1924.

For 1922, method 1900 adjusts the DISG torque to compensate for the difference in speed / position or torque on the DMF. In one example, the DISG output torque increases if the RPM on the DMF motor side is greater than the RPM on the DMF drive clutch side. The output torque with DISG decreases if the speed on the DMF motor side is lower than the speed on the DMF drive clutch side. In one example, a DMF speed, position, or torque error is driven into a function or table that displays the current requirement for setting the DISG torque. In addition, the DISG torque increases when the sign of the error signal is negative. The DISG torque decreases when the sign of the error signal is positive. If an undesired frequency or amplitude is detected, the torque supplied to the DISG can be adjusted in the direction of being 180 degrees out of phase with the speed signal error to damp out unwanted speed variations. Method 1900 switches to output after the DISG torque is set.

For 1924, method 1900 increases the frequency of pressing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels if the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is not closed. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels can be closed, and the pressing pressure can be increased by increasing the duty cycle of the control signal of the clutch for decoupling the drive to the drive wheels. Method 1900 goes to the exit after the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed.

In other examples, the slipping of the drive decoupling clutch, the TCC and DISG torque can be adjusted simultaneously to adjust the damping on the DMF. Thus, method 1900 can tune one or more actuators to increase damping or stiffen the drive wheels when the difference or error in the RPM / position, frequency, or torque on the DMF is greater than a threshold level.

Next, with reference to FIG. 20, an exemplary sequence for compensating DMF in drive wheels according to the method of FIG. 19. The sequence of FIG. 20 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 20 represents vehicle speed versus time. The Y axis represents the speed of the vehicle, and the speed of the vehicle increases in the direction of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The second graph from above in FIG. 20 represents the pressing force of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels versus time. The Y axis represents the force on the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels, and the pressing force on the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The third graph from above in FIG. 20 represents the speed of the DMF versus time. The Y axis represents the rotational speed of the DMF, and the rotational speed of the DMF increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 20 represents the pressing force of the TCC versus time. The Y axis represents the pressing force of TCC, and the pressing force of TCC increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 20 represents DISG torque versus time. The Y axis represents the DISG torque, and the DISG torque increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

At time T ₃₁ , the vehicle speed rises, and the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is fully pressed, as indicated by the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels at an elevated level. The DMF speed is also at a higher level, and the TCC clutch is closed as indicated by the TCC pressing force at an elevated level. The DISG torque is also at a higher level, indicating that the DISG is driving torque to the drive wheels of the vehicle.

At time T ₃₂ , the vehicle speed reaches zero, and the drive-to-drive clutch disengages to allow the engine to stop in response to low drive torque consumption to the drive wheels (not shown). The DMF speed also decreases to zero as the engine speed goes to zero. The pressing force of the TCC is reduced, so that slippage is present on the torque converter. The DISG torque is also reduced, but the DISG continues to provide torque to the drive on the drive wheels so that the oil pressure can be maintained in the transmission. In other words, the DISG torque is transmitted through the torque converter while the vehicle and engine are stopped. Torque DISG rotates the transmission oil pump to maintain transmission oil pressure.

At time T ₃₃ , the DISG torque rises in response to an increase in the required torque requested by the driver (not shown). Vehicle speed begins to increase in response to increased DISG torque, and the drive-wheel decoupling clutch begins to close in response to an increase in required torque. The speed of the DMF increases as the pressing force of the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels increases to close the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels. The actual speed of the DMF starts to fluctuate, and the error between the desired speed of the DMF and the actual speed of the DMF or between the required amplitude of the vibration of the drive on the drive wheels and the actual vibration of the drive on the drive wheels increases to a level greater than the first threshold value. The pressing force of the TCC is further reduced to reduce the oscillation error and / or the speed of the DMF.

Between the time T ₃₃ and the time T ₃₄ , the engine and the DISG supply torque to the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle. In addition, the drive-to-drive clutch remains fully closed and the DMF rotates as the engine speed changes.

At time T ₃₄ , the vehicle speed reaches zero, and the drive-to-drive clutch disengages to allow the engine to stop in response to low drive torque consumption to the drive wheels (not shown). The DMF speed also decreases to zero as the engine speed goes to zero. The pressing force of the TCC is again reduced, so that slippage is present on the torque converter. DISG torque is also reduced.

At time T ₃₅ , the DISG torque rises in response to an increase in the required torque requested by the driver (not shown). Vehicle speed begins to increase in response to increased DISG torque, and the drive-wheel decoupling clutch begins to close in response to an increase in required torque. The speed of the DMF increases as the pressing force of the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels increases to close the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels. The actual speed of the DMF starts to fluctuate with a larger amplitude than at time T ₃₃ , and the error between the required speed of the DMF and the actual speed of the DMF or between the required amplitude of the vibration of the drive on the drive wheels and the actual vibration of the drive on the drive wheels increases to a level than the second threshold value. The pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is reduced to a lower vibration error and / or DMF speed.

Between the time T ₃₅ and the time T ₃₆ , the engine and the DISG supply torque to the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle. In addition, the drive-to-drive clutch remains fully closed and the DMF rotates as the engine speed changes.

At time T ₃₆ , the vehicle speed reaches zero, and the drive decoupling clutch disengages to allow the engine to stop in response to low drive torque consumption of the drive wheels (not shown). The DMF speed also decreases to zero as the engine speed goes to zero. The pressing force of the TCC is again reduced, so that slippage is present on the torque converter. DISG torque is also reduced.

At time T ₃₇ , the DISG torque rises in response to an increase in the required torque requested by the driver (not shown). Vehicle speed begins to increase in response to increased DISG torque, and the drive-wheel decoupling clutch begins to close in response to an increase in required torque. The speed of the DMF increases as the pressing force of the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels increases to close the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels. The actual speed of the DMF starts to oscillate with a larger amplitude than at time T ₃₅ , and the error between the required speed of the DMF and the actual speed of the DMF or between the required amplitude of the vibration of the drive on the drive wheels and the actual vibration of the drive on the drive wheels increases to a level than the third threshold value. The torque on the DISG output shaft is tuned (for example, modulated) to damp the errors of the speed, frequency or torque of the DMF. Additionally, the rate of application of the increasing pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels can be increased to stiffen the drive to the drive wheels.

In this way, different actuators can be tuned to deal with disturbances in drive torque to the drive wheels that may be present on the DMF. Different actuators can be adjusted according to perturbations (e.g., speed error, torque error, vibration) measured on the DMF.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 19-20 provide for tuning the operation of the drive to the drive wheels of a vehicle with a hybrid drive, comprising: adjusting the actuator in response to the difference in speed or torque on the dual mass flywheel (DMF) located in the drive on the drive wheels of the vehicle with a hybrid drive between the engine and the drive clutch, where the DMF is a component of the drive between the engine and the drive clutch. In this way, the drive wheel NVH can be reduced.

In one example, the method includes those cases where the actuator is a torque converter clutch. The method includes those cases when the actuator is integrated in the drive to the drive wheels by a starter / generator. The method includes those cases where the actuator is a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the speed difference on the DMF is determined by the engine position sensor and the position sensors located in the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle between the DMF and the clutch of the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the drive-wheel decoupling clutch is located in the drive-wheel drive of a hybrid drive vehicle between the DMF with a starter / generator integrated in the drive-wheel drive. The method includes those cases when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels selectively disconnects the engine from the starter / generator and transmission integrated in the drive to the drive wheels.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 19-20 also provide for setting up the drive to drive wheels of a hybrid drive vehicle, comprising: engaging the engagement clutch of the drive to drive wheels to rotate the engine by an electric machine; and adjusting the actuator in response to the difference in speed or torque on the dual mass flywheel (DMF) located in the drive wheel of the hybrid vehicle between the engine and the drive wheel drive clutch, where DMF is a component of the drive wheel between the engine and the drive decoupling clutch. The method includes those cases when the electric machine is a starter / generator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, located in the drive to the drive wheels of a hybrid drive vehicle at a location between the drive wheel drive clutch and the transmission. The method includes those cases where the actuator is DISG. The method includes those cases where the DMF transmits engine torque to an automatic transmission or a transmission with a double intermediate shaft - double clutch. The method includes those cases where the actuator is another actuator for other conditions. The method includes those cases where the frequency component of the engine speed signal is the basis for adjusting the actuator. The method includes those cases where the frequency component is determined by means of a fast Fourier transform (FFT).

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 19-20 provide a hybrid vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel (DMF), including a first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; and a controller including constant commands executed to adjust the actuator in response to the difference on the DMF.

In one example, a hybrid vehicle system further comprises a transmission attached to a second side of the DISG. The hybrid vehicle system includes those cases where the difference is the position difference between the first side of the DMF and the second side of the DMF compared to the position of the first side of the DMF and the position of the second side of the DMF, when no torque is transmitted through the DMF. A hybrid vehicle system includes instances where the actuator is DISG. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional executable instructions to increase slippage on the drive decoupling clutch when the speed difference between the first side and the second side of the DMF exceeds a threshold speed. The hybrid vehicle system further comprises additional executable instructions to increase slippage on the torque converter clutch when the speed difference between the first side and the second side of the DMF exceeds the threshold speed.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 19-20 also provide for tuning the drive to drive wheels of the vehicle, comprising: adjusting the actuator in response to engaging the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels to damp the oscillation of the dual mass flywheel (DMF) located between the engine and the trip clutch drive wheel drive, and where the DMF is located between the engine and the drive wheel drive clutch.

Next, with reference to FIG. 21, a method is shown for suppressing drive torque disturbances on drive wheels associated with pressing the drive trip clutch onto the drive wheels and its transfer function. The method of FIG. 21 may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of controller 12 shown in FIG. 1-3.

At 2102, method 2100 determines operating conditions. Operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, engine speed, input and output speeds of the DMF, requested drive torque of the drive wheels, torque DISG, speed of DISG, state of the clutch for disengaging the drive to drive wheels, speed the engine, the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter, the speed of rotation of the turbine of the torque converter and engine torque. Method 2100 proceeds to 2104 after operating conditions are determined.

At 2104, method 2100 evaluates whether or not the drive decoupling clutch is open. The clutch for decoupling the drive to the drive wheels can be determined open based on a variable stored in the memory or based on the difference between the engine speed and the DISG speed. If method 2100 concludes that the drive-wheel decoupling clutch is not open, the answer is no, and method 2100 goes to the output. If method 2100 concludes that the drive decoupling clutch is open, the answer is yes, and method 2100 proceeds to 2106.

At 2106, method 2100 evaluates whether or not engine start was requested by DISG, or whether engine torque should be applied to drive wheels. Engine start may be requested when the required drive torque to the drive wheels is greater than the threshold torque. Similarly, a request to provide engine torque to the drive wheels may be requested when the required drive torque of the drive wheels is greater than a threshold torque. If method 2100 concludes that starting the engine via DISG is requested, or whether engine torque should be applied to the drive wheels, the answer is yes, and method 2100 goes to 2108. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2100 goes to the output.

At 2108, method 2100 evaluates whether or not a torque sensor is present in the drive wheel of the vehicle at the locations described in FIG. 1-3. If the torque sensor is judged present, the answer is yes, and method 2100 proceeds to 2110. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2100 proceeds to 2130.

At 2110, method 2100 determines the difference between the required torque on the input shaft of the drive to the drive wheels and the actual torque on the input shaft of the drive to the drive wheels at a selected location along the drive to the drive wheels. In some examples, the selected location for the torque on the input drive shaft to the drive wheels may be on the pump wheel of the torque converter, at the location between the drive clutch on the drive wheels and the DISG, on the transmission output shaft, on the torque converter turbine, at the input of the start-up clutch, or in other drive wheels. The actual or measured torque on the input shaft of the drive to the drive wheels at the selected location of the drive to the drive wheels is determined by the torque sensor. The required torque on the input shaft of the drive to the drive wheels can be determined by the position of the accelerator pedal or other source. The difference in torque is the required torque on the input shaft of the drive to the drive wheels minus the actual torque on the input shaft of the drive to the drive wheels.

Alternatively, if a torque sensor is located in the drive of the drive wheels between the DISG and the decoupling clutch of the drive to the drive wheels, the torque measured by the torque sensor can be added to the DISG torque command so that the DISG produces additional torque to start the engine so that the transmission is supplied with the required torque on the input shaft of the transmission. Method 2100 proceeds to 2112.

At 2112, method 2100 adjusts the current supplied to the DISG, so that the required torque on the drive input shaft of the drive to the drive wheels is supplied to the drive on the drive wheels at a prescribed location, even if the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch is impaired. If the drive torque sensor of the drive wheels is used to provide torque feedback on the input shaft of the drive to the drive wheels, the torque of the DISG increases when the actual torque on the input shaft of the drive to the drive wheels is less than the required torque on the input shaft drive wheel drive. The DISG torque decreases when the actual torque on the input shaft of the drive on the drive shaft is greater than the required torque on the input shaft of the drive on the drive wheels. In this way, the DISG torque is adjusted in response to the difference between the required torque on the drive input shaft of the drive wheel and the actual or measured torque on the drive input shaft of the drive wheel.

If the drive torque sensor for the drive wheels is implemented as a feed-forward sensor, the output of the torque sensor is combined with the desired DISG torque to provide the desired DISG torque at the output of the transmission or at another specific location of the drive on the drive wheels. Thus, the torque sensor can be used as a feedback device or direct communication. Method 2100 proceeds to 2114 after the DISG torque is configured.

At 2114, method 2100 increases the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels to close the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels so that the engine can be rotated by the DISG or the drive wheel. The pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels is adjusted by indexing a function that issues a command or the pressing force of the drive trip to the drive wheels based on the required torque for transmission through the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. Spark and fuel can also be supplied at 2114 after the engine is at a predetermined speed or in position. Method 2100 proceeds to 2118 after the pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels begins to increase.

At 2116, method 2100 evaluates whether or not the engine started. In one example, an engine may be judged to be running when the engine speed exceeds a threshold speed. If method 2100 concludes that the engine has started, the answer is yes, and method 2100 goes to 2118. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2100 returns to 2110.

At 2118, method 2100 estimates whether or not the engine speed is accelerated to or equal to the DISG speed. The engine speed can be estimated to be equal to the DISG speed when the engine speed sensor and the DISG speed sensor read essentially the same speed (for example, ± 20 rpm). If method 2100 concludes that the engine speed is equal to the DISG speed, the answer is yes, and method 2100 goes to 2122. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2100 goes to 2120.

At 2120, method 2100 sets the engine speed to DISG speed. The engine speed can be adjusted to the DISG speed by adjusting the engine torque using a throttle and fuel injection. In addition, the engine speed can be adjusted to achieve the DISG speed by fully closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. However, the complete closure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels before the engine speed corresponds to DISG can increase the disturbance of the drive torque to the drive wheels. Method 2100 returns to 2118 after the engine is tuned to match the DISG speed.

At 2122, method 2100 locks the drive decoupling clutch. The drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels can be blocked by supplying more than a threshold value pressure to the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. Method 2100 goes to the exit after the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is locked.

At 2130, method 2100 opens the torque converter clutch (TCC). The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is opened so that the torque on the pump wheel of the torque converter can be estimated based on the operating conditions of the torque converter. Alternatively, the torque of the torque converter turbine can be estimated if required. Method 2100 proceeds to 2132 after the TCC is open.

At 2132, method 2100 puts the DISG in the speed control mode from the torque control mode, so that the DISG adheres to the desired speed. The DISG adheres to the desired speed by making torque settings for the DISG, which are based on the difference between the desired speed of the DISG and the actual speed of the DISG. Thus, the DISG speed is controlled by adjusting the DISG torque in response to the actual or measured DISG speed. Additionally, method 2100 estimates the amount of torque that the drive trip clutch provides to drive wheels to start the engine. The required torque value for starting the engine can be determined empirically and stored as a transfer function in memory. The required amount of torque for starting the engine can be transmitted to the engine through the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels by indexing a function that describes the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The function issues a command for actuating the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, provides the required torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The function is indexed by the required torque of the drive decoupling clutch. Method 2100 proceeds to 2134 after the DISG enters the speed control mode from the torque control mode, and determines the amount of torque to be supplied to the engine through the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels so that the engine can undergo cranking.

At 2134, method 2100 instructs DISG the desired speed, which is a function of the speed of the torque converter turbine and the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel to achieve the desired torque of the torque converter pump wheel. The required torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter can be determined by the input signal of the accelerator or from the controller (for example, the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels). The required DISG speed is determined by indexing one or more functions that describe the operation of the torque converter (for example, see FIGS. 45-47). In particular, the ratio of the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine to the rotational speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter is multiplied by the load bearing coefficient of the torque converter (for example, the transfer function of the torque converter). The result is then multiplied by the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel squared to give torque to the torque converter pump wheel.

Thus, when the load bearing coefficient of the torque converter, the torque of the torque converter pump wheel and the speed of the torque converter turbine are known, the speed of the torque converter pump wheel can be determined, which gives the torque of the torque converter pump wheel. Thus, the transfer function of the torque converter is the basis for issuing the required torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter when the drive torque sensor on the drive wheels is not provided. DISG gives a command for the speed of the torque converter pump wheel, which can give the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel, even if the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, which gives the required torque to rotate the engine crankshaft, is inaccurate. Additionally, the torque value determined by the applied drive-wheel decoupling clutch at 2132 may be added to the DISG torque command, which gives the desired DISG speed, in the speed control mode. Thus, the torque transmitted from the DISG to the engine through the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels can be added to the DISG torque command, so that DISG achieves the required speed and torque of the torque converter pump wheel as soon as the drive decoupling clutch is pressed onto the drive wheels . Method 2100 proceeds to 2136 after the DISG speed is configured.

At 2136, method 2100 increases the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels to close the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels so that the engine can be rotated by the DISG or the drive wheel. The pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels closes to provide the required amount of torque to rotate the engine crankshaft, as defined at 2132. The spark and drive fuel on the drive wheels can also be supplied to 2136 after the engine is at a predetermined speed or in position . Method 2100 proceeds to 2138 after the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels begins to increase.

At 2138, method 2100 estimates whether the engine started or not. In one example, an engine may be judged to be running when the engine speed exceeds a threshold speed. If method 2100 concludes that the engine has started, the answer is yes, and method 2100 goes to 2140. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2100 returns to 2132.

At 2140, method 2100 estimates whether or not the engine speed is accelerated to or equal to the DISG speed. The engine speed can be estimated to be equal to the DISG speed when the engine speed sensor and the DISG speed sensor read essentially the same speed (for example, ± 20 rpm). If method 2100 concludes that the engine speed is equal to the DISG speed, the answer is yes, and method 2100 goes to 2144. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2100 goes to 2142.

At 2142, method 2100 sets the engine speed to DISG speed. The engine speed can be adjusted to the DISG speed by adjusting the engine torque using a throttle and fuel injection. In addition, the engine speed can be adjusted to achieve the DISG speed by fully closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. However, the complete closure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels before the engine speed corresponds to DISG can increase the disturbance of the drive torque to the drive wheels. Method 2100 returns to 2140 after the engine is tuned to match the DISG speed.

At 2144, method 2100 locks the drive decoupling clutch. The drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels can be blocked by supplying more than a threshold value pressure to the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. Method 2100 goes to the exit after the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is locked.

Thus, the transfer function of the torque converter can be the basis for evaluating and delivering the required torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter when no torque sensor of the drive to the drive wheels is present, and if the transfer function of the torque of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheel is impaired. On the other hand, if the drive torque sensor for the drive wheels is available, the output of the torque sensor can be the basis for adjusting the DISG torque so that the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel can be output even if the torque transfer function of the clutch drive wheel drive.

Next, with reference to FIG. 22 shows an exemplary sequence for compensating the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheel according to the method of FIG. 21. The sequence of FIG. 22 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 22 is a basic DISG torque consumption versus time. In one example, the basic DISG torque consumption is the DISG torque that is output to the drive wheels without feedback from the drive torque sensor to the drive wheels or feedback on the operating conditions of the torque converter. The Y axis represents the base torque of the DISG, and the base torque of the DISG increases in the direction of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The second graph from above in FIG. 22 represents the torque of the torque converter pump wheel versus time. The Y axis represents the torque of the torque converter pump wheel, and the torque of the torque converter pump wheel increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. Solid curve 2202 represents the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel. The dashed curve 2204 represents the actual torque of the torque converter pump wheel. The actual torque of the torque converter pump wheel is equal to the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel when only the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel is visible.

The third graph from above in FIG. 22 represents the force exerted on the drive decoupling clutch as a function of time. The Y axis represents the force on the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels, and the force on the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels is closed at higher force and open at lower force. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 22 is a DISG torque setting as a function of time. Increasing the torque setting increases the DISG torque. The Y axis represents the DISG tuning torque, and the DISG tuning torque increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 22 represents engine speed versus time. The Y axis represents the engine speed, and the engine speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

At time T ₃₈ , the DISG torque is at the upper level, as is the torque of the torque converter pump wheel. The drive-wheel decoupling clutch closes, and there is no DISG setting, since the actual torque of the torque converter pump wheel corresponds to the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel. The engine speed is at an elevated level to indicate that the engine is running.

At time T ₃₉ , the basic DISG torque is reduced to zero; however, in some examples, the DISG base torque may be greater than zero to provide transmission oil pressure. The engine stops and the torque of the torque converter pump wheel is also reduced to zero. The drive wheel decoupling clutch is opened so that the engine is disconnected from the DISG. Between time T ₃₉ and time T ₄₀ , the engine and DISG remain off.

At time T ₄₀ , the base torque DISG rises in response to increasing driver demand (not shown) and in response to the force of the drive decoupling clutch, which can be converted to the amount of torque transmitted through the drive decoupling clutch wheels on the engine. The engine also spins to start, in response to the torque requirement of the driver. The engine rotates by increasing the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels in response to the torque requirement of the driver, so that torque from DISG can be transmitted to rotate the motor. The DISG torque transmitted to the engine is estimated based on the force at the drive decoupling clutch. In particular, an empirically determined transfer function, indexed by force on the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, produces the torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. DISG command torque is the sum of the torque of the drive decoupling clutch and the torque requirements of the driver. In one example, the torque requirement of the driver is the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel. If the torque of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels is overrated or underestimated, the actual torque of the torque converter pump wheel is different from the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel.

In this example, the actual torque of the torque converter pump wheel is less than the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel, while the force on the drive decoupling clutch increases. Thus, the torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is underestimated, and less torque is output from the DISG to the torque converter pump wheel. As a result, the DISG torque is increased to correct the difference between the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel and the actual torque of the torque converter pump wheel. The increase in DISG torque is shown in the DISG torque setting graph, which is added to the basic DISG torque requirement in the first graph and displayed on DISG. In addition, in some examples, the estimated transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch is adjusted in response to the setting of the DISG torque. For example, if the DISG torque is increased by 2 N⋅m, the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is adjusted to reflect that the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels transmits an additional 2 N⋅m with the current pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels.

The actual torque of the torque converter pump wheel may be determined by a torque sensor or, alternatively, by the speed of the torque converter pump wheel, the speed of the torque converter turbine, and the torque coefficient of the torque converter, as described with reference to FIG. 21 and 45-47. The required torque of the torque converter pump wheel can be determined by the position or requirement of the accelerator pedal controller.

At time T ₄₁ , the engine is started and the engine accelerates to the same speed as DISG. In addition, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels closes in response to the engine speed matching the DISG speed. The setting of the DISG torque is reduced after the drive clutch for the drive wheels is closed in response to the actual torque of the torque converter pump wheel, which is substantially equal (e.g. ± 10 N⋅m) to the torque required of the torque converter pump wheel.

Thus, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 21-22 provide for driving a drive to drive wheels of a hybrid drive vehicle, comprising: opening a torque converter clutch in response to a request to start an engine; and adjusting the frequency of rotation of the starter / generator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in response to the required speed of the torque converter pump wheel. In this way, compensation of the drive decoupling clutch can be provided. The method includes those cases where setting the DISG speed includes setting the DISG speed as a function of the speed of the torque converter turbine and the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel. The method includes those cases where the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel is based on the torque requirements of the driver. The method includes those cases where the speed of the DISG is adjusted by adjusting the torque of the DISG.

In some examples, the method further comprises adjusting the DISG torque in response to the estimated torque of the drive decoupling clutch. The method includes those cases where the estimated torque of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is based on the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. The method further comprises driving a DISG in a speed control mode while adjusting a DISG speed.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 21-22 provide for driving a drive to drive wheels of a hybrid drive vehicle, comprising: opening a torque converter clutch in response to a request to start an engine; actuating the starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in the speed control mode; setting the DISG speed in response to the required speed of the torque converter pump wheel; and starting the engine by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels partially closes in response to the pressing force of the drive decoupling coupling on the drive wheels, and where the torque of the drive decoupling coupling on the drive wheels is estimated based on the pressing force of the drive decoupling coupling on the drive wheels.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the DISG torque is adjusted in response to the estimated torque of the drive decoupling clutch. The method further comprises adjusting the DISG speed in response to the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel. The method includes those cases when the speed of the DISG is adjusted simultaneously with the closure of the clutch of the drive decoupling to the drive wheels. The method further comprises adjusting the transfer function of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to the output torque of the DISG setting while closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where starting the engine by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes partially locking the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, and then fully locking the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, so that the input speed of the drive decoupling clutch the drive wheels corresponded to the output speed of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels when the engine speed is substantially equal to the DISG speed.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 21-22 provide a drive system for driving wheels of a vehicle with a hybrid drive, comprising: a torque converter; starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels; engine; a drive wheel decoupling clutch located in the drive wheel drive between the engine and DISG; and a controller including executable constant commands for driving the DISG in the speed control mode and outputting the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel by adjusting the speed of the DISG in response to the speed of the torque converter turbine and the required torque of the torque converter pump wheel.

In some examples, the drive system of the drive wheels of a hybrid vehicle contains additional executable constant commands for closing the clutch for releasing the drive to the drive wheels for the first time when the engine speed is substantially equal to the DISG speed after the engine is stopped. The drive system of the drive wheels of a vehicle with a hybrid drive contains additional executable constant commands for closing the clutch decoupling the drive on the drive wheels in response to a request to start the engine. The drive system of the drive wheels of a hybrid vehicle contains additional executable constant commands for evaluating the torque of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels based on the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. The drive system of the drive wheels of a hybrid vehicle further comprises a DISG speed sensor and a torque converter turbine speed sensor for detecting a speed of the torque converter turbine. The drive system of a drive vehicle with a hybrid drive includes those cases where the speed control includes tuning the torque DISG to adjust the speed of the DISG.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 21-22 provide for driving a drive to a drive wheel of a hybrid drive vehicle, comprising: adjusting the output torque of a starter / generator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in response to a difference between the required drive torque of the drive the wheels and the actual torque of the drive to the drive wheels during at least partial closure of the drive decoupling clutch. Thus, the required torque can be issued even if the estimation of the torque of the disengagement of the drive to the drive wheels includes an error. The method includes those cases when the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels is the required torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter, and where the actual torque of the drive to the drive wheels is the actual torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter.

In one example, the method includes those cases where the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels is based on the torque requirements of the driver. The method further comprises adjusting the DISG output torque based on an open-loop estimation of the torque of the drive decoupling clutch of the drive. The method includes those cases where the open-loop rating of the torque of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is based on the command to press the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. The method further comprises turning the engine crankshaft by closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The method further comprises starting the engine by supplying fuel and a spark to the engine before the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is fully closed.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 21-22 provide for driving a drive to a drive wheel of a hybrid drive vehicle, comprising: adjusting the output torque of a starter / generator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in response to a difference between the required drive torque on the drive the wheels and the actual drive torque of the drive wheels during at least partial closure of the drive release clutch of the drive wheels; and setting the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels based on the difference between the required drive torque of the drive wheels and the actual drive torque of the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the transfer function describes the torque of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels as a function of the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels.

In some examples, the method further comprises cranking the engine crankshaft by at least partially locking the drive trip clutch onto the drive wheels. The method further comprises starting the engine by supplying a spark and fuel to the engine until the drive trip clutch is completely closed to the drive wheels. The method further comprises completely closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to an engine speed substantially equal to the DISG speed for the first time after engine shutdown. The method includes those cases when the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels is based on the input signal of the accelerator pedal. The method includes those cases where the actual drive torque of the drive wheels is based on the output of the torque sensor.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 21-22 provide a drive system for drive wheels of a vehicle with a hybrid drive, comprising: a torque sensor for drive on drive wheels; starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels; engine; a drive wheel decoupling clutch located in the drive wheel drive between the engine and DISG; and a controller including executable constant commands to adjust the DISG output torque in response to a difference between the required drive torque of the drive wheels and the output signal of the drive torque sensor to the drive wheels while pressing the drive trip clutch onto the drive wheels. The drive system of a drive vehicle with a hybrid drive contains additional executable constant commands for closing the clutch release the drive on the drive wheels for the first time, when the engine speed is substantially equal to the speed of DISG after starting the engine.

In some examples, the drive system of a drive vehicle with a hybrid drive contains additional executable constant commands for closing the clutch decoupling the drive on the drive wheels in response to a request to start the engine. The drive system of the drive wheels of a hybrid vehicle further comprises additional executable constant commands for adjusting the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to the difference between the required drive torque of the drive wheels and the output signal of the drive torque sensor of the drive wheels. The drive system of the drive wheels of a hybrid vehicle includes those cases where the torque sensor of the drive on the drive wheels is located between the pump wheel of the torque converter and DISG. The drive system of the drive wheels of a vehicle with a hybrid drive includes those cases where the torque sensor of the drive to the drive wheels is located between the torque converter turbine and a set of transmission gears.

Next, with reference to FIG. 23, a flowchart is shown of a method for improving engine restart after stopping combustion in the engine. The method of FIG. 23 may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of controller 12 in FIG. 1-3.

At 2302, method 2300 determines operating conditions. Operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, engine speed, engine position, state of the drive decoupling clutch, DISG speed, and ambient temperature. Method 2300 proceeds to 2304 after operating conditions are determined.

At 2304, method 2300 evaluates whether or not conditions are present for automatically stopping the engine from rotating. In one example, the rotation of the engine may stop when the required drive torque to the drive wheels is less than a threshold value. In yet another example, the rotation of the engine may stop when the vehicle speed is less than the threshold torque. If method 2300 concludes that conditions for automatically stopping engine rotation are present, method 2300 proceeds to 2306. Otherwise, method 2300 proceeds to exit.

At 2306, method 2300 sequentially stops fuel injection into engine cylinders, so that fuel combustion in engine cylinders does not stop halfway during fuel injection into a specific cylinder. Method 2300 proceeds to 2308 after fuel injection is configured to stop.

At 2308, method 2300 judges whether or not the engine speed is below the upper threshold number of revolutions of noise, vibration, smooth motion (NVH) and above the lower threshold number of revolutions of NVH. If so, the answer is yes, and method 2300 goes to 2310. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2300 returns to 2330.

At 2310, method 2300 estimates whether or not the crankshaft angle of the engine is at a predetermined location as the engine rotates. In one example, the predetermined position is the angle of rotation of the crankshaft within a predetermined number of degrees of the angle of rotation of the crankshaft after a particular cylinder rotates through the top dead center of the compression stroke (for example, within 90 degrees of the angle of rotation of the crankshaft after the top dead center cylinder compression stroke for a four-cylinder engine). If method 2300 concludes that the crankshaft angle of the engine is not at a predetermined location, the answer is no, and method 2300 returns to 2308. Otherwise, the answer is yes, and method 2300 goes to 2312.

At 2312, method 2300 instructs the starter to engage the gear drive shaft and the starter gear with the ring gear of the engine flywheel. The starter gear drive shaft can be moved by the solenoid, and the starter gear can start to rotate when the gear drive shaft is fully extended. In other examples, the gear drive shaft and the gear ring may be controlled separately to allow independent commissioning. Method 2300 proceeds to 2314 after the drive gear and drive gear have been instructed to engage the engine.

At 2314, method 2300 evaluates whether or not the drive gear shaft and the drive gear are fully engaged with the engine flywheel. In one example, the gear drive shaft and the pinion gear may be determined to be engaged with the engine via output signals from sensors (e.g., a limit switch) or by means of a starter current. If method 2300 concludes that the gear drive shaft and pinion gear are engaged with the engine, the answer is yes and method 2300 goes to 2316. Otherwise, the answer is no and method 2300 goes to 2322.

At 2316, method 2300 adjusts the engine throttle to a second position based on the engagement of the drive gear shaft and the drive gear with the engine flywheel in preparation for a possible change in the driver’s intention to stop the engine. In one example, the second throttle position is more open than the first throttle position at 2322. The throttle position of the engine is adjusted to a more open position in order to give a higher engine torque if a change in driver’s intention after engagement starter. The engine torque may be affected when the pinion gear engages the flywheel. Adjusting the amount of air can compensate for the effect that the engaged pinion gear can have on restarting the engine and slowing the engine down. Method 2300 proceeds to 2318 after the throttle position of the engine is configured.

At 2318, method 2300 evaluates whether a change in intent of the driver occurred after a gear input command of the starter gear train and the starter pinion gear was given. A change in driver intent indicates that the driver wishes to continue to apply torque to the wheels of the vehicle in order to maintain or increase the speed of the vehicle. In one example, a change in driver intent may be indicated by releasing the brake pedal or increasing the engine torque command using the accelerator pedal. If method 2300 concludes that a change in driver’s intent is requested before engine rotation stops, the answer is yes, and method 2300 goes to 2320. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2300 returns to 2308.

At 2320, method 2300 cranks the engine through the starter and restarts the engine after the gear drive shaft and the starter drive gear mesh with the engine flywheel. Fuel and sparks are also fed back into the engine cylinders to facilitate combustion in the engine cylinders. Method 2300 exits after the engine is cranked and restarted.

At 2322, method 2300 adjusts the engine throttle to a first position based on the absence of engagement of the drive gear shaft and the drive gear with the engine flywheel. In one example, the first throttle position is closed to a greater extent than the second throttle position at 2316. The throttle position of the engine is adjusted to a more closed position in order to reduce engine air flow and reduce oxidation within the catalytic converter of the exhaust system. Method 2300 returns to 2308 after the throttle position of the engine is set to the first position.

At 2330, method 2300 estimates whether or not the engine speed is lower than the lower threshold value of the NVH speed and whether or not the engine speed is higher than the threshold value of the engagement speed. Engagement speed is the engine speed below which the engine can rotate in the opposite direction while the engine stops. If the engine speed is above the engagement speed and below the lower threshold of the NVH speed, the answer is yes and method 2300 goes to 2332. Otherwise, the answer is no and method 2300 goes to 2350. Method 2300 also stops trying to engage starter at engine speeds below the gearing speed and above zero engine speed.

At 2332, method 2300 instructs the drive gear shaft and starter drive gear to mesh with the gear ring of the engine flywheel. The drive gear shaft and the starter drive gear may be instructed to engage the engine flywheel ring gear as described in 2312. Method 2300 goes to 2334 after the gear drive shaft and the starter gear train is instructed to engage the engine flywheel .

At 2334, method 2300 evaluates whether or not the drive gear shaft and pinion gear mesh with the gear ring of the engine flywheel. Method 2300 evaluates whether the drive gear shaft and the pinion gear of the flywheel engage as described in 2314. If method 2300 concludes that the flywheel is engaged on the gear drive shaft and the pinion gear, the answer is yes, and method 2300 proceeds to 2336 Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2300 proceeds to 2342.

At 2336, method 2300 adjusts the throttle position to a fourth position. Since the engagement of the drive shaft of the gear train and the drive gear of the starter with the engine flywheel occurs at a lower engine speed, it may be desirable to adjust the engine braking by controlling the amount of engine air with the throttle to a different value compared to when the engagement of the drive shaft of the gear and the drive gear of the starter with the ring gear of the engine flywheel is undertaken at a higher engine speed. In addition, adjusting the amount of engine air can compensate for engagement of the pinion gear. In one example, the fourth position is the position where the throttle is closed more than the first and second positions at 2322 and 2316. In addition, the fourth throttle position is open more than the third position of the throttle at 2342 to prepare for the change state driver intentions. Adjusting the throttle based on engine speed can also provide more precise control of the position of the engine when the engine is stopped. Method 2300 proceeds to 2338 after the throttle is adjusted to the fourth position.

At 2338, method 2300 evaluates whether or not a change in driver intent is present. A change in driver intent can be determined as described at 2318. If method 2300 concludes that there is a change in driver intent, the answer is yes, and method 2300 goes to 2340. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2300 returns to 2310.

At 2340, method 2300 cranks the engine crankshaft to start and delivers spark and fuel to the engine. Method 2300 can crank the engine with a starter or DISG, as described on 2320. Method 2300 switches to output after the engine is cranked and restarted in response to a change in driver intent.

At 2342, method 2300 adjusts the throttle to a third position. The third position may be a throttle position that is closed to a greater extent than the fourth position described at 2336. The third position may also be a throttle position that is closed to a greater extent than the first and second positions described at 2322 and 2316. Method 2300 returns at 2310 after the throttle position of the engine is set.

At 2350, method 2300 instructs the drive gear shaft and the starter drive gear to mesh with the gear ring of the engine flywheel after the engine has stopped rotation if they are not engaged. Engagement of the drive gear shaft and the starter drive gear after the engine is stopped may reduce wear on the starter and / or ring gear. Furthermore, by engaging the gear drive shaft and the starter drive gear before the engine is restarted, it may be possible to reduce the engine start time. Method 2300 proceeds to 2352 after the drive command shaft and the starter drive gear have been instructed to engage the engine flywheel ring gear.

At 2352, the engine automatically restarts in response to operating conditions after the engine stops rotating. The engine may restart in response to a request for engine torque from the driver or in response to the driver releasing the brake. An automatic engine start occurs when the engine restarts without actuating or controlling a driver with a device that has a single engine start function (for example, a push-button start switch). Automatic engine start can be initiated by a driver, a drive or an operating device that has more than one function, such as a brake pedal, which can apply vehicle brakes or, secondly, as an indication of when to start the engine. Method 2300 restarts the engine through a starter motor or through DISG and transfers to the output.

Thus, the method of FIG. 23 may adjust the throttle position in response to starter engagement to further improve engine restart in the event of a change in driver intent. In addition, the method of FIG. 23 adjusts the position of the throttle during engine shutdown according to the engine speed in order to improve the engine stop position by limiting reverse engine rotation.

Next, with reference to FIG. 24, an example sequence is shown for improving engine restart and combustion after engine shutdown according to the method of FIG. 23. The sequence of FIG. 24 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 24 represents the engine speed versus time. The Y axis represents the engine speed, and the engine speed increases in the direction of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The horizontal line 2402 represents the upper threshold value of the engine speed of the NVH. The horizontal line 2404 represents the lower threshold value of the engine speed NVH. The horizontal line 2406 represents the threshold value of the gear engagement speed, where the drive gear is not engaged if the engine speed is below the horizontal line 2406 until the engine stops rotating. The engagement threshold may reduce starter degradation.

The second graph from above in FIG. 24 represents a fuel injection state versus time. The Y axis represents the fuel injection state. Fuel injection is active when the curve is at the top level. Fuel injection is stopped when the curve is at a low level. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The third graph from above in FIG. 24 represents the position of the engine throttle versus time. The Y axis represents the position of the engine throttle, and the position of the engine throttle increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 24 is a state of a timing gear of a starter. The Y axis represents the state of the starter pinion gear, and engagement levels are described next to the Y axis. The pinion gear is reset when the curve is at the RET level. The pinion gear is extended but not engaged when the curve is at the ADV level. The pinion gear engages with the engine flywheel when the curve is at the ENG level. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 24 represents the state of vehicle brakes (e.g., the state of friction brakes) versus time. The Y axis represents the state of the vehicle's brakes, and the brakes are applied when the curve is at the upper level. The brakes are released when the curve is at a low level. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

At time T ₄₂ , the engine speed is increased, fuel injection is active, the throttle is partially open, the starter is not engaged, and the brake is not applied. These conditions are indicative of a vehicle that cruises at a moderate speed (e.g. 40 mph). Between time T ₄₂ and time T ₄₃ , vehicle brakes are used to decelerate the vehicle. In the illustrated conditions, the vehicle may be moving or may stop between time T ₄₂ and time T ₄₃ .

At time T ₄₃ , combustion in the engine is stopped in response to applying the vehicle's brake and lowering the throttle position, which is based on the torque requirement of the driver. As a result, the engine speed is reduced to being at or lower than the upper threshold value 2402 of the engine speed NVH. The starter pinion gear is instructed to engage the engine flywheel, but the pinion gear only extends and does not fully engage the engine flywheel. The throttle position is lowered in response to the engine speed being lower than the upper threshold value NVH, and being larger than the threshold value NVH. In addition, the throttle position is adjusted in response to the position of the starter pinion gear, which is extended but not engaged. The throttle opens to the first position 2410. The engine speed continues to decrease, and the pinion gear engages the flywheel just before time T ₄₄ . The throttle position of the engine is tuned to a second position 2412 in response to a pinion gear engaged with the engine flywheel. The second throttle position is open to a greater extent than the first position. By opening the throttle to a greater extent after the pinion gear has been engaged, it may be possible to prepare for a change in driver intention, so that engine restart can be improved.

At time T ₄₄ , the brake pedal is released by the driver, which is interpreted as a change in the driver’s intention to stop the engine. The fuel injection resumes, and the starter gives the engine starting torque through the engaged pinion gear. The engine restarts and the pinion gear returns to its previous state shortly afterwards. Between time T ₄₄ and time T ₄₅ , the engine accelerates and decelerates under varying driving conditions. The brake is reapplied immediately before time T ₄₅ .

At time T ₄₅ , combustion stops in the engine and the engine starts to slow down. Shortly thereafter, the engine speed drops to a lower threshold than the NVH engine speed threshold 2402. The pinion gear is extended in response to the engine speed being lower than the upper threshold value of the engine speed NVH and being larger than the lower threshold value of the engine speed NVH, but the pinion gear is not fully engaged with the engine flywheel. The engine throttle is adjusted to the first position 2410 in response to the engine speed and the state of the pinion gear. The engine speed continues to decrease, and the throttle adjusts to the third position 2414 when the engine speed is lower than the lower threshold value 2404 of the engine speed NVH, and greater than the threshold value 2406 engagement. The third position 2414 is less open than the first position 2410 and the second position 2412. The pinion gear engages with the engine flywheel, while the engine speed is lower than the lower threshold value 2404 of the engine speed NVH and larger than the threshold value of 2406 engagement. Therefore, the throttle is adjusted to the fourth position in response to the position of the pinion gear and the engine speed. The fourth position 2416 is more open than the third position 2414. The fourth position can provide enough air to the engine so that the engine can be easier to restart if the driver changes his intention. The engine speed reaches zero without changing the driver’s intention, and the pinion gear remains engaged.

At time T ₄₆ , the driver releases the brake, and the engine is restarted by the engaged pinion gear in response to releasing the brake. Fuel injection also resumes in response to releasing the brake and a subsequent request to start the engine.

In this way, the position of the engine throttle can be adjusted to improve the restart of the engine while the engine is stopped. Adjusting the position of the engine throttle in response to the engine speed and the state of the pinion during engine shutdown can help supply the engine with an amount of air that can improve engine starting. Additionally, if the pinion gear does not engage before the engine is stopped, the adjusted throttle position can improve engine stop by adjusting the amount of engine air in a predictable way during engine stop.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 23-24 include stopping the rotation of the engine, comprising: stopping the supply of fuel to the engine cylinders that burn air and fuel; giving a command to enter into engagement of the starter from a state not engaged with the engine, engaged with the engine; and adjusting the throttle position based on whether or not the starter engages with the engine. Thus, the engine can be more prepared to start if the driver changes his mind. The method includes those cases where the starter is engaged with the engine through the drive gear. The method includes those cases when the throttle is adjusted to the first position, when the starter does not engage with the engine, within the first range of engine speeds. The method includes those cases where the throttle is adjusted to the second position, when the starter is engaged with the engine within the first range of engine speeds, the second position is more open than the first position.

In some examples, the method further comprises those cases where the starter is instructed to engage the engine within a predetermined angular window on the crankshaft. The method includes those cases when the angular window along the crankshaft is within ± 40 degrees of the angle of rotation of the crankshaft from the top dead center of the cylinder stroke. The method includes those cases when the engine speed is decreasing during the issuance of an engagement command with the starter.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 23-24 include stopping the rotation of the engine, comprising: stopping the supply of fuel to the engine cylinders that burn air and fuel; giving a command to engage the starter, which is not engaged with the engine, to engage the engine; and setting the throttle position based on whether or not the starter engages with the engine and the engine speed. The method includes those cases where the throttle position is adjusted to a greater extent the closed position at engine speeds lower than the threshold number of revolutions, and to a greater extent the open position at engine speeds greater than the threshold speed. The method includes those cases when the throttle is adjusted to the first position, when the starter does not engage with the engine, within the first range of engine speeds. The method includes those cases where the throttle is adjusted to the second position, when the starter is engaged with the engine within the first range of engine speeds, the second position is more open than the first position. The method includes those cases when the throttle is adjusted to the third position, when the starter does not engage with the engine, within the second range of engine speeds. The method includes those cases where the throttle is adjusted to the fourth position, when the starter engages with the engine within the second range of engine speeds, the fourth position is open to a greater extent than the third position.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 23-24 provide a vehicle system comprising: an engine including a throttle; double mass flywheel (DMF), including a first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter including a base state where the starter is not engaged with the engine; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including constant commands executed to adjust the position of the throttle during engine shutdown based on whether the starter engages with the engine in response to a request to stop the engine and before the engine stops.

In some examples, the vehicle system includes those cases where the throttle is adjusted to the first position in response to the starter not engaging with the engine. The vehicle system includes those cases where the throttle is adjusted to the second position in response to a starter engaged with the engine, the second position is more open than the first position. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for adjusting the throttle position in response to the engine speed. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for engaging the starter in a predetermined position of the crankshaft. The vehicle system includes those cases where the predetermined location of the crankshaft has a value of ± 40 degrees of rotation of the crankshaft from the bottom dead center of the compression stroke of the cylinder. The vehicle system additionally contains additional commands to stop the attempt to engage the starter at engine speeds below the gear speed and above zero engine speed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 25, a flowchart is shown of a method for setting the profile of the engine shutdown speed and the engine stop position. The method of FIG. 25 may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of controller 12 in FIG. 1-3.

At 2502, method 2500 evaluates whether or not the engine rotation stop request has occurred. A request to stop engine rotation may be issued by the controller or driver. The controller can automatically stop the engine without an input signal from the driver from a specialized actuator, which has the only function of stopping and / or starting the engine. For example, an automatic engine stop does not occur when the driver sets the ignition switch to the off state. Alternatively, an automatic engine shutdown may occur when the driver releases the accelerator pedal. If method 2500 concludes that an engine shutdown has been requested, the answer is yes, and method 2500 goes to 2504. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2500 goes to exit.

At 2504, method 2500 estimates whether or not motor rotation should stop with slipping of the drive decoupling clutch. At 2500, evaluates whether or not the engine should stop, while the drive-to-drive clutch is slipping based on operating conditions. In one example, an engine can be stopped without a slipping clutch for disengaging the drive wheels when it is desired to stop the engine in a short period of time. For example, it may be desirable to quickly stop the engine when the engine speed is relatively low during the engine shutdown request. On the other hand, the engine may stop while the drive-to-drive clutch is slipping when the engine speed is relatively high during a request to stop the engine. It should be mentioned that the rotation of the motor can be stopped with the drive clutch disengaged to the drive wheels during certain conditions. If method 2500 concludes that the rotation of the motor should stop with a slip clutch for decoupling the drive to the drive wheels, the answer is yes, and method 2500 goes to 2530. Otherwise, the answer is no, and way 2500 goes to 2506.

At 2530, method 2500 determines the required pressure in the transmission line clutch oil line. In one example, the required pressure in the oil line of the transmission clutch can be based on the amount of clutch pressure that should keep the vehicle stopped on the road while the engine stopped rotation. Thus, the required pressure in the oil line of the transmission clutch can increase if the vehicle is stopped at an elevated position. In one example, the required pressure in the oil line of the transmission clutch is determined empirically and stored in a table or function, which is indexed by the slope of the road and the mass of the vehicle. The table displays the required pressure in the transmission line clutch oil line in response to the road gradient and vehicle mass. Method 2500 proceeds to 2532 after the required pressure in the transmission oil line is determined.

At 2532, method 2500 rotates the DISG at a speed that provides the required oil pressure to the transmission clutch by rotating the transmission oil pump. DISG is attached to the torque converter pump wheel, and the torque converter pump wheel is fluidly coupled to the torque converter turbine. The transmission oil pump is driven by the torque converter pump wheel, and the transmission oil pump applies oil pressure to the transmission couplings as it rotates. In one example, the required pressure in the transmission oil pipe is indexed by a table that includes empirically determined values of the DISG speed that provides the required pressure in the oil pipe of the transmission clutch. The speed of the DISG is output from the table, and the DISG is controlled by the speed output from the table. Method 2500 proceeds to 2534 after DISG starts spinning at the desired speed.

At 2534, method 2500 stops fuel flow and spark for engine cylinders. The flow of fuel into the cylinders may be stopped by closing the fuel nozzles. In addition, the fuel flow may be stopped in sequential order based on the combustion order in the engine, so that the cylinders are not partially supplied with fuel when a command is given to stop the engine from rotating. Method 2500 proceeds to 2536 after the flow of fuel and ignition to the engine cylinders stops.

At 2536, method 2500 slips the drive trip clutch onto the drive wheels to achieve the desired engine speed path. In one example, empirically determined trajectories of pressing or slipping the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels are stored in the memory and applied to the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels when an engine stop is requested. The slip path table applies pressure to the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels at different speeds depending on the engine speed when the engine shutdown request is made. Alternatively, an empirically determined transfer function that outputs the force or pressure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels based on the required pressure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, which is the basis for actuating the drive decoupling clutch. Additionally, the slip path may include setting the moment when pressure should be applied to the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels. For example, pressure can be applied to the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels through a prescribed number of degrees of crankshaft angle after the last amount of fuel is supplied to the engine cylinder before the engine is stopped. Thus, the initial time of applying the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and the speed at which pressure is applied to the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels are stored in the memory and applied when an engine shutdown request is issued. Method 2500 proceeds to 2538 after the application of the pressure profile of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is initiated.

At 2538, method 2500 instructs the transmission couplings to attach the output shaft of the transmission to the transmission housing. The output shaft of the transmission can be coupled to the transmission through the joint use of transmission clutches other than a drive decoupling clutch at the same time as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 12 / 833,788. Method 2500 goes to 2540 after the transmission is given a command in an attached state.

At 2540, method 2500 opens the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels may open when the engine speed is substantially at zero (for example, 100 rpm or less), and the engine is stopped in the desired position. Alternatively, the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels may open when the engine speed drops to a predetermined value. Thus, by adjusting the operation of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, method 2500 can control the trajectory of the engine speed partially or completely, up to zero engine speed. Method 2500 goes to the exit after the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open.

At 2506, method 2500 closes the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels if the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels is not yet closed. The drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels can be closed by increasing the duty cycle signal, which increases the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. Method 2500 proceeds to 2508 after the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed.

 At 2508, method 2500 stops fuel flow and spark for engine cylinders. The fuel flow and spark may stop, as described at 2534. Method 2500 proceeds to 2510 after the fuel flow and spark to the engine cylinders are stopped.

At 2510, method 2500 adjusts the speed and torque of the DISG to provide the desired engine speed profile while the engine is stopped. In one example, an empirically determined group of engine speed trajectories is stored in memory and used as the basis for engine shutdown. For example, if the engine speed is greater than the trajectory of the engine speed extracted from the memory, the absorption of the DISG torque is increased to direct the engine speed to the desired engine speed profile. If the engine speed is less than the trajectory of the engine speed extracted from the memory, the DISG torque is increased to direct the engine speed to the desired engine speed profile. The engine speed trajectory table slows the engine speed at a different pace depending on the engine speed when the engine shutdown request is made. Additionally, the engine speed path may include setting the moment when the engine speed path should be controlled by DISG. For example, the trajectory of the engine speed can be adjusted by DISG regarding the prescribed number of degrees of the crankshaft angle after the last amount of fuel is supplied to the engine cylinder before the engine is stopped. Thus, the initial time of application of the engine speed profile and the rate at which the engine speed is reduced are stored and controlled by DISG when the engine shutdown request is issued. Method 2500 proceeds to 2512 after the application of the pressure profile of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is initiated.

At 2512, method 2500 instructs the transmission couplings to attach the output shaft of the transmission to the transmission housing. The output shaft of the transmission may be coupled to the transmission by the joint use of transmission clutches other than a drive clutch for the drive wheels, simultaneously, as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 12 / 833,788, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Method 2500 proceeds to 2514 after the transmission is given a command in an attached state.

At 2514, method 2500 opens the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels at a predetermined engine speed. The drive-to-drive clutch disengages, so that the engine can fly by inertia to zero speed while the DISG continues to spin and apply pressure to the transmission clutches while the engine is stopped. In one example, the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels opens at a predetermined engine speed, which is based on the engine speed where the engine was stopped (for example, the engine speed where the flow of fuel to the engine cylinders stopped), and the rate of attenuation of the speed engine. In addition, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels can open at a particular angle of rotation of the crankshaft to further control the engine stop position. The table or function, indexed by the decay rate of the engine speed and the engine speed where the engine stop was requested, displays the position of the engine where the drive decoupling clutch opens. In one example, the position corresponds to the position of the engine, which improves the likelihood of a stop in the desired position of the engine (for example, during a predetermined interval on the crankshaft of the cylinder in a compression stroke). Method 2500 proceeds to 2516 after the clutch for disengaging the drive to drive wheels is open.

At 2516, method 2500 determines the required pressure in the transmission clutch line. The required pressure in the transmission clutch line is determined as described at 2530. Method 2500 proceeds to 2518 after the required pressure in the transmission oil line is determined.

At 2518, method 2500 rotates the DISG to maintain the required pressure in the transmission clutch oil line. DISG can rotate as described at 2532. Method 2500 goes to the output after DISG is instructed to supply the required oil pressure to the transmission clutch. It should be noted that DISG can periodically stop and restart to maintain pressure in the transmission clutch oil line. If the pressure in the transmission clutch oil line has a low leak rate, DISG may be instructed to shut off. DISG can be reactivated if the pressure in the oil line of the transmission clutch is reduced to a threshold level.

Thus, the engine stop position can be adjusted for a hybrid vehicle. The drive-to-drive clutch can adjust the stop profile of the engine from idle to zero speed by periodically outputting torque from the DISG to the engine so that the engine stops at the desired position.

Next, with reference to FIG. 26, an example sequence for stopping the engine according to the method of FIG. 25. The sequence of FIG. 26 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 26 represents the engine speed versus time. The Y axis represents the engine speed, and the engine speed increases in the direction of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The second graph from above in FIG. 26 represents the speed of DISG versus time. The Y axis represents the rotational speed of the DISG, and the rotational speed of the DISG increases in the direction of the Y axis. The X axis represents the time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The third graph from above in FIG. 26 represents the pressing force of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels (for example, the force exerted to close the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels) versus time. The Y axis represents the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, and the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels increases in the direction of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 26 is a state of fuel injection versus time. The Y axis represents the fuel delivery state, and fuel is supplied to the engine when the curve is at the upper level. Fuel is not supplied to the engine when the curve is at a low level. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 26 is a transmission timing condition. The Y axis represents the gearbox attachment state, and the transmission is locked when the curve is at the upper level. The transmission is not attached when the curve is at a low level. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

At time T ₄₇ , the engine speed and the DISG speed are equal and are at an elevated level. The engine is mechanically connected to the DISG via a drive decoupling clutch. The drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels is fully engaged when the input speed of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels is equal to the output frequency of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive to drive wheels. In addition, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is fully closed when the disengaging force of the drive to the drive wheels is at an upper level. Fuel is supplied to the engine, as indicated by the fuel supply state, which is at the upper level. The drivetrain is not attached because the drivetrain binding state is at a lower level.

At time T ₄₈ , the engine is instructed to turn off in response to operating conditions (for example, low engine torque consumption and vehicle brake applied). The fuel supply to the engine is interrupted, as indicated by the fuel supply state, passing to the lower level. Additionally, the DISG speed / torque is tuned to control the speed path and engine position in response to a request to stop the engine. In one example, the engine speed / position path is stored in the memory, and the DISG torque is adjusted in response to the difference between the actual engine speed and the desired engine speed path that is stored in the memory. For example, if the actual engine speed is less than the required engine speed at a particular point in time after the engine shutdown request, the DISG torque is increased to move the actual engine speed by the desired engine speed. In yet another example, if a specific engine position (e.g., top dead center of compression stroke of cylinder number one) is ahead of where it is required at a particular point in time after requesting engine shutdown, the negative DISG torque may increase to slow the engine at a fast pace.

At time T ₄₉ , the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels opens in response to the engine reaching a predetermined speed. In addition, the transmission clutches begin to be pressed, so that the output shaft of the transmission is tied to the transmission crankcase and the chassis of the vehicle. By opening the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels at a predetermined number of revolutions, it may be possible to better control the engine revolutions during engine shutdown while allowing DISG to operate. In this example, the DISG is stopped, but in other examples, it can continue to rotate in order to give a driving force to drive the transmission oil pump. The engine and DISG stop shortly after the trip clutch opens.

Thus, the engine can be stopped, so that the position of the engine can be adjusted during a stop. By adjusting the engine stop position, it may be possible to improve the consistency of the engine restart performance.

At time T ₅₀ , the DISG accelerates and delivers torque to the drive on the drive wheels in response to the driver releasing the brake pedal (not shown). Thus, DISG helps to start the engine. In particular, the drive clutch for the drive wheels partially closes to transmit torque from the DISG to the engine. Fuel and a spark are given out to the engine to support combustion in the engine, as indicated by the fuel supply state moving to the upper level. Finally, the transmission clutches also open in order to untie the transmission in response to releasing the brake. The drive decoupling clutch completely closes when the engine speed reaches the DISG speed.

In this way, the engine can be restarted while torque is supplied to the drive wheels of the vehicle to accelerate the vehicle. In addition, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is actuated in some way, which can reduce the disturbance of the drive torque to the drive wheels.

Between time T ₅₀ and time T ₅₁ , the engine and DISG supply torque to the drive wheel of the vehicle based on a driver’s requirement. In this example, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels remains closed; however, it can sometimes also open without stopping the engine.

At time T ₅₁ , the engine is given an off command in response to operating conditions (e.g., low engine torque consumption and vehicle brake applied). The fuel supply to the engine is interrupted, as indicated by the fuel supply state, passing to the lower level. The drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels is also instructed to slip by reducing the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. In one example, the slip coefficient of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is stored as a function of time after a request to stop the engine. The slip coefficient can increase or decrease if the engine speed is different from the required engine speed. For example, if the engine speed is less than the required engine speed at a particular point in time after the engine has been stopped, slipping of the drive clutch to the drive wheels can be reduced by increasing the pressing force of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. In this way, additional torque can be output by DISG to the engine so that the engine speed is adjusted to the desired engine speed. The DISG speed command is given for speed, which allows the transmission oil pump to deliver the required oil pressure.

At time T ₅₂ , the engine speed reaches a predetermined number of revolutions, and the transmission clutches are used to couple the output shaft of the transmission to the chassis of the vehicle. DISG continues to rotate so that oil pressure is applied to the transmission clutches.

Thus, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels can slip during the engine shutdown procedure to provide the desired engine stop position. In some examples, the desired stopping position occurs when the piston of a particular cylinder stops within a predetermined number of degrees to the top dead center of the compression stroke of the cylinder.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 25-26 provide a method of stopping the engine, comprising: adjusting the speed of the starter / generator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels to the desired speed, which provides the required pressure in the oil line of the transmission clutch, in response to a request to stop the engine from rotating ; and slipping the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels in the drive to drive wheels between the DISG and the engine to stop the engine in the desired position. The method includes those cases when the desired position is a predetermined number of degrees of the angle of rotation of the crankshaft to the top dead center of the compression stroke of the selected cylinder. The method further comprises stopping the flow of fuel and ignition into the engine cylinders in response to a request to stop the rotation of the engine. The method further comprises linking the output shaft of the transmission to the transmission crankcase in response to a request to stop the rotation of the engine.

In some examples, the method further comprises opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels at a substantially zero engine speed. The method also further comprises continuing to rotate the DISG while the engine is at zero speed. The method further comprises commissioning and disabling the DISG, while the engine speed is zero.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 25-26 also provide a method of stopping the engine, comprising: closing the clutch of the drive disengaging the drive wheels in response to a request to stop the rotation of the engine; setting the speed of the starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels to the desired engine speed profile, which slows down to zero engine speed; and opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels at a predetermined engine speed. The method further comprises linking the output shaft of the transmission to the transmission case in response to a request to stop the engine. The method further comprises stopping the flow of fuel and ignition into the engine cylinders in response to a request to stop the engine. The method includes those cases where the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is located in the drive to the drive wheels, between the engine and DISG.

In some examples, the method further comprises opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in a predetermined position. The method includes those cases where the DISG speed rises, when the engine speed is less than the desired engine speed profile. The method includes those cases where the DISG speed is reduced when the engine speed is greater than the desired engine speed profile.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 25-26 provide a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel (DMF), including a first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including executable instructions stored in read-only memory to adjust the operation of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to a request to stop the rotation of the engine.

In some examples, the vehicle system includes those cases where the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels closes at least partially. The vehicle system includes those cases when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels closes completely. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels at a predetermined number of revolutions. The vehicle system further comprises operating a DISG at a speed that provides the required pressure in the transmission line clutch oil line. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for selectively disabling DISG at zero engine speed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 27, a method is shown for stopping the engine when a vehicle in which the engine is running is parked on changing slopes. The method of FIG. 27 may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of controller 12 in FIG. 1-3.

At 2702, method 2700 evaluates whether the vehicle in which the engine is running is stopped. In one example, a vehicle may be determined to be stopped when the vehicle speed is zero. If method 2700 concludes that the vehicle is stopped, the answer is yes, and method 2700 proceeds to 2704. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2700 proceeds to exit.

At 2704, method 2700 evaluates whether or not engine shutdown conditions are satisfied. In one example, engine shutdown conditions may include, but are not limited to, driver demand torque being less than a threshold torque, engine speed being less than a threshold speed, and a vehicle brake applied. In other examples, other engine shutdown conditions may apply. If engine shutdown conditions are present, the answer is yes, and method 2700 proceeds to 2706. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2700 proceeds to output.

At 2706, method 2700 estimates the slope of the road and the mass of the vehicle. In one example, the slope of the road may be determined by a slope meter. The mass of the vehicle may be determined as described in 904 of FIG. 9. Additionally, method 2700 stops the rotation of the engine. Method 2700 proceeds to 2708 after the mass of the vehicle and the slope of the road are determined.

At 2708, method 2700 estimates whether or not the road gradient is greater than the first threshold road gradient. In one example, the first threshold and other threshold slopes of the road may be a function of the mass of the vehicle. For example, if the mass of the vehicle increases, the first threshold slope of the road may decrease. If method 2700 concludes that the existing road gradient is greater than the first threshold road gradient, the answer is yes, and method 2700 proceeds to 2716. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2700 proceeds to 2710.

At 2710, method 2700 maintains transmission oil pressure to allow for gear shifting of the transmission, and shifts from a lower gear (e.g., first gear) to a higher gear (e.g., second gear) if the gearbox is not already in second gear. By shifting to a higher gear, the mass of the vehicle actually rises on the wheels of the vehicle, so it is more difficult to move the vehicle. Transmission oil pressure can be maintained by an electric oil pump. Method 2700 proceeds to 2712 after the transmission is shifted.

At 2712, method 2700 evaluates whether acceleration of a vehicle or increased torque demand is requested or not. In one example, an increased driver requirement is determined by the position of the accelerator pedal. If method 2700 concludes that acceleration of the vehicle or increased torque demand is requested, the answer is yes, and method 2700 proceeds to 2714. Otherwise, method 2700 returns to 2710.

At 2714, method 2700 increases the torque supplied to the drive to the drive wheels and downshifts the transmission to a lower gear (e.g., first gear) to accelerate the vehicle. The drive torque to the drive wheels can be increased by DISG or by the engine after starting the engine. The engine can be started by cranking the crankshaft using DISG or a starter with lower output power. Method 2700 goes to the output after the transmission is shifted to first gear and the torque is increased relative to the drive on the drive wheels.

At 2716, method 2700 estimates whether or not the road gradient is greater than the second threshold road gradient. If method 2700 concludes that the existing road slope is greater than the second threshold road slope, the answer is yes, and method 2700 proceeds to 2724. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2700 proceeds to 2718.

At 2718, method 2700 maintains transmission oil pressure to allow the transmission to shift gears, and shifts to a higher gear than second gear (e.g., 3rd gear) if the gear is not already in a higher gear. By shifting to a higher gear than the second gear, the mass of the vehicle actually rises on the wheels of the vehicle, so it is more difficult to move the vehicle. Transmission oil pressure can be maintained by an electric oil pump. Method 2700 proceeds to 2718 after the transmission has undergone a downshift.

At 2720, method 2700 evaluates whether acceleration of a vehicle or increased torque demand is requested or not. In one example, an increased driver requirement is determined by the position of the accelerator pedal. If method 2700 concludes that acceleration of the vehicle or increased torque demand is requested, the answer is yes, and method 2700 proceeds to 2722. Otherwise, method 2700 returns to 2718.

At 2722, method 2700 increases the torque supplied to the drive to the drive wheels and downshifts the transmission to a first gear to accelerate the vehicle. The drive torque to the drive wheels can be increased by DISG or by the engine after starting the engine. The engine can be started by cranking the crankshaft using DISG or a starter with lower output power. Method 2700 goes to the output after the transmission is shifted to first gear, and while the amount of torque supplied to the drive on the drive wheels is increased.

At 2724, method 2700 applies vehicle brakes, maintains transmission oil pressure to allow the transmission to shift gears, and shifts to first if it is not already in first gear. By shifting to first gear and applying the brakes, the vehicle may be ready to accelerate when stopped on a slope. Furthermore, by not applying the brakes at lower slopes, the wear of the brakes can be reduced along with a decrease in the movement of the vehicle. Transmission oil pressure can be maintained by an electric oil pump. Method 2700 proceeds to 2726 after the vehicle brakes are applied.

At 2726, method 2700 evaluates whether or not vehicle acceleration or increased torque demand is requested. If method 2700 concludes that vehicle acceleration or increased torque demand is requested, the answer is yes, and method 2700 proceeds to 2728. Otherwise, method 2700 returns to 2724.

At 2728, method 2700 increases the torque supplied to the drive to the drive wheels and releases the brakes of the vehicle so that the vehicle can accelerate. The drive torque to the drive wheels can be increased by DISG or by the engine after starting the engine. The engine can be started by cranking the crankshaft using DISG or a starter with lower output power. Method 2700 proceeds to exit after the vehicle brakes are released.

As described herein, an engine shutdown or shutdown operation, such as when the vehicle is stopped or parked, can be used to save fuel. During such an operation, the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels may open. Therefore, when the vehicle is at rest, possibly on an incline uphill, the engine is often turned off to remain at rest. Thus, an alternative source of pressure, other than the engine, can be used to maintain the hydraulic pressure of the transmission while the engine is turned off. In some examples, an electric auxiliary pump can be used to maintain the hydraulic pressure of the transmission. In other examples, the DISG speed does not drop to zero when the vehicle stops, but is held at a low speed, typically well below idle (for example, 200-500 rpm) to maintain the hydraulic pressure of the transmission. Under these conditions, the torque at the output shaft of the torque converter is zero (since the input speed is zero) or is a value that may not be sufficient to prevent the vehicle from rolling back when the brake is released. One approach uses wheel brakes to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards; however, although effective in some cases, this can also lead to poor starting performance of the vehicle or require a grade sensor.

Another problem may be that when the driver depresses the brake pedal, one or both of the vehicle's brakes and regenerative braking can be applied based on operating conditions. For example, the braking torque generated by DISG during regenerative braking (with or without turning off the engine and an open clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels) can be balanced by the frictional moment of the wheel brake to provide the required deceleration rate, which corresponds to pressing the brake pedal. Since when the vehicle is stopped, the regenerative braking torque weakens to maintain the elevation holding function, most of the frictional braking torque must be “reserved”, thereby reducing the advantage of regenerative braking. Thus, alternative hill holding approaches may be desirable in order to increase the ability to use regenerative braking.

In one example, a torque converter-based automatic transmission may be equipped with a freewheel. Thus, if the pressure of the transmission oil is maintained while the vehicle is stationary, and if the transmission is held in gear (for example, as opposed to neutral), then the freewheel acts as a mechanical elevation holding device to protect the vehicle from rolling back when the vehicle is on a slope uphill. However, depending on the mass of the vehicle and the angle of inclination, keeping the transmission in a lower gear, for example, first gear, can only slow the vehicle back down when the brake is released on a steeper slope, for example, 6%. In this example, if the transmission is in first gear, the torque, which is a function of the sine of the slope and the mass of the vehicle, may be sufficient to overcome the holding torque of the freewheel. Thus, in one example, the transmission can be held in a gear that is higher than the first gear if it is required to prevent the vehicle from rolling back at a maximum deviation. For example, the transmission may shift to a higher gear before stopping so as to be able to be held at an elevated position, for example, based on the estimated slope during the movement of the vehicle.

Above a predefined slope, for example 6%, a longitudinal sensor-based slope detection system can be used to determine the slope. Thus, in some examples, the controller can determine whether the current slope exceeds the upper limit value and, if so, the braking system can be used in addition to assist in the elevation hold operation to prevent the vehicle from rolling back.

For heavier vehicles or vehicles that may have heavier loads, such as a truck on a car chassis, it may be useful to use multiple clutches in the transmission to increase the maximum holding torque of the transmission. Through the use of two or more couplings, while the vehicle is stationary, the transmission input is “tied” to the transmission housing. This approach can also be used as part of vehicle start-up technology with engine restart to profile the torque on the output shaft of the transmission while the vehicle breaks off the parking lot. Therefore, by maintaining the hydraulic pressure of the transmission while the vehicle is stopped and using the clutch (s) to hold the gear or to set the transmission in an attached state, the vehicle can be prevented from rolling back when the driver releases the brake.

Next, with reference to FIG. 28 shows a sequence for stopping the engine when the vehicle on which the engine is running is parked on a slope, according to the method of FIG. 27. The sequence of FIG. 28 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 28 represents the speed of the vehicle versus time. The Y axis represents the speed of the vehicle, and the speed of the vehicle increases in the direction of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The second graph from above in FIG. 28 is the slope of the road versus time. The Y axis represents the road gradient, and the road gradient increases in the direction of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. Horizontal line 2802 represents the first threshold slope. Horizontal line 2804 represents a second threshold slope that is larger than the first threshold slope.

The third graph from above in FIG. 28 is a transmission of a transmission versus time. The Y axis represents the transmission of the transmission, and corresponding transmission transmissions are identified along the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 28 represents the state of the engine versus time. The Y axis represents the state of the engine, and the engine is operational when the engine state curve is at the upper level. The engine is stopped when the engine state curve is at a low level. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 28 represents the state of vehicle brakes (e.g., the state of friction brakes) versus time. The Y axis represents the state of the brakes of the vehicle, and the brakes of the vehicle are depressed when the brakes state curve is at the upper level. The brakes are not applied when the condition of the brakes is low. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The sixth graph from above in FIG. 28 is a state of a brake pedal of a vehicle versus time. The Y axis represents the state of the vehicle brake pedal, and the vehicle brake pedal is depressed when the brake pedal status curve is at the upper level. The brake pedal is not depressed when the state of the brake pedal is at a low level. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

At time T ₅₃ , the vehicle speed is increased, the road gradient is near zero, and the transmission is in 5th gear, indicating that the vehicle is cruising at speed. The engine is running and the brake pedal and brakes are not applied.

Between time T ₅₃ and time T ₅₄ , the vehicle decelerates and downshifts from 5th gear to 1st gear in response to a lower torque requirement of a driver (not shown). The vehicle brake is depressed, as is the brake pedal. Shortly before time T ₅₄ , the transmission shifts to 2nd gear in response to a road gradient and a request to stop the engine after the vehicle is stopped.

At time T ₅₄ , the engine is stopped and the transmission is held in 2nd gear to increase the effective mass of the vehicle as represented with respect to the wheels of the vehicle. The brake pedal and vehicle brakes remain depressed; however, in some examples, after the vehicle is stopped, the brakes of the vehicle may be released when the brake pedal is depressed after the transmission is shifted to a higher gear. The road slope remains near zero and below the first slope threshold 2802.

At time T ₅₅ , the brake pedal is released by the driver. Vehicle brakes are released in response to releasing the brake pedal. The transmission also undergoes a downshift to first gear in order to improve the acceleration of the vehicle in response to the driver releasing the brakes. The engine also starts in response to the driver releasing the brake. The vehicle starts to accelerate shortly after the brake pedal is released, in response to an increase in the torque requirement of the driver.

Between time T ₅₅ and time T ₅₆ , the vehicle accelerates and then decelerates in response to the torque requirements of the driver and the application of the brake pedal and brakes, as indicated by the state of the brakes and the state of the brake pedal. The transmission also shifts from 1st to 5th gear while the vehicle is accelerating and decelerating. The road slope also increases, and is larger than the first threshold road slope 2802 at time T ₅₆ . The brake pedal and brakes are pressed by the driver to slow down the vehicle.

At time T ₅₆ , the vehicle stops and the transmission shifts down to 1st gear, as indicated by the vehicle and transmission speed curves. The engine continues to run when the vehicle stops.

At time T ₅₇ , the transmission is shifted upshift to 3rd gear in response to a vehicle slope greater than the first threshold slope 2802 and a request to stop the engine. Shifting the transmission increases the effective mass of the vehicle on the wheels of the vehicle, so that it is more difficult to roll off an increased incline. The engine stops shortly after the transmission is shifted uphill. The brake pedal and vehicle brakes remain pressed by the driver; however, in some examples, after the vehicle is stopped, the brakes of the vehicle may be released when the brake pedal is depressed after the transmission is shifted to a higher gear.

At time T ₅₈ , the driver releases the brake pedal and the brakes are released in response to releasing the brake pedal. The transmission downshifts from 3rd gear to 1st gear, and the engine starts as indicated by the state transition of the engine. The brakes and engine change state in response to releasing the brake pedal. The vehicle begins to accelerate shortly after the brake pedal is released, in response to an increase in the torque requirement of the driver (not shown).

Between time T ₅₈ and time T ₅₉ , the vehicle accelerates and then decelerates in response to the torque requirements of the driver and the application of the brake pedal and brakes, as indicated by the state of the brakes and the state of the brake pedal. The transmission also shifts from 1st to 5th gear while the vehicle is accelerating and decelerating. The road slope also increases, and is larger than the second threshold road slope 2804 at time T ₅₉ . The brake pedal and brakes are pressed by the driver to slow down the vehicle. The vehicle stops before time T ₅₉ .

At time T ₅₉ , the engine stops and the brakes of the vehicle are applied in response to the brake pedal, low demand torque and a road gradient that is greater than a threshold road gradient 2804. The brake pedal curve and the brake status curve are at the upper levels to indicate that both the brakes and the brake pedal are depressed.

At time T ₆₀ , the driver releases the brake pedal and the engine starts in response to the released brake pedal. The status of the brakes remains at the top level to indicate that the brakes are applied. The brakes remain depressed in response to a road gradient that is greater than the second road gradient threshold 2804 and a driver demand torque that is lower than a threshold torque (not shown). The vehicle is stationary, as indicated by the vehicle speed curve at zero.

At time T ₆₁ , the driver demand torque increases (not shown), and the vehicle brakes are released in response to increased driver demand torque. The vehicle also begins to accelerate in response to increased torque requirements of the driver, as indicated by the increasing speed of the vehicle.

Thus, the vehicle and drive wheels can respond to a change in the incline of the vehicle so that the vehicle remains substantially stationary when the engine is stopped while the vehicle is on a gradient. While the vehicle stops at increasing inclines, movement-decreasing measures gradually increase.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 27-28 provide a method for stopping a vehicle, the method comprising: activating an overdrive of a transmission in a certain gear in response to a road gradient when the vehicle is stationary; and automatically stopping the vehicle engine in response to vehicle conditions. The method includes those cases when the gear ratio increases as the slope of the road increases. The method includes those cases where automatic engine shutdown includes engine shutdown in response to low torque requirements of the driver. The method includes those cases where automatic engine shutdown further includes engine shutdown in response to vehicle speed. The method includes those cases where automatic engine shutdown includes engine shutdown in response to the state of the vehicle brake pedal. The method includes those cases when the transmission is shifted without a driver's request for a shift, and where the transmission is an automatic transmission. The method further comprises downshifting the transmission in response to an increasing torque of a driver's requirement after upshifting the transmission.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 27-28 also provide a method for stopping a vehicle, comprising: during a first condition, activating an overdrive of a transmission to a first gear ratio in response to a first road gradient when the vehicle is stationary; during the second condition, shifting the transmission into a second gear ratio in response to a second road gradient when the vehicle is stationary; and automatic engine shutdown in response to vehicle conditions. The method includes those cases where the first gear ratio is a lower gear ratio than the second gear ratio, and where the transmission is not in first gear when the transmission is shifted to the first gear ratio. The method further comprises downshifting the transmission in response to an increasing torque of the driver's requirement after upshifting the transmission during the first and second conditions.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the second road slope is larger than the first road slope. The method further comprises maintaining transmission oil pressure along with shifting the transmission. The method includes those cases when the engine stops before the transmission is switched and where the pressure of the transmission oil is maintained by means of a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method further comprises selecting a first gear ratio and a second gear ratio in response to the mass of the vehicle.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 27-28 provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; transmission in selective mechanical communication with the engine; and a controller including executable instructions stored in read-only memory for shifting the transmission into transmission in response to a road incline, while the vehicle in which the engine is running is stationary, the controller also includes instructions for applying vehicle brakes in response to the slope of the road. The vehicle system includes those cases when the engine stops before the transmission is switched and where the pressure of the transmission oil is maintained by means of a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for selecting a first gear ratio and a second gear ratio in response to the mass of the vehicle.

In some examples, the vehicle system further comprises additional commands for shifting the transmission into gear in response to increasing the torque demand of the driver after the vehicle is stationary. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for releasing the brakes of the vehicle in response to an increase in the torque requirement of the driver after the vehicle is stationary. The vehicle system includes those cases where the transmission is an automatic transmission.

Next, with reference to FIG. 29A and 29B, a flowchart of a method for providing braking of a vehicle by means of a drive to drive wheels of a vehicle is shown. The method of FIG. 29A and 29B may be stored as executable instructions in read-only memory in the system of FIG. 1-3.

At 2902, method 2900 determined operating conditions. Engine operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, vehicle speed, engine speed, brake pedal position, required drive torque of the drive wheels, DISG speed, and battery charge status. Method 2900 proceeds to 2904 after operating conditions are determined.

At 2904, method 2900 evaluates whether or not conditions are present for automatically stopping the engine. The engine may automatically stop in response to vehicle conditions, and not in response to an input device that has the sole function of starting and / or stopping engine rotation (for example, a two-position push button switch). For example, when the driver turns the engine stop key at the engine, the engine does not stop automatically. However, if the driver releases the accelerator pedal, which has the function of supplying drive torque consumption to the drive wheels, the engine may automatically stop in response to low torque consumption. If method 2900 concludes that conditions are present for automatically stopping the engine, the answer is yes, and method 2900 goes to 2906. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2900 goes to the output.

At 2906, method 2900 evaluates whether or not braking of the vehicle is requested by drive wheels. Braking of a vehicle by drive to the drive wheels may be requested during deceleration of the vehicle in order to reduce the amount of wheel braking used to decelerate the vehicle. For example, drive-wheel braking by means of an engine or DISG can be provided when the vehicle is descending from an elevation, so that a smaller amount of wheel braking can be used to decelerate the vehicle. In one example, method 2900 may conclude that drive braking is requested when the vehicle is accelerating and there is a low demand for drive torque on the drive wheels. If method 2900 concludes that drive-wheel braking is requested, the answer is yes, and method 2900 goes to 2910. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2900 goes to 2908.

At 2908, method 2900 delivers the required torque to the drive to the drive wheels via a DISG and / or motor. Positive engine torque can be supplied by the engine burning the fuel-air mixture and rotating the drive to the drive wheels. DISG can provide torque in response to the amount of current flowing into the DISG. Method 2900 transfers to the output after the required torque is supplied to the drive on the drive wheels.

At 2910, method 2900 evaluates whether or not the DISG is capable of delivering the required braking value of a vehicle without an engine. In one example, method 2900 evaluates whether or not the DISG has the ability to deliver the required amount of vehicle braking without engine braking, in response to the vehicle speed, the selected transmission, and the torque absorption capacity of the DISG. In particular, a table describing an empirically determined DISG torque absorption capacity is indexed by a DISG speed, which is determined by the vehicle speed and the selected gear. If method 2900 concludes that the DISG is capable of providing the required amount of braking by the drive to the drive wheels without the engine providing braking, the answer is yes, and method 2900 goes to 2916. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2900 goes to 2912.

At 2912, method 2900 rotates the engine without delivering fuel to the engine, and engine rotation loss is increased, so that braking of the drive wheels can increase. Loss of rotation of the engine can be increased by setting the valve distribution phases. In one example, the intake valves open near the top dead center of the intake stroke and the exhaust valves open early in the exhaust stroke (for example, before 90 degrees of the crankshaft angle after the top dead center of the compression stroke) to increase engine rotation loss and increase drive braking on driving wheels. The engine rotates by closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, which connects the motor to the remaining part of the drive to the drive wheels, as shown in FIG. 1-3. Method 2900 proceeds to 2914 after the engine rotates and engine rotation loss is increased.

At 2914, method 2900 converts the kinetic energy of a vehicle into electrical energy. In particular, DISG is driven into generator mode, where the rotational energy from the wheels of the vehicle is converted into electrical energy and stored in a battery or other energy storage device. In one example, the rotational energy provided by the drive to the drive wheels from the wheels of the vehicle, through the transmission, through the torque converter and on the DISG, is converted into electrical energy, generating electric current inside the stator. Electrical energy can then be stored in the energy storage device. Method 2900 returns to 2906 after the kinetic energy of the vehicle begins to be converted into electrical energy.

At 2916, method 2900 estimates whether or not the SOC of the energy storage device is greater than a threshold charge value. In one example, the SOC can be estimated based on the voltage on the energy storage device. If method 2900 concludes that the SOC of the energy storage device is larger than a threshold value, the answer is yes, and method 2900 proceeds to 2930. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2900 proceeds to 2918.

Additionally, at 2916, method 2900 may transition to 2930 when a driver requests increased drive braking. For example, if a driver presses a key to enter elevation descent mode, method 2900 proceeds to 2930 to increase braking by the drive to the drive wheels.

At 2918, method 2900 puts the DISG in a speed control mode from a torque control mode. In the speed control mode, the DISG output torque is adjusted in response to the DISG speed so that the DISG speed tends to the desired DISG speed. In one example, the DISG torque rises when the DISG speed is lower than the actual DISG speed. Similarly, the DISG torque is reduced when the DISG speed is greater than the actual DISG speed. The DISG is driven in a speed control mode so that the DISG can respond to deviations in the drive speed of the drive wheels caused by changes in torque. As a result, the torque converter pump wheel can rotate at the required constant speed during the gearshift clutch of the drive to the drive wheels, so that the torque transmitted through the torque converter is more constant. Thus, DISG reduces the disturbance of the drive torque to the drive wheels, which can be caused by opening the drive trip clutch. Method 2900 proceeds to 2920 after the DISG is set to a speed control mode.

At 2920, method 2900 stops the rotation of the engine, opening or disengaging the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and stopping the flow of fuel into the engine cylinders. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels can open before the flow of fuel into the engine cylinders stops, so that the combustion engine does not reduce the speed and torque of the drive to the drive wheels on the torque converter pump wheel. Method 2900 proceeds to 2922 after the rotation of the motor is stopped, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels starts to open.

At 2922, method 2900 adjusts the torque bearing capacity of the torque converter clutch (TCC) to suppress disturbances in the opening of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. When the drive mode for the drive wheels is switched to energy recovery mode, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels starts to open, and the instantaneous speed of the pump wheel can change as the amount of torque transmitted from the engine to the drive to the drive wheels changes. In one example, the TCC torque bearing capacity is modulated and adjusted to provide smooth transitions between state changes of the drive decoupling clutch. Essentially, a more consistent vehicle speed can be maintained when the drive trip clutch disengages. For example, if the speed of the torque converter pump wheel begins to decrease when the trip clutch opens, the TCC can be adjusted to slip with an increased value. Method 2900 proceeds to 2924 after the TCC is configured.

At 2924, method 2900 converts the kinetic energy of a vehicle into electrical energy, as described at 2914. Electric energy is directed to an electric energy conversion storage device, where it is held and can be used at a later time. The electrical energy conversion device may be a battery or a capacitor. Method 2900 proceeds to 2926 after the conversion of the kinetic energy of the vehicle into electrical energy begins.

At 2926, method 2900 goes into torque control mode after any disturbance from opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels has been mitigated. Method 2900 also adjusts the DISG to deliver negative torque to a value equal to that which the engine delivers during deceleration with the fuel shut off.

The amount of braking torque that the engine can give out can be determined empirically and stored in memory. The amount of engine braking may include settings for setting valve distribution phases, engine oil temperature, engine speed, throttle position, and barometric pressure. Settings can be added to the base braking torque of the engine, which is characterized at nominal settings for valve distribution phases, engine temperature, engine speed, throttle position and barometric pressure. For example, the engine braking torque can be determined at an engine oil temperature of 90 ° C, an engine speed of 1,500 rpm, a basic setting of valve distribution phases, a closed throttle and a barometric pressure of 100 kPa. The engine braking torque can be adjusted from the basic braking torque as operating conditions deviate from the basic conditions.

Current engine operating conditions (for example, oil temperature, valve distribution installation, etc.) are determined and are the basis for indexing empirically determined tables and / or functions that display the engine braking torque under current operating conditions. Once the engine braking torque is determined under current operating conditions, the DISG torque is adjusted to the engine braking torque. By adjusting the DISG torque to the engine braking torque, it may be possible to switch from braking torque output using DISG to providing braking torque by the non-DISG engine delivering braking torque when the SOC of the power conversion apparatus is greater than a threshold value.

Engine conditions can be continuously monitored so that negative or regenerative DISG torque can be corrected as engine operating conditions change. For example, if the temperature of the engine oil decreases and the friction in the engine increases, the negative torque DISG, which simulates the braking torque of the engine when the flow of fuel into the engine is stopped, may increase to reflect the change in engine braking torque. Method 2900 proceeds to 2928 after the DISG negative torque is set to the engine braking torque, when the engine rotates without supplying fuel to the engine, and when there is no combustion in the engine.

At 2928, method 2900 automatically activates and increases the selected electrical loads of the vehicle to extend the time that the DISG can continue to give braking torque. For example, if a vehicle rolls off a hill for an extended duration, the energy storage device may become fully charged so that it may not receive an additional charge. During such conditions, DISG may stop the charge from being supplied to the energy storage device in order to reduce the likelihood of degradation of the energy storage device. However, it may be possible for the DISG to continue to deliver a charge to the energy storage device if an additional charge is supplied to the vehicle systems so that the charge of the energy storage device does not increase.

In one example, the current supplied to the selected vehicle electric drive systems rises when the charge state of the energy storage device is greater than a threshold level. In other examples, the current supplied to the selected electrically powered vehicle systems rises when the charge supplied by the DISG to the battery is greater than the threshold charge value. In some examples, when the state of charge of the energy storage device is greater than the threshold level, the engine rotates, DISG stops working in the recovery mode, the current supplied to the selected vehicle electric systems continues until the charge of the energy storage device decreases to the second threshold level, and then, DISG returns to the recovery mode. The engine stops rotation when the charge of the energy storage device is less than the threshold level.

Selected vehicle-electric systems can be automatically commissioned and turned on or powered by more current than required. Selected vehicle power systems may include, but are not limited to, defrosting front and rear windshields, heating exhaust after-treatment devices, electric pumps and headlights. For example, front and rear windshield defrosters can be activated without notifying the driver so that the driver may not be aware that power is being consumed to extend DISG operation in recovery mode. In addition, the efficiency of the electric pump (e.g., fuel pump) can be increased by increasing the pump current without informing the driver. Similarly, exhaust system heaters and vehicle headlights can be activated to extend DISG operation in a recovery mode. Method 2900 returns to 2906 after the electrical loads are configured.

At 2930, method 2900 increases slippage on the torque converter clutch (TCC) if the TCC is locked. If the TCC is slippery, the slippage on the TCC is further increased. TCC slippage reduces the torque disturbances that can be introduced to the drive wheels by connecting and disconnecting the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. In one example, the TCC is set to slip control mode at 2934, and the TCC is modulated in response to changes in the speed of the torque converter pump wheel. Method 2900 proceeds to 2932 after slippage is configured on the TCC.

At 2932, method 2900 sets the DISG to the speed control mode after exiting the torque control mode and adjusts the DISG torque to maintain the DISG speed at a substantially constant value (e.g., ± 50 rpm of the DISG command speed). In one example, the DISG speed is compared with the desired DISG speed, and the current supplied to the DISG is adjusted in response to the difference between the DISG speed and the desired DISG speed. If the DISG speed is lower than the desired DISG speed, additional current is supplied to the DISG to increase the torque and speed of the DISG. If the DISG speed is greater than the desired DISG speed, the current supplied to the DISG is reduced to reduce the speed and torque of the DISG supplied to the drive wheels. Setting DISG in speed control mode allows DISG to control the drive torque of the drive wheels without causing changes to the drive speed of the drive wheels, which may be undesirable for the driver. Method 2900 proceeds to 2934 after the DISG is set to a speed control mode.

At 2934, method 2900 sets the TCC load-bearing capacity to a constant value or translates the control gain to a new value to control the slip of the TCC with a closed loop. For example, the torque control signal transmitted by the TCC via the torque converter is adjusted as the speed of the torque converter pump wheel changes to reduce drive disturbances to the drive wheels. In one example, the TCC slip value is adjusted according to the TCC transfer function, which outputs the duty cycle of the TCC control signal. The TCC transfer function is indexed based on the speed of the torque converter pump wheel and the speed of the torque converter turbine. Method 2900 proceeds to 2936 after the TCC load capacity is configured.

At 2936, method 2900 evaluates whether or not a starter other than DISG is present. In some embodiments, if a starter other than DISG is not available or is in a degraded state, method 2900 may evaluate the non-DISG starter as missing. If method 2900 concludes that a starter other than DISG is not present, the answer is no, and method 2900 goes to 2950. Otherwise, the answer is yes, and method 2900 goes to 2938.

At 2950, method 2900 at least partially closes the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, while the DISG is in the speed control mode to rotate the engine. In one example, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels closes to a position that provides the required number of revolutions of the crankshaft of the engine (for example, 250 revolutions per minute). The required cranking speed may vary depending on operating conditions and may be as high as the DISG speed in some embodiments. Closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels causes the drive torque to the drive wheels to be transmitted to the engine. Thus, the current supplied to the DISG can increase when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is engaged in order to maintain the rotational speed of the DISG. Thus, the torque transmitted through the torque converter can be maintained at a constant level, since the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter is constant. Method 2900 proceeds to 2952 after the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is at least partially closed.

At 2952, method 2900 provides spark and fuel to the engine cylinders to start the engine. In one example, fuel is delivered to the engine cylinders through direct injection fuel nozzles. Method 2900 proceeds to 2954 after a spark and fuel are supplied to the engine cylinders.

At 2954, method 2900 evaluates whether or not combustion in the engine cylinders occurs. In one example, method 2900 concludes that combustion is present in the engine cylinders when the engine output torque increases. An increase in engine speed may be a sign of combustion in the engine cylinders. In one example, combustion in engine cylinders can be detected using pressure sensors in the cylinders. If method 2900 determines that combustion is present in the engine cylinders, the answer is yes, and method 2900 goes to 2956. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 2900 returns to 2954.

At 2956, method 2900 opens the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and adjusts the DISG torque. Opening the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels can reduce the amount of torque transmitted from the DISG and the drive to the drive wheels to start the engine when the drive decoupling clutch is disengaged before the engine starts to generate more torque to accelerate the engine to DISG speed . Opening the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels also reduces the amount of torque provided by the drive to the drive wheels to accelerate the engine. Therefore, the torque of the DISG can be reduced to maintain the DISG at a constant speed when the clutch for releasing the drive to the drive wheels is released. In examples where the kinetic energy of the vehicle is a rotational DISG, the amount of torque absorbed by the DISG can be adjusted. Method 2900 proceeds to 2940 after the drive-drive decoupling clutch is open.

At 2938, method 2900 rotates the engine through a starter other than DISG. In one example, the starter has lower output power than DISG, and the starter selectively engages the flywheel with the engine crankshaft. The starter produces an engine speed of less than 250 revolutions per minute. Spark and fuel are also provided to the engine at 2938. Method 2900 proceeds to 2940 after the engine starts to rotate.

At 2940, method 2900 accelerates the engine speed to a speed synchronous with DISG. The engine accelerates by adjusting the fuel supply, spark ignition and the amount of air in the cylinder at the engine cylinders. Method 2900 proceeds to 2942 after the engine speed reaches the DISG speed.

At 2942, method 2900 holds the engine speed at DISG and provides substantially zero effective effective torque (e.g., ± 10 ∙ N) outside the engine crankshaft. In other words, the engine torque is set just high enough to overcome engine losses and rotate the engine at DISG speed. Method 2900 proceeds to 2944 after the effective engine torque is substantially zero.

At 2944, method 2900 closes the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. Essentially no torque is transmitted between the drive to the drive wheels and the engine when the drive release coupling to the drive wheels closes, so that a smooth transition between the idle engine and the running engine is ensured. The motor is driven substantially at a speed of DISG (for example, ± 25 revolutions per minute) when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed. Method 2900 proceeds to 2946 after the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed.

At 2946, method 2900 gradually reduces the combustion torque in the engine (for example, the engine torque provided by combustion), and then the fuel injection stops, so that the engine is not rotating at its own power. The torque on the output shaft of the engine is gradually reduced by reducing the amount of air in the cylinders and the amount of fuel in the cylinders. In addition, engine rotation loss is increased by setting the valve timing of the engine. For example, cylinder inlet valves may open near the top dead center of the intake stroke, and cylinder exhaust valves may open between the top dead center of the compression stroke and 45 degrees of the crankshaft angle after the top dead center of the compression stroke to increase engine rotation loss. Valves of other engine cylinders may be actuated in a similar manner. The negative torque generated by DISG during the recovery can be reduced to smooth the transition from the engine that produces the combustion torque and the engine that provides braking torque during the fuel shutoff. In addition, the negative torque of the DISG can be adjusted to maintain a constant speed of the torque converter pump wheel while the DISG converts kinetic energy into electrical energy. Thus, a rotating motor can increase the load applied to the drive on the drive wheels to provide the required amount of braking by the drive on the drive wheels with respect to the vehicle. Method 2900 proceeds to 2948 after the combustion torque in the engine is gradually reduced.

In one example, the amount of regenerative torque requested by DISG must be compatible with the amount of engine braking torque currently available, as described at 2926. The engine braking torque can be estimated based on engine oil temperature, friction, and pumping the engine at the current speed of the pump wheel. Once the system is rebuilt for engine braking, the actual engine braking can be compared with the estimated engine braking, and a correction is made with respect to the assessment. Thus, the vehicle can slow down at the same pace for both engine braking and regenerative braking when the brake pedal is not depressed.

At 2948, method 2900 keeps the DISG torque substantially constant and returns the TCC to closed-loop slip control. For example, the TCC command signal may be tuned to provide the desired speed difference between the torque converter pump wheel and the torque converter turbine. Method 2900 returns to 2906 after the TCC returns to closed loop slip control mode.

In an alternate example, engine rotation may begin, and the engine may be denied fuel and spark, while the engine spins up to DISG. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels initially closes by a small amount, and a higher level of slippage is present on the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels. DISG can be transferred from the state of the generator to the state of the electric motor to reduce any disturbance of the drive torque to the drive wheels as the accelerating engine generates additional negative torque to the drive to the drive wheels. Additional pressure is applied to the drive decoupling clutch to increase the negative torque exerted by the motor into the drive wheels. The DISG torque is adjustable while the DISG is in speed control mode to deliver the required braking level to the drive wheels. In one example, the DISG current is tuned to produce the desired vehicle deceleration rate.

In yet another example, 2936-2956 can be replaced by the step where the engine is at zero rotation, while the braking of the vehicle by means of friction brakes (e.g. wheel brakes) is increased without driver input while the torque absorption DISG decreases (for example, with the conversion of mechanical rotation energy into electrical energy). The frictional braking force can be increased in proportion to the decrease in braking by the drive to the DISG drive wheels. Thus, the vehicle brakes are applied automatically, while the braking by the drive to the drive wheels provided by DISG is reduced.

Thus, the method of FIG. 29A-B provides braking by the drive to the drive wheels so that fuel can be saved by converting kinetic energy into electrical energy. Furthermore, the method can reduce perturbations of the drive torque of the drive wheels by controlling DISG, TCC and other components of the drive of the drive wheels.

Next, with reference to FIG. 30, an exemplary sequence for providing vehicle braking by means of a drive to the drive wheels according to the method of FIG. 29A-B. The sequence of FIG. 30 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 30 represents the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine versus time. The Y axis represents the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine, and the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The second graph from above in FIG. 30 represents the number of revolutions of the engine as a function of time. The Y axis represents the engine speed, and the engine speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The third graph of FIG. 30 represents the pressing force of the torque converter clutch (TCC) versus time. The Y axis represents the pressing force of TCC, and the pressing force of TCC increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 30 represents the torque of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels versus time. The Y axis represents the torque of the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels, and the torque of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 30 represents the torque on the DISG output shaft versus time. The Y axis represents the torque at the DISG output shaft, and the torque at the DISG output shaft increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The sixth graph from above in FIG. 30 represents engine torque versus time. The Y axis represents the engine torque, and the engine torque increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

At time T ₆₂ , the engine is stopped, the turbine speed is increased, and the DISG is giving a negative (eg braking) moment to the drive to the drive wheels. The TCC clutch is locked and the drive decoupling clutch is open and does not transmit torque.

At time T ₆₃ , the slip of the torque converter clutch increases in response to a request to restart the engine. The request to restart the engine is based on increasing the torque requirement of the driver (not shown). TCC strength decreases as torque converter clutch slip increases. The engine speed remains constant, the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels remains open, and DISG is charging the battery and supplying negative drive torque to the drive wheels.

Between the time T ₆₃ and the time T ₆₄ , the DISG switches from the torque control mode to the speed control mode in response to increasing the torque demand of the driver. DISG is then tuned to the desired speed. TCC can also be adjusted to provide a constant amount of slippage.

At time T ₆₄ , the drive wheel decoupling clutch is at least partially closed to start the engine. The DISG torque rises from negative torque to zero torque, and then it turns positive to give out torque to start the engine. The amount of torque DISG depends on the amount of torque used to rotate the crankshaft of the engine. The engine speed rises as a spark and fuel are supplied to the engine while the engine rotates.

Between the time T ₆₄ and the time T ₆₅ , the torque on the engine output shaft increases, and the combustion torque accelerates the engine. DISG is put back into braking mode, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels opens in response to combustion in the engine. Opening the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels allows the engine to accelerate to the DISG speed without affecting the drive torque to the drive wheels.

At time T ₆₅ , the drive decoupling clutch closes in response to the engine speed reaching the DISG speed. Closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels after the engine reaches the DISG speed can reduce the disturbance of the drive torque to the drive wheels. The engine torque is also reduced by reducing the throttle opening value or by adjusting the valve timing of the cylinder.

At time T ₆₆ , the engine is put into deceleration mode with shut off fuel, where the engine rotates without fuel, and without burning the fuel-air mixture. The engine gives a braking moment when it rotates without fuel. The engine braking torque can be adjusted by adjusting the pressure in the intake manifold using a throttle or cylinder valves. DISG also switches back to torque control mode.

Thus, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 provide for controlling braking of the drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing braking of the drive to the drive wheels by an electric machine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped; and starting the rotation of the engine in response to a state of charge of the battery exceeding a threshold value. Thus, engine braking can intercept DISG braking when the charge of the energy storage device is greater than a threshold value (e.g., fully charged). The method further comprises automatically stopping the engine and opening the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels between the engine and the electric machine, while the engine is stopped, and furthermore, provides the engine braking torque to the wheels after starting the engine rotation, and where the drive decoupling clutch the wheels are at least partially open to rotate the engine.

In one example, the method further comprises driving the electric machine in a speed control mode along with converting the kinetic energy of the vehicle to electrical energy. The method further comprises increasing the slip of the torque converter clutch during engine rotation, while the engine speed is less than the engine idle speed. The method includes those cases when the engine is rotated by means of a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is engaged to connect the engine to the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method further comprises driving the electric machine in a speed control mode and adjusting the torque of the electric machine to maintain the drive speed of the drive wheels with substantially constant torque.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for controlling the braking of the drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels by means of the first electric machine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped; starting the rotation of the engine in response to a state of charge of the battery exceeding the threshold value in cases where the rotation of the engine is performed by the second electric machine. The method includes those cases when the second electric machine is not connected to the engine before the rotation command of the engine is issued. The method includes those cases when the first electric machine is not mechanically attached to the engine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped.

In one example, the method includes those cases where the second electric machine disengages from the engine after the engine speed reaches the threshold speed. The method further comprises locking the drive trip clutch onto the drive wheels when the engine speed is substantially equal to the first electric machine. The method further comprises increasing the slip of the torque converter clutch during closing of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the bearing capacity for the output power of the second electric machine is lower than the bearing capacity for the output power of the first electric machine.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel (DMF), including a first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a starter other than DISG, including the base state, where the starter is not engaged with the engine; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including constant commands executed to automatically stop the engine, provide braking by the drive to the drive wheels using DISG, while the rotation of the engine is stopped, the rotation of the stopped engine by means of a starter other than DISG, when the DISG is a braking drive on drive wheels, and when the state of charge of the battery is greater than the threshold level.

In some examples, the vehicle system further comprises additional commands to increase the slip of the torque converter clutch when the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels is at least partially closed. The vehicle system further comprises locking the drive decoupling clutch onto the drive wheels after the engine is started. The vehicle system includes those cases where the DISG has a bearing capacity for power output greater than the starter, other than DISG. The vehicle system further comprises a torque converter clutch and additional commands to increase the slip of the torque converter clutch while closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The vehicle system includes those cases where the DISG is supplying a charge to the energy storage device while providing braking drive to the drive wheels.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for controlling the braking of the drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels by an electric machine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped; and adjusting the torque of the electric machine in response to the state of the engine. The method includes those cases where the state of the engine is oil temperature. The method includes those cases where the state of the engine is to set the valve valve phases of the engine. The method includes those cases where the state of the engine is the temperature of the engine coolant. The method includes those cases where the state of the engine is the estimated braking torque of the engine. The method includes those cases when braking by the drive to the drive wheels is provided by driving an electric machine in generator mode. The method includes those cases where the torque of the electric machine changes as the state of the engine changes.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for controlling the braking of the drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels by an electric machine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped; and adjusting the torque of the electric machine based on the engine braking torque. The method includes those cases where the braking torque of the engine is estimated based on the temperature of the engine oil. The method includes those cases where the braking torque of the engine is estimated based on the rotational speed of the electric machine. The method includes those cases where the torque of an electric machine is a negative torque. The method includes those cases when the electric machine is in generator mode. The method includes those cases when the braking torque of the engine is the braking torque of the deceleration with the closed fuel. The method includes those cases when the braking torque of the engine is based on the position of the throttle.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel (DMF), including a first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a starter other than DISG, including the base state, where the starter is not engaged with the engine; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including constant commands executed for automatically stopping the engine, providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels using DISG, while the rotation of the engine is stopped, and adjusting the torque DISG to the engine braking torque along with providing braking to the drive on the drive wheels .

In some examples, the vehicle system further comprises additional commands for accelerating the engine to a speed of DISG. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands to reduce the negative torque generated by the DISG in response to the negative torque provided by the engine to the drive wheels. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for starting the engine through a starter other than DISG. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for stopping combustion in the engine cylinders after starting the engine. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for adjusting engine braking after the cessation of combustion in the engine cylinders.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for controlling the braking of the drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels by an electric machine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped; and automatically commissioning the device for consuming energy generated by the electric machine, while the electric machine provides braking drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the device is activated in response to a charge state of the electricity storage device exceeding a threshold level.

In one example, the method includes those cases where the device is a heating device. The method includes cases where the heating device is a window defrost. The method includes cases where the heating device is a heater of the exhaust device. The method includes those cases when the device is a pump. The method includes those cases where the pump is a fuel injection pump.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for controlling the braking of the drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels by an electric machine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped; and increasing the current supplied to the device, while the electric machine provides braking drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the increase in current is based on the amount of charge generated by the electric machine. The method includes those cases when the electric machine is the one that gives out charge to the energy storage device, while the electric machine is capable of braking the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the increase in current is based on the state of charge of the energy storage device. The method includes those cases when the device is a pump. The method includes those cases when the device is a heater. The method includes those cases when the device is a headlight.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for controlling the braking of the drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels by an electric machine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped; automatic commissioning of a device for consuming energy generated by an electric machine, while the electric machine provides braking drive to the drive wheels; engine rotation in response to a state of charge of the energy storage device; and stopping the rotation of the engine when the state of charge of the energy storage device is less than a threshold level.

In one example, the method includes those cases in which a device for consuming a charge provided by an electric machine is a device having an operating state that is not visible or audible to the driver. The method includes those cases where the device for consuming the charge generated by the electric machine is a heater. The method includes cases where the heater generates heat in the surrounding air. The method includes cases where the heater generates heat to the exhaust system. The method further comprises stopping the braking of the drive to the drive wheels by an electric machine when the engine is rotating.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for controlling the braking of the drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels by an electric machine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped; driving an electric machine in speed control mode in response to a request to provide braking by the drive to the drive wheels by means of an engine; engine starting; acceleration of the engine to the speed of the electric machine; and closing the open drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to an engine speed substantially equal to that of the electric machine. The method includes those cases when the engine is started by means of a starter other than an electric machine.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the request to provide braking by the drive to the drive wheels by the engine is based on the state of charge of the energy storage device. The method includes those cases where the request to provide braking by the drive to the drive wheels by means of the engine occurs in response to the state of charge of the energy storage device, which is greater than the threshold value of the charge. The method further comprises adjusting the slip of the torque converter clutch in response to closing the open clutch of the drive decoupling to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the slip of the torque converter clutch increases. The method includes those cases when an electric machine provides torque to start the engine.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for controlling the braking of the drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels by an electric machine, while the rotation of the engine is stopped; engine start and rotation; fuel injection into the engine; acceleration of the engine to the speed of the electric machine; and stopping the injection of fuel into the engine and providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels by means of the engine, while the electric machine produces less current than the threshold value. The method further comprises closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to an engine speed that is substantially equal to the speed of the electric machine.

In one example, the method further comprises driving the electric machine in a speed control mode while closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The method further comprises increasing the slip of the torque converter clutch during closing of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the engine starts in response to a charge of the energy storage device exceeding the threshold charge. The method includes those cases when the torque of the electric machine decreases in response to the braking torque of the engine, increasing after interruption of fuel injection into the engine. The method includes those cases when the engine is started by means of a starter other than an electric machine.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 29-30 also provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel (DMF), including a first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a starter other than DISG, including the base state, where the starter is not engaged with the engine; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including constant commands executed to automatically stop the engine, provide braking by the drive to the drive wheels using DISG, while the engine is stopped, starting the engine in response to a state of charge of the energy storage device, stopping combustion in the engine, while the engine is rotating, and providing braking drive to the drive wheels through the engine. Thus, the system can convert electric braking by a drive to drive wheels into mechanical braking by a drive to drive wheels.

In some examples, the vehicle system further comprises additional commands for accelerating the engine to a speed of DISG. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels when the engine speed is substantially equal to the DISG speed. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for starting the engine through a starter other than DISG. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for stopping combustion in the engine cylinders after starting the engine. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for adjusting engine braking after the cessation of combustion in the engine cylinders.

Next, with reference to FIG. 31 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting a play of a drive to drive wheels during a vehicle braking provided by a drive to drive wheels of a vehicle. The method of FIG. 31 may be stored as executable instructions in read-only memory in the system of FIG. 1-3.

At 3102, method 3100 evaluates whether or not the engine is turned off and whether or not the DISG is in recovery mode (for example, where DISG is converting the kinetic energy of a vehicle into electrical energy). In one example, an engine may be judged to have stopped rotation when the engine speed is zero. DISG can be determined to be in recovery mode when current flows from DISG, and DISG provides negative torque to the drive to the drive wheels. If method 3100 concludes that the motor is not rotating and the DISG is in recovery mode, the answer is yes, and method 3100 proceeds to 3104. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3100 proceeds to exit.

At 3104, method 3100 shifts a transmission into a transmission that allows the DISG speed to remain below the base DISG speed. The basic DISG speed is the speed below which the DISG can deliver the rated torque (for example, the maximum DISG torque). If the DISG speed is greater than the base DISG speed, the DISG torque is inversely proportional to the DISG speed. Thus, if the DISG speed is greater than the base DISG speed, the transmission may be subjected to upshift so that the DISG speed is lower than the DISG base speed. If the vehicle speed is such that the DISG speed cannot be reduced to less than the base DISG speed by activating the overdrive transmission, the transmission can shift to a gear that allows DISG to rotate at the speed closest to the base DISG speed. Additionally, in some examples, the DISG may be set to a speed control mode of 3104 instead of waiting for an increase in the torque requirement of the driver. Method 3100 proceeds to 3106 after the transmission is shifted, so that the DISG speed is near or less than the base DISG speed.

At 3106, method 3100 evaluates whether or not there is a request for increased positive drive torque to the drive wheels. A request for increased positive drive torque to the drive wheels may occur in response to increasing driver demand torque. Torque requirements of the driver can be determined by the accelerator pedal or from the controller. If method 3100 concludes that there is a request for increased positive torque of the drive to the drive wheels (for example, to accelerate the vehicle), the answer is yes, and method 3100 goes to 3108. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3100 returns to 3104 .

At 3108, method 3100 adjusts the torque converter clutch (TCC) bearing capacity. In one example, the TCC bearing capacity is adjusted to the required torque on the output shaft of the torque converter minus the amount of torque that the torque converter would generate with a fully open TCC. The amount of torque that the transformer would generate with a fully open TCC can be determined by the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter and the speed of the turbine of the torque converter. In particular, the speed of the torque converter pump wheel and the speed of the torque converter turbine index a function or table stored in a memory that outputs the torque output of the torque converter based on the speed of the torque converter pump wheel and the speed of the torque converter turbine. Once the TCC bearing capacity is determined, it is output to the TCC. Method 3100 proceeds to 3110 after the TCC load bearing capacity is configured.

At 3110, DISG is put into a speed control mode from a torque control mode. In speed control mode, the DISG torque is adjusted to give the desired DISG speed. The required DISG speed may be constant, or it may vary depending on the operating conditions of the vehicle. Method 3100 proceeds to 3112 after DISG is put into speed control mode.

At 3112, method 3100 adjusts the DISG speed to adjust torque on the output shaft of the torque converter. In particular, the torque of the torque converter is tuned from negative torque to positive torque by adjusting the DISG speed. In one example, the desired torque profile on the output shaft of the torque converter is stored in memory and retrieved during the transition from braking by the drive to the drive wheels (e.g., negative drive torque to the drive wheels) to accelerate the drive to drive wheels (e.g., positive torque drive wheel drive). The required torque profile on the output shaft of the torque converter prescribes the torque on the output shaft of the torque converter based on a change in the torque requirement of the driver and the current transmission of the transmission. The required torque on the output shaft of the torque converter and the speed of the turbine are entered into a function or table that displays the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter. The table or function describes the transfer function of the torque converter. DISG is instructed to rotate the pump wheel of the torque converter so that the torque converter produces the required torque on the output shaft of the torque converter. After the DISG fulfills the required torque converter output profile, the DISG torque is adjusted to provide the required driver demand torque. Thus, the speed of the DISG is controlled as a function of the speed of the torque converter turbine and the required return of the torque converter. In other words, the actual torque at the output of the torque converter is regulated as a function of the speed of the pump wheel and the speed of the torque converter turbine.

In an alternative example, the DISG speed adjusts the torque on the output shaft of the torque converter, changing the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter relative to the speed of the torque converter turbine. In particular, DISG increases the torque at the output shaft of the torque converter from negative torque to positive torque by increasing the speed of the DISG. Torque on the output shaft of the torque converter increases rapidly to reduce the play between the gears of the transmission and the drive to the drive wheels. The torque on the output shaft of the torque converter decreases as the play between the gear pairs decreases, so that the impact of the gear tooth on the gear tooth can be weakened.

For example, the gear backlash going from the gear tooth to the gear tooth is adjusted by adjusting the torque on the output shaft of the torque converter as a function of the estimated speed from the gear tooth to the gear tooth. In one example, from the speed of a gear tooth to the speed of a gear tooth, is the difference between the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine and either the output speed of the transmission or the speed of the wheels. The difference between the rotational speeds between the turbine rotational speed and the transmission output rotational speed or the wheel rotational speed is relatively small until the twisting of the drive shafts to the drive wheels is weakened. The positive torque on the output shaft of the torque converter is increased by increasing the speed of the DISG in response to a small difference in speed between the speed of the torque converter turbine and the output speed of the transmission or wheel speed. The output speed of the DISG fast rises when the difference between the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine and the output speed of the transmission or wheel speed is small, so that the gear teeth are separated. The difference in rotational speeds will increase as the teeth of the gears move from being in contact to no being in contact. The DISG speed decreases as the difference between the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine and the output speed of the transmission or wheel speed increases so that the impact force between the gear pairs can be reduced.

In one example, as soon as the rotational speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter minus the rotational speed of the output shaft of the transmission or the rotational speed of the wheels exceeds the threshold rotational speed, the DISG rotational speed is reduced to reduce the force of impact of the tooth against the tooth. The DISG speed increases after the difference between the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine and the output speed of the transmission or the wheel speed is lower than the threshold speed so that the gear teeth remain in contact after switching from a negative drive torque to the drive wheels to a positive drive wheel drive torque. Method 3100 proceeds to 3114 after the DISG backlash setting begins.

At 3114, method 3100 evaluates whether or not gear play is reduced to less than a threshold value. In one example, the gear backlash is determined to be less than the threshold when a positive torque was applied to the drive on the drive wheels, and the difference between the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine and the output speed of the transmission or the speed of the wheels is less than the threshold level. If method 3100 concludes that the gear backlash is reduced to less than a threshold value, the answer is yes, and method 3100 proceeds to 3116. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3100 returns to 3112.

At 3116, method 3100 increases the torque on the DISG output shaft. Since the DISG is in speed control mode, the torque on the DISG output shaft may increase in response to the drive torque to the drive wheels transmitted to the engine and reduce the drive speed to the drive wheels. In other words, the positive DISG torque may increase as the DISG speed decreases from the desired DISG speed. In yet another example, the DISG output torque may increase, while the DISG is in the speed control mode by increasing the DISG torque based on the torque of the drive decoupling clutch (for example, the amount of torque transmitted from the DISG to the engine via DISG). The required torque of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels can be stored in the memory in a function or table, and an increase in torque is applied to the DISG when the motor is restarted in response to the closing of the trip clutch. Method 3100 proceeds to 3118 after the torque on the DISG output shaft is set to start the engine.

At 3118, method 3100 restarts the engine. The engine is restarted by at least partially closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and supplying sparks and fuel to the engine. In some examples, closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels and increasing the torque on the DISG output shaft can occur simultaneously so that any disturbance in the drive torque to the drive wheels can be attenuated. Method 3100 proceeds to 3120 after the engine starts.

At 3120, method 3100 suppresses motor torque disturbances that may be output to drive wheels. For example, during engine start-up, the engine may consume drive torque to the drive wheels in order to accelerate during start-up. Motor torque perturbations can be suppressed in response to a change in drive speed of the drive wheels in the DISG. Since the DISG is in the speed control mode and is tracking the desired speed, the DISG torque may increase when the engine consumes the drive torque of the drive wheels and slows the drive to drive wheels. Additionally, if the engine accelerates and delivers torque to the drive to the drive wheels after starting, the DISG torque may decrease, so that the effective torque applied to the drive to the drive wheels by DISG and the engine remains substantially constant (e.g., ± 30 N Um). Thus, the drive speed of the drive wheels can be controlled in a closed-loop manner by adjusting the DISG torque.

In yet another example, perturbations of the drive torque to the drive wheels can be suppressed by means of the DISG open-loop torque settings. For example, when the trip clutch starts to close, the DISG torque may increase while the DISG is in speed control mode. In particular, the torque of the DISG can be adjusted by adding the torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive torque command of the DISG. The DISG torque command is further adjusted in response to the DISG speed. Thus, if the torque of the drive decoupling clutch is underestimated or overestimated, the DISG speed control loop will eliminate the error of the drive decoupling torque of the drive on the drive wheels that has been added to the DISG torque. Perturbations of the drive torque to the drive wheels, suppressed during engine start, can be suppressed between the time when the crankshaft of the engine begins to crank, until the engine reaches the DISG speed, and the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels is not fully closed. Method 3100 proceeds to 3122 after disturbances of the drive to the drive wheels during engine start are suppressed.

At 3122, method 3100 provides the required torque to drive wheels. The required torque can only be output by means of DISG, exclusively by means of an engine or by means of an engine and DISG. In one example, DISG torque and engine torque are output as fractions of the torque requirement of the driver, which is determined by the accelerator pedal. For example, if the driver's demand torque is determined to be 100 N⋅m on the torque converter pump wheel, the engine can give out 80% of the driver's demand torque or 80 N⋅m while the DISG produces 20% or 20 N⋅m, so 100 N⋅m are given to the pump wheel of the torque converter. Method 3100 transfers to the output after the required torque is supplied to the drive on the drive wheels.

It should be noted that, in some examples, 3116-3120 can occur simultaneously with 3108-3114, so that the drive torque to the drive wheels can be responsive to the torque requirements of the driver. Switching the transmission to a transmission that allows DISG to operate below the base DISG speed may increase the likelihood that the DISG has a torque bearing capacity to restart the engine and at the same time mitigate the impact of gears from the play of the gears of the drive on the drive wheels.

Next, with reference to FIG. 32, an exemplary sequence for mitigating the impact of the play of the drive gears on the drive wheels according to the method of FIG. 31. The sequence of FIG. 32 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 32 is the speed of the vehicle versus time. The Y axis represents the vehicle speed, and the vehicle speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The second graph from above in FIG. 32 represents the torque requirements of the driver versus time. The Y axis represents the driver demand torque, and the driver demand torque increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The third graph from above in FIG. 32 represents the state of the engine versus time. The Y axis represents the state of the engine, and the engine is rotating when the state curve of the engine is at the upper level. The engine stopped rotating when the engine state curve is at a low level. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph of FIG. 32 represents a torque converter clutch (TCC) duty cycle. The Y axis represents the TCC duty cycle, and the TCC duty cycle increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The closing force of TCC increases as the TCC duty cycle increases. The TCC can transmit less torque between the DISG and the transmission, while the TCC duty cycle increases because torque multiplication of the torque converter may decrease. The TCC is blocked (for example, the speed of the torque converter pump wheel is equal to the speed of the torque converter turbine) when the TCC curve is near the arrow of the Y axis.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 32 is a transmission of a transmission versus time. The Y axis represents the transmission of the transmission, and specific transmission of the transmission are indicated along the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The sixth graph from above in FIG. 32 represents the speed of DISG versus time. The Y axis represents the rotational speed of the DISG, and the rotational speed of the DISG increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents the time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The horizontal line 3202 represents the base speed of the DISG.

At time T ₆₈ , the vehicle speed is at a higher level, as is the torque requirement of the driver. The engine is a working and burning fuel-air mixture. The TCC is locked as indicated by the TCC duty cycle near the Y-axis label. The transmission is in fifth gear and the DISG speed is at an average level and above the base DISG speed 3202.

At time T ₆₉ , the driver's demand torque is reduced to a low value, for example, in response to the driver releasing the accelerator pedal. Vehicle speed, driver demand torque, engine condition, TCC duty cycle, transmission gear and DISG speed remain at similar levels as at time T ₆₈ . However, DISG moves from generating positive torque and consuming electrical energy to creating negative torque and generating electrical energy. Fuel supply and sparks to the engine also stop, so that the engine slows down but continues to spin without taking fuel.

Between time T ₆₉ and time T ₇₀ , the vehicle speed decreases, as does the speed of the DISG. The engine continues to rotate, as indicated by the state of the engine remaining at the upper level, and the TCC duty cycle also remains at the upper level, where the TCC is locked. The transmission remains in 5th gear, and the driver's torque requirement remains low.

At time T ₇₀ , the rotation of the engine is stopped in response to a low torque requirement of the driver, as indicated by a flag sign of the state of the engine moving to a lower level. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels (not shown) is opened, and DISG is put into speed control in response to an engine stop. DISG speed and vehicle speed continue to decline, and the transmission remains in 5th gear.

Between the time T ₇₀ and the time T ₇₁ , the vehicle speed and the DISG speed continue to decrease. In this example, the transmission engages a downshift when downshifting allows the DISG speed to remain at the base DISG speed. DISG speed is given a command for the speed based on the torque requirement of the driver, vehicle speed and gear selected. For example, the transmission is held in 5th gear and the DISG speed is reduced to less than the base DISG speed. The DISG speed continues to decrease to a threshold speed at which the DISG will be below the base DISG speed if the transmission is in 4th gear. The transmission shifts down to 4th gear when the DISG speed is lower than the threshold speed, and the DISG speed rises to a speed that is based on the DISG speed before shifting and a new gear ratio.

In some examples, during the start of a vehicle deceleration or a decrease in driver demand torque, the current DISG speed may be greater than the base DISG speed. In these cases, the transmission may be subjected to upshifting at the beginning of vehicle deceleration or in response to a decrease in the torque requirement of the driver, so that the speed of the DISG is reduced to less than the base frequency of the DISG. By reducing the DISG speed to a lower than the base DISG speed, it may be possible to output torque from the DISG to restart the engine and reduce the impact of the gear tooth against the gear tooth, which is caused by gear play. Transmission gears are downshifted at times that allow the DISG speed to remain lower than the base DISG speed.

The TCC duty cycle also decreases in response to the state of the drive decoupling clutch (not shown), vehicle speed and driver demand. The TCC pressing force and the TCC duty cycle are modulated to reduce the disturbance in the torque inside the drive on the drive wheels, which may occur as a result of the drive clutch being released on the drive wheels. The engine remains stopped, as indicated by the state of the engine at a lower level. The torque requirements of the driver also remain low.

It should also be mentioned that the teeth of the gears of the drive to the drive wheels can be translated from the transmission of torque from the front surfaces of the gear teeth to the rear surfaces of the gear teeth as the drive to the drive wheels moves from generating positive torque to generate negative torque or braking torque . Impact of gear teeth may occur when the drive to the drive wheels goes back to generate positive torque if the transition is not controlled as required.

At time T ₇₁ , the driver demand torque rises in response to an input from a driver or controller. The speed of the DISG is increased in order to separate the teeth in the drive into the drive wheels. DISG accelerates as a function of the speed difference from the gear tooth to the gear tooth. In particular, DISG accelerates at a faster pace when the gear teeth are at the same speed in order to separate the teeth.

At time T ₇₂ , the acceleration of the DISG decreases, and the DISG can slow down as the speed difference between the gear teeth increases. Slowing the DISG can weaken the impact force of the gear tooth on the gear tooth by reducing the speed between the gear teeth. Shortly after time T ₇₂ , the acceleration of the DISG increases after the gap or backlash between the gear teeth has been eliminated. By waiting to accelerate the DISG until after the gear teeth are in contact, it may be possible to reduce perturbations of the drive torque to the drive wheels and provide smoother transitions from negative to positive torque. The slipping and pressing force TCC between the time T ₇₁ and the time T ₇₃ is also adjusted and / or modulated to attenuate the torque disturbances in the drive to the drive wheels. The torque from the DISG starts to accelerate the vehicle, and the DISG enters the speed control mode.

At time T ₇₃ , a spark and fuel are supplied to the engine, and the drive trip clutch of the drive wheels closes so that the engine restarts. The TCC duty cycle and clamping force are modulated to reduce any disturbance in the torque in the drive to the drive wheels, which may occur due to the closure of the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels during engine start-up. The TCC locks after the engine is started in order to improve the drive efficiency of the drive wheels. In addition, the transmission starts gear shifting to accelerate the vehicle.

Thus, the play and the impact between the teeth of the drive gears on the drive wheels can be reduced when the drive on the drive wheels is transferred from the braking mode to the torque generating mode. By adjusting the speed and torque of the DISG in this manner, it may be possible to attenuate the drive torque disturbances on the drive wheels, which may be visible to the driver.

Thus, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 31-32 provide for control of the drive backlash on the drive wheels, comprising: shifting the transmission into gear, which allows the electric machine, which is connected to the transmission, to operate at a lower speed than the base speed of the electric machine, in response to reduced torque requirements of the driver; and reducing the impact of the gear tooth on the gear tooth by driving the electric machine in the speed control mode during the transition of the drive torque to the drive wheels from negative torque to positive torque. The method further comprises reducing the pressing force of the torque converter clutch during the transition of drive torque to drive wheels from negative torque to positive torque. The method further comprises stopping the rotation of the engine in response to a decrease in the torque requirement of the driver.

In one example, the method further comprises opening the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to decreasing the torque requirement of the driver. The method further comprises adjusting the rotational speed of the electric machine in response to a speed difference between the tooth of the first gear and the tooth of the second gear during the transition of the drive torque to the drive wheels from negative torque to positive torque. The method further comprises engaging a downshift transmission in response to vehicle speed. The method includes those cases when the electric machine is driven in the torque control mode immediately before the electric machine is driven in the speed control mode during the transition of the drive torque to the drive wheels from negative torque to positive torque.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 31-32 also provide for the control of the drive backlash on the drive wheels, comprising: reducing the impact of the gear tooth against the gear tooth by driving an electric machine in a speed control mode during the transition of the drive torque to the drive wheels from negative torque to positive torque; and accelerating the electric machine for separating the tooth of the first gear and the tooth of the second gear during the transition of the drive torque to the drive wheels from negative torque to positive torque. The method further comprises slowing down the electric machine in response to an increase in the speed difference between the tooth of the first gear and the tooth of the second gear. The method further comprises accelerating the electric machine in response to reducing a speed difference between the tooth of the first gear and the tooth of the second gear after deceleration of the electric machine.

In one example, the method includes those cases where the transition from negative torque to positive torque occurs in response to an increase in the torque requirement of the driver. The method further comprises opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels, which is mechanically connected to the electric machine, before reducing the impact of the gear tooth on the gear tooth in response to a reduction in the torque requirement of the driver. The method further comprises reducing the pressing force of the torque converter clutch in response to the torque requirement of the driver before reducing the impact of the gear tooth against the gear tooth. The method includes those cases where the speed of the electric machine is regulated as a function of the difference in speed between the tooth of the first gear and the tooth of the second gear.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 31-32 also provide a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including constant commands executed for automatically stopping the rotation of the engine, attenuating the impact of the gear tooth against the gear tooth by operating the DISG in the speed control mode during the transition of the drive torque to the drive wheels from negative torque to positive torque , and to start the rotation of the engine, along with the weakening of the impact of the gear tooth on the gear tooth.

In one example, a vehicle system includes those cases where the rotation of the engine is started by closing the drive clutch to the drive wheels. The vehicle system additionally contains additional commands for adjusting the pressing force of the torque converter clutch to the dress with a reduction in the impact of the gear tooth on the gear tooth. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to the torque requirement of the driver. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for at least partially closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels to start the engine in response to a torque requirement of the driver. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for shifting the transmission to a transmission that rotates the DISG at a speed lower than the base speed of the DISG during deceleration of the vehicle.

Next, with reference to FIG. 33, a flowchart of a method for switching vehicle braking from a drive to drive wheels to friction brakes is shown. The method of FIG. 33 may be stored as executable instructions in read-only memory in the system of FIG. 1-3.

Next, with reference to 3302, method 3300 estimates the mass of the vehicle and the slope of the road. In one example, the slope of the road can be estimated or determined by a slope meter. The mass of the vehicle can be determined at 904 of method 900. Method 3300 proceeds to 3304 after the mass of the vehicle and the slope of the road are determined.

At 3304, method 3300 evaluates whether or not the vehicle is decelerating, or whether the driver has reduced the driver's torque requirement. In one example, vehicle deceleration can be determined by reducing vehicle speed. Reduced torque requirements of the driver can be determined by releasing the accelerator pedal. If method 3300 concludes that a vehicle deceleration or reduced driver requirement is present, the answer is yes, and method 3300 proceeds to 3306. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3300 proceeds to exit.

At 3306, method 3300 estimates whether or not the state of charge (SOC) of the energy storage device is less than the threshold charge value. In one example, the SOC can be determined by measuring the voltage of the battery. If the SOC of the energy storage device is less than the threshold charge value, the answer is yes, and method 3300 proceeds to 3308. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3300 proceeds to 3312.

At 3308, method 3300 stops the rotation of the engine and opens the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The engine is stopped by ceasing to supply spark ignition and fuel to the engine. Method 3300 proceeds to 3310 after the rotation of the motor is stopped and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open.

At 3310, method 3300 drives the DISG in generator mode and charges the energy storage device. DISG delivers negative torque to the drive wheel of the vehicle in generator mode. In one example, the amount of negative torque that the DISG outputs to the drive wheels can be adjusted in response to vehicle speed and driver demand. In yet another example, the magnitude of the negative torque that the DISG outputs to the DISG can be adjusted to the estimated braking torque of the engine, as described herein, under current operating conditions. The vehicle deceleration rate can also be stored in memory 3310. Method 3300 returns to 3304 after DISG starts charging the energy storage device.

At 3312, method 3300 begins to reduce the negative torque of the DISG. In addition, in some examples, the drive-wheel decoupling clutch may close so that the engine can provide drive-wheel braking. In one example, the DISG negative torque decreases toward zero in response to the amount of torque transmitted to the engine through the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. DISG negative torque reduction is based on a decrease in charge current. Method 3300 proceeds to 3314 after the DISG torque begins to decline.

At 3314, method 3300 estimates wheel torque through a current road gradient and vehicle deceleration. Wheel torque can be estimated based on the following equations:

so that

Where F is equal to the force to accelerate / decelerate the vehicle, m is the mass of the vehicle, R_rr is the radius of the wheel, a represents the acceleration of the vehicle, g is the acceleration due to gravity, and θ is the angle of the road. Method 3300 proceeds to 3318 after the torque of the wheel is determined.

At 3316, method 3300 adjusts the brake supply oil pressure in response to vehicle wheel torque and a decrease in negative DISG torque (for example, toward zero DISG torque). In particular, method 3300 simultaneously increases the oil pressure supplied to the friction brakes of the vehicle and reduces the negative torque of the DISG. The vehicle’s friction brake power rises at a speed that balances the reduction in negative DISG torque to give an equivalent vehicle deceleration rate. In one example, the oil pressure in an open circuit brake line, which may be related to the brake pressing force, is extracted from a table or function that includes empirically determined oil pressure in the brake line in response to the required braking torque of the wheels. The required braking torque of the wheels provided by the friction brakes is the wheel torque of 3314 minus the reduction in DISG torque multiplied by the current transmission ratio and the gear ratio of the drive axle. The oil pressure in the brake line increases to a pressure that gives the required braking torque of the wheels. Thus, closed-loop control during vehicle braking can be achieved based on the wheel torque. Additionally, in some examples, the drive-drive decoupling clutch may close and the engine rotate without fuel to give the drive braking torque to the drive wheels in response to a decrease in DISG torque and other operating conditions. Method 3300 proceeds to 3318 after starting to build up oil pressure in the brake line and after starting to build up negative DISG torque.

In other examples, the oil pressure in the brake line can be increased by an open-loop estimate of the brake pressure, and the brake pressure can be further adjusted based on the difference between the required vehicle speed and the actual vehicle speed. Thus, the vehicle speed difference can be a closed loop parameter for adjusting the frictional braking force.

At 3318, method 3300 evaluates whether or not there is a braking request from the driver. In one example, a brake request from a driver may be determined by the position of the brake pedal. If method 3300 concludes that there is a brake request from the driver, the answer is yes, and method 3300 goes to 3320. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3300 goes to 3322.

At 3320, the oil pressure in the brake line rises in response to the driver's input signal. In one example, the oil pressure in the brake line for friction brakes increases in proportion to the displacement of the brake pedal. Method 3300 proceeds to 3322 after the oil pressure in the brake line is increased in response to a driver braking command.

At 3322, method 3300 estimates whether a vehicle is stopped or not. The vehicle may be judged stopped when the vehicle speed is zero. If the vehicle is judged to be stopped, the answer is yes, and method 3300 exits. If the vehicle is judged to be moving, the answer is no, and method 3300 returns to 3312.

Next, with reference to FIG. 34, an exemplary sequence for translating vehicle braking from a drive to drive wheels to friction brakes according to the method of FIG. 33. The sequence of FIG. 34 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 34 represents the speed of the vehicle versus time. The Y axis represents the vehicle speed, and the vehicle speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The second graph from above in FIG. 34 represents the state of the clutch for disengaging the drive to drive wheels versus time. The Y axis represents the state of the drive decoupling clutch, and the drive decoupling clutch is closed when the state of the drive decoupling clutch state curve is near the arrow of the Y axis. The drive decoupling clutch is open when the state of the decoupling clutch the driving wheels are near the X axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The third graph from above in FIG. 34 represents the state of the engine versus time. The Y axis represents the state of the engine, and the engine is rotating when the state curve of the engine is at the upper level. The engine stopped rotating when the engine state curve is at a low level. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 34 is a state of charge (SOC) of a battery versus time. The Y axis represents the SOC of the battery, and the SOC increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 34 represents DISG torque versus time. The Y axis represents the DISG torque, and the DISG torque can be positive or negative. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The sixth graph from above in FIG. 34 represents the oil pressure in the brake line of the friction brakes versus time. The Y axis represents the oil pressure in the brake line, and the oil pressure in the brake line increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The seventh graph from above in FIG. 34 represents the torque of the wheels of the vehicle versus time. The Y axis represents the torque of the vehicle wheels, and the torque of the vehicle wheels increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

At time T ₇₄ , the vehicle speed is increased, the engine is running, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed. The battery SOC is relatively low and decreases as DISG delivers positive torque to the drive wheels. Friction brakes are not applied as indicated by the oil pressure in the brake line at a low level. Wheel torque is positive.

At time T ₇₅ , the driver releases the accelerator pedal (not shown). Shortly thereafter, the DISG torque changes from positive to negative in response to the low torque demand of the driver from the accelerator pedal. By shifting to negative torque, DISG provides drive-wheel braking to slow the vehicle down. In addition, DISG generates a charge and charges the battery as indicated by the increase in SOC of the battery. The pressure in the brake line of the friction brakes remains low, indicating that the friction brakes are not applied. The torque of the wheels changes from positive torque to negative torque in response to DISG, which proceeds to output negative torque. Additionally, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is opened, and the rotation of the engine is stopped. The engine stops in order to save fuel and the trip clutch opens so that the DISG can provide all the braking to the drive wheels. The amount of braking by the drive on the drive wheels that the DISG gives out can be determined empirically and stored in memory as a function of vehicle speed and torque requirements of the driver.

In this example, the driver does not press the brake pedal after releasing the accelerator pedal. However, in some examples, the driver may apply the brakes after releasing the accelerator pedal. In such examples, the pressure in the brake line may increase in response to a driver braking command.

Between the time T ₇₅ and the time T ₇₆ , the negative torque DISG gradually increases until the required braking torque of the drive on the drive wheels is set. The negative torque of the wheels also increases as the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels increases. The driver does not press the brake pedal, and the SOC of the battery increases. The clutch for decoupling the drive to the drive wheels remains open, and the engine remains in a stopped state.

At time T ₇₆ , the SOC of the battery reaches a threshold value (e.g., fully charged) in response to a DISG delivering a charge to the battery. The negative torque of the DISG decreases and the amount of charge delivered to the battery decreases. The oil pressure in the brake line also increases, so that the braking torque of the wheels can be maintained using friction brakes. The oil pressure in the brake pipe rises based on a decrease in the negative torque of the DISG. In one example, frictional braking force is adjusted based on wheel torque and reduced DISG torque. In some other examples, the frictional braking force applied to slow down the rotation of the wheels can be adjusted based on the difference between the required vehicle speed and the actual vehicle speed. Vehicle speed continues to decline, and the drive-wheel decoupling clutch remains open. In addition, the engine remains stopped.

At time T ₇₇ , the drive decoupling clutch closes and the engine rotates without fuel injection in response to a decrease in the negative torque DISG and in response to operating conditions. For example, a motor may rotate in response to a decrease in DISG torque and time after a change in DISG torque. The engine rotates without fuel to give out braking torque. And the engine braking torque can be adjusted by commissioning and decommissioning the valves and / or adjusting the pressure in the intake manifold using a throttle and / or valves. The oil pressure in the brake line decreases in response to the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels, which is provided by the engine. More precisely, the oil pressure in the brake line is reduced by an amount that reduces the torque supplied by the friction brakes, so that the equivalent braking of the vehicle is provided even if the braking by the drive to the drive wheels is increased by rotating the engine without fuel.

At time T ₇₈ , the vehicle speed is approaching zero speed. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is opened, and the rotation of the engine is stopped in response to a vehicle speed reduced to a threshold speed of the vehicle. The SOC of the battery remains at the top level because DISG does not provide positive torque to the drive wheels and does not drain the battery. The oil pressure in the brake line rises as engine braking stops. Increasing the oil pressure in the brake line increases the force applied by the friction brakes to the wheels.

At time T ₇₉ , the vehicle speed reaches zero, and the wheel torque and oil pressure in the brake line are reduced to zero. In some examples, the oil pressure in the brake line can be maintained when the vehicle speed reaches zero, so that the vehicle remains at zero speed until the driver increases the torque demand of the driver through the accelerator pedal. The engine remains stopped, and the clutch for decoupling the drive to the drive wheels remains in the open state.

Thus, friction brakes can be used to slow down the vehicle when the drive braking is reduced in response to the battery SOC. In addition, the rotation of the engine can be stopped and started to further control the braking of the drive to the drive wheels. Friction brakes can be applied based on the estimated wheel torque and / or the difference between the required vehicle speed and the actual vehicle speed.

Thus, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 33-34 provide for vehicle braking control, comprising: issuing a braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels to the vehicle without applying frictional braking torque to the vehicle; and reducing the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels along with an increase in the frictional braking torque of the vehicle in response to the state of charge of the energy storage device, the frictional braking torque increases by the same amount by which the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels decreases. Thus, the vehicle can shift from braking to the drive wheels to frictional braking in some way, which may be less noticeable to the driver.

In one example, the method includes those cases where the speed at which the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels decreases is equal to the speed at which the frictional braking torque increases. The method includes those cases when the vehicle engine is not rotating along with the issuance of the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels on the vehicle. The method includes those cases when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open along with the issuance of the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels is issued in response to the torque requirements of the driver, which is less than the threshold torque. The method also includes those cases where the frictional braking torque is further increased in response to a demand of the driver's brake.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 33-34 also provide for braking the vehicle, comprising: issuing a braking torque of the drive on the drive wheels to the vehicle without applying frictional braking torque to the vehicle; assessment of the torque of the wheels of the vehicle; and reducing the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels along with increasing the frictional braking torque of the vehicle in response to the estimated torque of the wheels of the vehicle and the state of charge of the energy storage device. The method includes those cases where the frictional braking torque rises in response to the estimated torque of the vehicle wheels. The method includes those cases where the estimated torque of the wheels of the vehicle is based on the estimated weight of the vehicle.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the estimated torque of the wheels of the vehicle is based on the acceleration of the vehicle. The method further comprises rotating the engine without providing fuel to the engine. The method further comprises adjusting the frictional braking torque in response to evaluating the braking torque of the engine. The method includes those cases when the engine of the vehicle is stopped.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 33-34 also provide a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; friction brakes; and a controller including constant commands executed for automatically stopping the rotation of the engine, delivering the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels via DISG, and applying friction brakes along with reducing the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels.

In one example, a vehicle system includes additional commands for applying friction brakes based on estimated wheel torque. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands to reduce the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels in response to the state of charge of the energy storage device. The vehicle system includes those cases where the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels decreases in response to the state of charge of the energy storage device, which is greater than the threshold value of the charge. The vehicle system includes additional commands for applying friction brakes based on vehicle speed. The vehicle system includes those cases where friction brakes are applied by means of oil pressure in the brake line. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands to reduce the compressive force of the friction brakes in response to the vehicle zero speed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 35 is a flowchart of a method for reducing perturbations of the drive torque to the drive wheels associated with gear play during the transition from braking by the drive to the drive wheels to vehicle acceleration, while the transmission is not shifted. The method of FIG. 35 may be stored as executable instructions in read-only memory in the system of FIG. 1-3.

At 3502, method 3500 evaluates whether or not the vehicle is decelerating, or whether the driver released at least partially the accelerator pedal. Method 3500 may conclude that the vehicle is decelerating by controlling vehicle speed. Method 3500 may conclude that the driver has at least partially released the accelerator pedal in response to the position of the accelerator pedal. If method 3500 concludes that the driver partially released the accelerator pedal, or the vehicle is slowing down, the answer is yes, and method 3500 proceeds to 3504. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3500 proceeds to exit.

At 3504, method 3500 determines the required amount of braking torque of the vehicle. The required value of the braking torque of the vehicle can be determined empirically and stored in a function or table in memory, which is indexed by the vehicle speed and torque requirements of the driver. Thus, the braking torque of the vehicle may change during deceleration of the vehicle. In one example, the braking torque of a vehicle is the amount of braking provided on the wheels of the vehicle. Method 3500 proceeds to 3506 after the required amount of braking torque of the vehicle is determined.

At 3506, method 3500 stops the rotation of the engine and opens the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels to conserve fuel, and so that a higher level of braking by the drive to the drive wheels can be issued by DISG. A large amount of braking by the drive to the drive wheels via DISG can provide the energy storage device or the battery with the ability to recharge at a higher speed. The torque converter clutch (TCC) is set to a locked state so that the DISG can be supplied with additional energy during vehicle deceleration. Method 3500 proceeds to 3508 after the engine is stopped, the drive-wheel decoupling clutch is open, and the TCC is locked.

At 3508, method 3500 evaluates whether or not the state of charge (SOC) of the energy storage device is greater than the threshold charge value. If method 3500 concludes that the SOC of the power storage device is larger than the threshold SOC, the answer is yes, and method 3500 proceeds to 3512. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3500 proceeds to 3510.

At 3510, method 3500 applies friction brakes by increasing the oil pressure in the brake line. The oil pressure in the brake line can be increased by means of a pump. Friction brakes apply a force that is based on the required braking torque of the vehicle. In one example, a table or function displays the oil pressure in the brake line, which is evaluated to provide a force that provides the required braking torque of the vehicle. In some examples, the pressure in the brake line can be adjusted in response to the estimated wheel torque or the difference between the required and actual vehicle speed, as described in the materials of this application. Method 3500 proceeds to exit after friction brakes are configured.

At 3512, method 3500 enters a recovery mode where DISG provides negative drive torque to the drive wheels and charges the energy storage device. In particular, the negative torque produced by DISG is adjusted to provide the required braking torque of the vehicle, including settings for selecting a transmission gear. In one example, a negative DISG torque can be adjusted by adjusting the DISG charge current. Method 3500 proceeds to 3514 after a negative DISG torque is configured to provide the desired braking torque of the vehicle.

At 3514, method 3500 evaluates whether or not a positive drive torque was requested. The positive torque of the drive to the drive wheels can be requested by the driver squeezing the accelerator pedal (for example, increasing the torque of the driver’s requirements) or by means of the controller. If method 3500 concludes that a positive drive torque has been requested, the answer is yes, and method 3500 goes to 3516. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3500 returns to 3508.

At 3516, method 3500 increases torque converter clutch slip (TCC) by decreasing the TCC's compressive force. In one example, the duty cycle supplied to the electric actuator is reduced to reduce the pressing force of the TCC. Slippage of the TCC may increase to a predetermined amount determined empirically by slippage. In one example, TCC slippage is based on the magnitude of the required increase in drive torque on the drive wheels. Method 3500 proceeds to 3518 after the TCC slip is increased.

At 3518, the amount of regenerative braking is reduced by the negative torque DISG. The regenerative braking torque decreases towards the zero output torque DISG. Method 3500 proceeds to 3520 after the start of reducing regenerative braking torque.

At 3520, method 3500 evaluates whether the regenerative braking torque is within a predetermined range of torque from zero torque (eg, ± 2 N⋅m). In one example, the regenerative braking torque may be estimated based on the DISG charge current. If method 3500 concludes that regenerative braking torque is within a predetermined range of torque from zero torque, the answer is yes, and method 3500 proceeds to 3522. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3500 returns to 3518, where regenerative braking is additionally decreases.

At 3522, method 3500 switches from DISG operation in torque control mode to DISG operation in speed control mode. The DISG rotational speed is set to a rotational speed which is a rotational speed which is a predetermined rotational speed greater than the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine. Since the DISG is attached to the pump wheel of the torque converter, the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter is greater than the speed of the torque converter turbine. By adjusting the DISG speed to a speed greater than the turbine speed, a small positive torque is transmitted through the torque converter to the output shaft of the transmission. A small positive torque eliminates the play between the gears of the transmission and the gears of the axle shafts, so that the impact between the gears can be weakened. DISG gives a command at a predetermined speed for a predetermined time or until the difference in speed between the first gear and the second gear is zero. The speed between the gears can be determined by the speed of the input shaft of the transmission and the speed of the output shaft of the transmission.

The speed of the DISG increases after the DISG has run at a predetermined speed for a predetermined time, or after the difference in the rotational speeds between the gears is zero. In one example, the speed of a DISG is increased based on a torque converter model. In particular, the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine and the required torque value for transmission through the torque converter index one or more functions that output the DISG speed, which gives the desired torque value. The required torque value is based on the torque requirement of the driver. The 3500 method proceeds to 3524 after the DISG speed is set and the gear backlash is eliminated.

At 3524, method 3500 remains in the speed control mode, and the DISG current is adjusted based on the estimated amount of torque to start the engine. As described previously, when the DISG is in the speed control mode, the current supplied to the DISG is adjusted based on an error between the desired speed of the DISG and the actual speed of the DISG. Additionally, at 3524, the DISG current rises in response to closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels to rotate and start the engine. In one example, the increase in DISG current is based on the transfer function of the drive clutch to the drive wheels, which displays the amount of torque based on the compressive force applied to the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels. For example, if the transfer function indicates that the drive decoupling clutch is 25 N⋅m at the current pressing force, the DISG current rises to a level that gives an additional 25 N⋅m of positive torque. The pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels can follow a trajectory determined by experience that is stored in the controller's memory. Thus, an open-loop current based on the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is output to the DISG so that the DISG rotational speed changes to a lesser extent and so that the open-loop DISG rotational speed regulator can provide a lower rotational speed correction. Method 3500 proceeds to 3526 after the speed and torque of the DISG are configured.

At 3526, method 3500 starts the engine. The engine is started by supplying sparks and fuel to the engine while the engine is spinning. The engine accelerates to a speed of DISG, and then closes the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The engine torque and / or DISG torque are output to the drive wheels after the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed. DISG also switches from speed control mode to torque control mode after the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 36, an exemplary sequence for mitigating the impact of the play of the drive gears on the drive wheels according to the method of FIG. 35. The sequence of FIG. 36 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 36 represents the engine speed as a function of time. The Y axis represents the engine speed, and the engine speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The horizontal line 3602 represents the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel during a given sequence.

The second graph from above in FIG. 36 represents the torque of pedal positions (for example, accelerator pedal 3606 (driver demand torque) and brake pedal 3604) versus time. The Y axis represents the position of the pedal, and the position of the pedal increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The third graph of FIG. 36 represents the torque bearing capacity of a torque converter clutch (TCC) versus time. The Y axis represents the TCC bearing capacity, and the TCC bearing capacity increases in the direction of the Y axis arrow. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 36 represents the state of the drive decoupling clutch as a function of time. The Y axis represents the state of the drive decoupling clutch, and the state of the drive decoupling clutch is fully pressed when the curve is at the upper level near the arrow of the Y axis. The drive decoupling clutch is expanded when the state of the drive decoupling clutch located near the X axis. The pressure to press the drive decoupling to the drive wheels increases as the state of the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels rises. In addition, the amount of torque transmitted through the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels increases as the level of the state curve of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels rises. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 36 is the torque of the DISG starter / alternator built into the drive wheel of the drive as a function of time. The Y axis represents the DISG torque, and the DISG torque increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The sixth graph from above in FIG. 36 represents the transmission torque on the input shaft of the transmission versus time. The Y axis represents the torque on the input shaft of the transmission, and the torque on the input shaft of the transmission increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

FIG. 36 shows one exemplary engine restart operation with modulated operation of a torque converter clutch to control the transition of transmission gears (for example, zero torque inside the transmission) through the play area, while maintaining transmission of the transmission. One example includes a method where the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels is engaged by pressing the accelerator pedal (e.g., pressing the accelerator pedal), and where the DISG spins the engine to at least a crankshaft revolution number (e.g., 250 revolutions per minute). The engine's fuel supply and combustion provide torque to accelerate the engine, while the engine speed continues to rise through the DISG torque (as opposed to starting the type with a starter motor). Such work gives a fast engine torque to drive the vehicle. However, since such a rapid increase in torque can cause a dull sound throughout the gear play, the torque converter clutch is at least partially opened and, optionally, modulated to control the transition through the gear play and reduce the rate of increase in wheel torque until after gear play area. Additionally, the torque on the DISG output shaft can be adjusted to control the output torque of the drive to the drive wheels during the transition through the gear gap area.

The following describes additional details of the settings made with respect to the passage of the play of the gears that can be used to control the passage of the play described above. As explained in the materials of this application, the engine can be turned off, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open when the vehicle stops, stops or moves / travels when the torque from DISG is sufficient to accelerate the vehicle and meet the required torque, overcome the road load as shown at time T ₈₀ .

More precisely, during events when the driver is not requesting drive torque to the drive wheels (for example, events of the closed accelerator pedal) and the engine is not rotating, DISG can be used as a generator, providing recovery, instead of or in addition to wheel braking requested by the driver by activating the brake pedal. Thus, the DISG replaces the drive braking with the drive wheels, which would be present if the engine rotated. DISG recharges the battery or supplies electrical energy to auxiliary devices depending on the SOC of the battery. Then, when the driver requests additional power output by depressing the accelerator pedal, the engine may restart to supplement and / or replace the torque on the DISG output shaft. Such transitions include the transmission gears passing through the play area (for example, in a transmission or a transmission main gear unit and / or in a rear transmission differential). More specifically, as noted earlier in the materials of this application, when the driver depresses the accelerator pedal during braking by the drive on the drive wheels, the positive torque of the DISG and the engine is applied to the drive on the drive wheels, and the drive on the drive wheels experiences a torque reversal (e.g., transition negative to positive torque). The reversal of the torque causes the drive to the drive wheels to cross the play area (for example, the gear spacing in the rear differential).

At time T ₈₁ , the brake pedal is released by the driver and the load bearing capacity of the TCC decreases, as indicated by a decrease in the load bearing curve of the TCC. In addition, the DISG negative torque is reduced to zero torque in response to less drive-wheel braking, which is caused by releasing the brake pedal. The torque at the input shaft of the transmission also decreases in response to a decrease in DISG torque.

At time T ₈₂ , the driver depresses the accelerator pedal, thereby requesting an increase in the positive drive torque of the drive wheels. Shortly thereafter, the DISG torque changes from negative to positive, and the TCC bearing capacity is reduced by increasing the TCC slip. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels also begins to close in response to an increase in the position of the accelerator pedal. Closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels begins to accelerate the engine. The torque on the input shaft of the transmission gradually decreases from a small negative torque to zero torque. Between time T ₈₂ and time T ₈₃ , the TCC bearing capacity decreases in response to an increase in the difference between the speed of the tooth of the first gear and the tooth of the second gear. The difference in speed between the gear teeth occurs due to the rotation of the drive torque to the drive wheels.

At time T ₈₃ , the speed difference between the gear tooth and the gear tooth between the gears is at its highest level, and then begins to decrease as the gear backlash decreases. The bearing capacity of the TCC increases in response to a decrease in the difference in speed between the gear teeth. The DISG torque also increases in response to a decrease in the speed difference between the gear teeth, so that the play can be reduced. The condition of the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels continues to increase, indicating that the amount of torque that the clutch for disengaging the drive to drive wheels is capable of transmitting increases. The position of the accelerator pedal and the vehicle speed also continue to increase.

At time T ₈₄ , the engine speed reaches the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel (the same as the DISG speed). The bearing capacity of the TCC and the drive decoupling clutch also increases in response to the engine speed reaching the speed of the torque converter pump wheel. By waiting until the engine speed is not equal to the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel, in order to close the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels, it may be possible to reduce the disturbance of the torque in the drive to the drive wheels. The torque at the input shaft of the transmission shifts from negative torque to positive torque in response to an increase in drive torque to the drive wheels. The DISG torque also increases simultaneously after the torque on the transmission input shaft shifts to a positive torque in response to the complete closure of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels.

An exemplary approach to this sequence recognizes several clearly unrelated pieces of information, including (1) the engine torque and DISG are additive when the drive wheel-drive clutch 236 is closed; (2) due to layout constraints, especially related to restrictions on the length and diameter of the drive gear, the torque bearing capacity of DISG tends to be significantly lower than the maximum engine torque; (3) DISG torque is a function of the DISG speed, which is equal to the engine speed when the clutch is fully engaged; and (4) the DISG torque is relatively constant up to a threshold rotor speed of about 1000 +100 rpm, and then the DISG torque is inversely proportional to the DISG speed, referred to as a constant power region, until the friction loss eddy currents and other losses do not cause the torque to decrease faster with increasing rotor speed with a higher threshold speed (for example, about 3000 ± 500 revolutions per minute).

Thus, if the power train is operating in regenerative braking mode, during the event of the closed pedal (for example, the accelerator pedal not depressed) with the engine turned off, and then the driver depresses the accelerator pedal. The engine may remain off if the DISG is capable of delivering the required torque. In this case, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels can remain open, and the DISG can quickly translate to almost zero torque. DISG operates in the speed control mode and slowly passes the gear backlash zone. DISG quickly increases the output torque after passing through the gear backlash area to provide the required torque. Thus, the audible noise and torque pulses through the transmission can be reduced during the transition of the drive torque to the drive wheels from negative torque to positive torque.

Thus, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 35-36 provide for driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: stopping the rotation of the engine and providing regenerative braking by means of the drive to the drive wheels; the transition from regenerative braking to the issuance of positive torque in the drive to the drive wheels; and actuating the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in the speed control mode during the transition. The method includes those cases when the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels is driven in the torque control mode before and after the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels is driven in the speed control mode. The method includes those cases where the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels is tuned to a rotational speed based on the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine.

In one example, the method further comprises opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels when the engine is stopped. The method further comprises closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels to start the engine after actuating the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in the speed control mode. The method includes those cases where regenerative braking is provided when the state of charge of the energy storage device is less than the threshold charge. The method further comprises increasing the slip of the torque converter clutch during the transition from regenerative braking to delivering positive torque to the drive on the drive wheels.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 35-36 provide for driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: stopping the rotation of the engine and providing regenerative braking by means of a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels; the transition of the starter / generator integrated into the drive to the drive wheels to provide regenerative braking to produce positive torque in the drive to the drive wheels; and adjusting the slip of the torque converter clutch in response to the transition from providing regenerative braking to delivering positive torque to the drive to the drive wheels. The method further comprises actuating the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in a speed control mode while transferring the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels to provide regenerative braking to provide positive torque to the drive on the drive wheels.

In one example, the method includes those cases where the starter / generator integrated in the drive on the drive wheels is driven at a rotational speed that is a predetermined rotational speed greater than the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine. The method further comprises increasing the speed in response to a reduction in gear play. The method includes those cases where the setting of the slip of the torque converter includes increasing the slip of the torque converter. The method includes those cases where the transfer of the starter / generator integrated into the drive to the drive wheels from providing regenerative braking to give positive torque to the drive to the drive wheels occurs in response to an increase in torque consumption. The method further comprises starting the engine by closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels along with setting the torque converter clutch slip.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 35-36 also provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; an electric car; a drive-wheel drive clutch located in the drive-wheel drive between the engine and the electric machine; a torque converter located in the drive on the drive wheels between the electric machine and the transmission; and a controller including executable instructions stored in read-only memory to reduce gear backlash in the transmission by driving the electric machine in a speed control mode and adjusting the rotation speed of the electric machine. The vehicle system further comprises a torque converter clutch and additional executable instructions for slipping the torque converter clutch when the electric machine is driven in a speed control mode.

In some examples, the vehicle system further comprises additional executable instructions for driving the electric machine at a predetermined rotational speed that is greater than the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine. The vehicle system further comprises additional executable instructions for increasing the rotational speed of the electric machine after driving the electric machine at a predetermined rotational speed. The vehicle system further comprises additional executable instructions for issuing a braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels by an electric machine. The vehicle system further comprises additional executable commands to reduce the braking torque of the drive to the drive wheels to zero torque before driving the electric machine in the speed control mode.

Next, with reference to FIG. 37, an example method for entering a drift mode of operation of a drive on drive wheels is shown. The method of FIG. 37 may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of controller 12 in FIG. 1-3.

In one example, the drift mode may differ by burning the fuel-air mixture in the engine, while the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open so that the engine does not substantially deliver torque (for example, less than ± 5 N⋅m) on DISG, torque converter and transmission. The drift mode may include a drift idle speed, which is a lower number of revolutions than the base idle speed at which the engine is running, if the engine is connected to the drive to the drive wheels through the closed clutch of the drive to the drive wheels. The idle speed in the drift mode is lower so that the fuel can be saved while in the drift mode. In addition, setting the ignition timing in drift mode can be more advanced than setting the ignition timing when the engine is operating at the base idle speed and the drive decoupling clutch is closed. The base idle speed can be described as the engine idle speed when the engine is warm and no auxiliary loads are applied to the engine, and when the engine is connected to the DISG through the drive decoupling clutch. The engine can be operated at a lower engine speed and faster ignition in drift mode than during conditions where the base idle speed is used, since a lower backup torque may be necessary to counter the transient loads that can be applied to the drive on driving wheels.

At 3702, method 3700 determines operating conditions. Engine operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, consumption of drive torque on the drive wheels, state of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, engine speed, vehicle speed, DISG torque, and battery charge status. Method 3700 proceeds to 3704 after operating conditions are determined.

At 3704, method 3700 estimates whether or not the required drive torque of the drive wheels is greater than a threshold amount of torque that can be output to the drive to drive wheels via DISG. The threshold torque value may be slightly lower (e.g., 10% less) than the DISG rated torque. In one example, the available DISG torque value can be estimated from empirically determined values stored in a table that is indexed by the DISG speed and DISG temperature. The table displays the maximum or available torque value that can be output to the drive wheels via DISG. In other examples, the available or threshold DISG torque is less than the maximum DISG torque, so that the motor can be held in drift mode if the required drive torque to the drive wheels approaches the maximum DISG torque. In addition, the DISG threshold torque may increase or decrease in response to operating conditions such as DISG temperature. Method 3700 compares the input from the table with the desired amount of drive torque to the drive wheels. If method 3700 concludes that the required drive torque of the drive wheels is greater than the DISG threshold torque, the answer is yes, and method 3700 proceeds to 3706. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3700 proceeds to 3716.

At 3706, method 3700 closes the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels to rotate and start the engine. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels can be closed according to a predetermined closing path, which is stored in the memory. Alternatively, the engine can be started by means of a starter other than DISG, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels closes after the engine is accelerated to a speed of DISG. The slip of the torque converter clutch may also increase in order to reduce the disturbance of the drive torque to the drive wheels in response to the required torque. Method 3700 proceeds to 3708 after the clutch disengaging the drive to the drive wheels begins to close.

At 3708, method 3700 delivers fuel to the engine, and the engine starts if it is not a fuel-air mixture burning. Fuel and sparks are delivered to the engine cylinders to facilitate combustion inside the engine. Method 3700 proceeds to 3710 after engine rotation begins.

At 3710, method 3700 estimates whether or not the charge state of the energy storage device (eg, the battery) is larger than a threshold value. In one example, the state of charge of the battery can be estimated by the voltage of the battery. If method 3700 concludes that the state of charge of the battery is greater than the threshold value, the answer is yes, and method 3700 proceeds to 3714. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3700 proceeds to 3712.

At 3714, method 3700 controls the engine and DISG to provide the required amount of drive torque to the drive wheels. The proportion of torque generated by each engine and DISG may vary depending on operating conditions. For example, if the state of charge of the battery is low, most of the drive torque to the drive wheels can be provided by the motor rather than the DISG. The magnitude of the torque supplied to the drive to the drive wheels by the engine can be estimated according to the method described in US Pat. No. 7,066,121, which is hereby substantially fully incorporated. The amount of torque supplied to the drive to the drive wheels via DISG can be estimated from a table determined by experience, which is indexed by current and speed of the DISG. Method 370 goes to the output after the torque is supplied to the drive to the drive wheels through the engine and DISG.

At 3712, method 3700 controls the motor without DISG control to deliver the required torque to the drive wheels. In addition, in some examples, a DISG can be put into a battery charging mode where mechanical energy from a motor is converted into electrical energy by a DISG and stored in an electric energy storage device. In one example, the amount of engine air and the amount of engine fuel are adjusted to provide the required amount of drive torque to the drive wheels. For example, if the required amount of drive torque to the drive wheels increases, the amount of air and fuel supplied to the engine cylinders increases. Method 3700 goes to the output after the engine is configured to supply the required amount of torque to the drive on the drive wheels.

At 3716, method 3700 evaluates whether or not the engine is running and burning fuel-air mixtures in the engine cylinders. In one example, an engine can be determined by burning fuel-air mixtures when the engine torque increases, as can be confirmed by an increase in engine speed. If method 3700 concludes that the engine is a fuel-air mixture burner and is running, the answer is yes, and method 3700 goes to 3730. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3700 goes to 3718.

At 3718, method 3700 estimates whether or not the state of charge of the battery is greater than a threshold value. In one example, the voltage of the battery is the basis for assessing the state of charge of the battery. If method 3700 concludes that the state of charge of the battery is greater than the threshold value, the answer is yes, and method 3700 proceeds to 3724. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3700 proceeds to 3720.

At 3724, method 3700 provides the required drive torque to the drive wheels via DISG and without torque from the engine. The current is supplied to the DISG based on a table stored in the memory that displays the magnitude of the DISG current based on the desired DISG torque and the DISG temperature. The values in the table can be determined empirically. Method 3700 goes to the output after the DISG torque is supplied to the drive on the drive wheels.

At 3720, method 3700 rotates and starts the engine. The engine may be rotated by a starter motor other than DISG, or by DISG. If the motor is rotated by DISG, the drive-to-drive clutch closes to transmit torque from the DISG to the motor. The engine is started by supplying fuel and sparks to the engine cylinders after the engine reaches the crankshaft rotation speed. The cranking speed of the engine can vary for different operating conditions. For example, if the engine is rotated by a starter motor other than DISG, the cranking speed is less than 250 revolutions per minute. However, if the engine is rotated by DISG, the cranking speed may be less than 1200 rpm. Method 3700 proceeds to 3722 after the engine rotates and starts.

At 3722, method 3700 starts supplying at least a portion of the engine torque to the wheels of the vehicle and starts charging the battery to increase the state of charge of the battery. The drive wheel decoupling clutch is closed when the engine delivers torque to the vehicle wheels and charges the battery. In addition, the engine output torque is tuned to provide the required drive torque to the drive wheels. The engine output torque can be increased or decreased by adjusting the amount of air of the cylinders and the amount of fuel of the cylinders. Method 3700 proceeds to exit after at least a portion of the engine power output is supplied to the wheels of the vehicle.

At 3730, method 3700 evaluates whether or not selected conditions for entering drift mode are present. In one example, drift mode may begin when the engine temperature is greater than the threshold temperature. In addition, other operating conditions, such as engine speed and torque requested, can be evaluated to determine if a drift mode can be started. Additionally, in some examples, the drift mode may begin when the state of charge of the battery is less than the threshold state of charge.

For example, a drift mode may also begin when the temperature of the catalyst is below a threshold value, and in other conditions. The controller may prefer to keep the engine idling instead of shutting down the engine, as emissions may increase if the engine starts with cold catalytic converters. The controller may prefer to keep the engine idling instead of closing the drive decoupling clutch and operating the engine to reduce torque if the battery SOC is high and / or the current operating point would be required to force the engine to operate at a low fuel efficiency point.

Drift mode can also begin when the fuel tank requires a purge. The controller may prefer to keep the engine idling instead of turning off the engine, as it is planned that a purge of fuel vapor should be performed. The controller may also prefer to keep the engine idling instead of closing the drive decoupling clutch and operating the engine to reduce torque if the battery SOC is high and / or the current operating point would be required to force the engine to operate at a low fuel efficiency point .

Drift mode can also begin when an increase in the vacuum of the brake booster is required. The controller may prefer to keep the engine idling instead of shutting off the engine, as vacuum is required, and the engine is driven to provide vacuum.

Drift mode can begin when the coolant temperature (ECT) is low. The controller may prefer to keep the engine idling instead of turning the engine off, as ECT is low.

Drift mode can begin when you need a quicker response to pressing the accelerator pedal for a sports driving mode. The controller may prefer to keep the engine idling instead of turning off the engine, as the driving mode has been defined or selected as a sport mode. The reaction to the accelerator pedal being pressed by the driver will be faster with the engine idling drift instead of if the engine is stopped.

If method 3700 concludes that the selected conditions are present to allow drift mode entry, the answer is yes, and method 3700 goes to 3732. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3700 goes to 3718.

At 3732, method 3700 opens the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The drive decoupling clutch for the drive wheels is opened so that no torque generated by the engine is supplied to the drive for the rest of the drive, including DISG, torque converter and transmission. Opening the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels allows the engine to be operated in a more efficient working condition than if the engine were connected to DISG, torque converter and transmission, since the engine can be operated with less torque reserve. In one example, the engine torque reserve can be characterized as the amount of torque that is available from the engine when the engine is operating at a specific number of revolutions and the amount of air without giving out the full amount of available engine torque.

For example, an engine can produce 100 N⋅m of torque at 1200 rpm and with the prescribed amount of cylinder air. However, the amount of engine torque available at 1200 rpm when the engine is introducing the prescribed amount of cylinder air may be N⋅m. The difference of 25 N⋅m can be explained by the engine working with the ignition timing, which is delayed by the MBT ignition timing. 25 N⋅m represents a reserve of torque that can be held to compensate for the disturbances in torque that can be supplied to the engine. However, 25 N⋅m also represents a loss of engine efficiency due to ignition lag. The engine can be operated with a smaller reserve of torque when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open, since smaller disturbances in the torque can be applied to the engine through the drive to the drive wheels. Method 3700 proceeds to 3734 after the drive-wheel decoupling clutch is open.

At 3734, method 3700 evaluates whether or not the required drive torque to the drive wheels is within a threshold range from a DISG torque threshold. The threshold torque value DISG may be the maximum amount of torque available from the DISG, or the amount of torque that is less than the total amount of available torque DISG. If method 3700 concludes that the required drive torque to the drive wheels is within the threshold torque range from the threshold torque DISG, the answer is yes, and method 3700 goes to 3736. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3700 goes to 3738.

At 3736, method 3700 controls the engine at a drift idle speed and sets the engine ignition timing and valve timing to improve engine efficiency and fuel economy. The required drive torque for the drive wheels is generated by DISG when the drive release coupling for the drive wheels is in the open state. The drift idle speed may be lower than the base idle speed when the engine is connected to the DISG and transmission. In addition, setting the ignition timing while the engine is running at a drift idle speed may be ahead of the curve when the engine is running at the base idle speed. The basic idle speed can be applied when the required drive torque to the drive wheels is low, and when the engine is connected to the remaining part of the drive to the drive wheels through a closed drive clutch to the drive clutch wheels. The valve timing can be adjusted to operate with an improved duty cycle engine. In one example, the setting of the valve distribution phases is adjusted so that the setting of the distribution phases of the intake valves closes later to increase the pressure in the intake manifold of the engine while the air charge of the cylinder is relatively low. Method 3700 proceeds to exit after the engine enters a drift mode at 3736.

At 3738, method 3700 evaluates whether or not a starter other than DISG is present in the system. In some examples, method 3700 may conclude that a starter other than DISG is not present if a starter other than DISG is subjected to degradation. Method 3700 may also conclude that a starter other than DISG is present when the presence bit of the starter is set in memory. If method 3700 concludes that a starter other than DISG is present, the answer is yes, and method 3700 goes to 3740. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3700 goes to 3740.

At 3740, method 3700 stops the rotation of the engine, and the required drive torque to the drive wheels is provided by DISG. Engine rotation is stopped by stopping the flow of fuel and sparks into the engine cylinders. The engine is stopped at 3740 so that additional fuel can be saved, and since the engine can restart without torque from the DISG. Thus, a large amount of DISG torque can be supplied to the drive by the drive wheels, since part of the available DISG torque does not have to be held in reserve for restarting the engine. Method 3700 goes to the exit after the engine is stopped.

At 3742, method 3700 estimates whether or not the torque at the DISG output shaft is within the range of thresholds for cranking the engine crankshaft (for example, the magnitude of the torque for cranking the engine from zero speed to a cranking speed of less than 250 rpm). For example, if the engine cranking shaft has a torque of 40 N⋅m and the threshold value range is 5 N⋅m, DISG is in the range of the engine cranking shaft thresholds when the torque at the DISG output shaft is 35. 5 Nm If method 3700 concludes that the torque at the DISG output shaft is within the threshold torque range of cranking the engine, the answer is yes, and method 3700 goes to 3744. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3700 goes to 3746 .

At 3746, method 3700 stops the rotation of the engine and provides the required drive torque to the drive wheels via DISG. The engine stops to further reduce fuel consumption. Since the DISG has sufficient torque available to restart the engine, the engine can be stopped. If the required drive torque of the drive wheels increases while the engine is stopped, the engine can be restarted by DISG before the DISG does not have sufficient torque bearing capacity to start the engine and provide the required drive torque of the drive wheels. However, in some examples, the engine may continue to idle at the idle speed of the drift mode if the state of charge of the battery is lower than the threshold value, and the vehicle requires additional vacuum, purge fuel vapor, a higher temperature of the catalytic converter, or higher engine temperature. Method 3700 goes to the exit after the engine is stopped.

At 3744, method 3700 operates the engine at a drift idle speed, sets the ignition timing, valve timing, and delivers drive torque to the drive wheels via DISG, as described at 3736. Method 3700 goes to the output after the engine enters into drift mode.

It should be noted that when the driver reduces the torque requirements of the driver (for example, releases the accelerator pedal or reduces the input of the accelerator), the drive to the drive wheels can act, as described below, according to the method of FIG. 37. Torque may be provided from the engine to the drive to the drive wheels attached to the wheels of the vehicle when the torque requirement of the driver is greater than the threshold torque DISG. The engine speed can be reduced to the idle speed of the drift mode, and the engine can be disconnected from the drive to the drive wheels in response to a decrease in the torque requirement of the driver. DISG can enter recovery mode by charging a battery and providing a constant deceleration rate for the vehicle. In one example, the DISG threshold torque is greater than 75% of the DISG nominal torque.

It should be noted that when the driver increases the torque requirements of the driver (for example, depresses the accelerator pedal or increases the input of the accelerator), the drive to the drive wheels can act as described below, according to the method of FIG. 37. The engine may accelerate from the drift idle speed to the DISG speed in response to increasing driver demand torque. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels may close in response to the engine speed reaching the DISG speed.

 It should be noted that when the driver increases the driver’s demand torque (for example, depresses the accelerator pedal or increases the accelerator input) while starting the vehicle, the drive on the drive wheels may act as described below according to the method of FIG. 37. The DISG torque is output to the drive wheel while the engine is not rotating in response to the torque requirement of the driver. The engine can be started and idled at the idle speed of the drift mode, without giving the engine torque to the drive on the drive wheels, in response to the torque requirements of the driver, which is within the range of threshold values from the torque of cranking the engine crankshaft (for example , the DISG torque has a value greater than 75% of the cranking torque of the engine). The engine can be accelerated in a speed control mode to substantially match the DISG speed (e.g., ± 50 rpm), and the drive clutch can be engaged when the engine speed substantially matches the DISG speed (e.g. ± 50 rpm). In some examples, the engine speed may adhere to the DISG speed when the required torque is between the cranking torque of the engine and the threshold torque DISG (e.g., the torque between 75% of the rated torque DISG and the rated torque DISG).

In addition, at 3736 and 3744, the engine can be driven in a speed control mode to adhere to the DISG speed when the required drive torque to the drive wheels is within a predetermined torque range from the DISG threshold torque. By monitoring the DISG speed, the drive decoupling clutch may close earlier in order to improve the drive characteristic of the drive wheels.

Thus, the method of FIG. 37 provides an efficient engine operating mode that can reduce engine fuel consumption compared to an engine operating at a base idle speed. In addition, the method of FIG. 37 provides for engine shutdown when additional fuel can be saved. Additionally, the method maintains the torque characteristic of the drive wheels, even if the engine can be driven more efficiently or stopped.

Next, with reference to FIG. 38, an example method for exiting a drift mode of operation of a drive to drive wheels is shown. The method of FIG. 38 may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of controller 12 in FIG. 1-3.

At 3802, method 3800 determines operating conditions. Engine operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, consumption of drive torque on the drive wheels, state of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, engine speed, vehicle speed, DISG torque, and battery charge status. Method 3800 proceeds to 3804 after operating conditions are determined.

At 3804, method 3800 evaluates whether or not the engine is in a drift mode at a drift idle speed and whether the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is open. The engine operating mode and the operating state of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels can be determined by interrogating one or more bits or flag signs stored in the memory. If method 3800 concludes that the engine is not in drift mode, the answer is no, and method 3800 goes to the output. If method 3800 concludes that the motor is in drift mode and the drive decoupling clutch is open, the answer is yes, and method 3800 proceeds to 3806.

At 3806, method 3800 evaluates whether or not the required drive torque to the drive wheels is greater than the DISG threshold torque. The threshold torque DISG may be equal to or less than the available torque value DISG. If method 3800 concludes that the required drive torque of the drive wheels is greater than the DISG threshold torque, the answer is yes, and method 3800 goes to 3808. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 3800 goes to the output.

At 3808, method 3800 increases the engine speed from the drift idle speed to a speed synchronous with the DISG speed by increasing the amount of engine air and the amount of engine fuel (for example, the amounts of air and fuel supplied to the engine cylinders). In addition, setting the ignition timing may be delayed from setting the ignition timing of MBT as the amount of air and the amount of engine fuel increase. Method 3800 proceeds to 3810 after the amount of air and the amount of fuel of the engine are increased, so that the engine torque is increased, and so that the engine accelerates to the DISG speed.

At 3810, method 3800 increases the torque converter clutch slip value (TCC). The slip of the drive decoupling clutch onto the drive wheels can be increased by decreasing the pressing force of the torque converter clutch. By increasing the TCC slip, perturbations of the drive torque to the drive wheels can be reduced. Method 3800 proceeds to 3812 after TCC slip is increased.

At 3812, method 3800 closes the drive decoupling clutch. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels may close when the engine speed reaches the DISG speed, and after the engine speed has been set at the DISG speed for a predetermined time. Method 3800 proceeds to 3814 after the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is closed.

At 3814, method 3800 increases engine torque by increasing the amount of air and engine fuel. Additionally, the DISG torque can be increased to increase the engine torque so that the desired drive torque can be output to the drive wheels. Method 3800 transfers to the output after engine torque and DISG torque are set to provide the required drive torque to the drive wheels.

Thus, the method of FIG. 38 provides a transition from drift mode in response to depressing the accelerator pedal (for example, depressing the accelerator pedal for higher torque consumption), where DISG is the engine that delivers torque to the wheels and the engine is at idle. For example, the driver depresses the accelerator pedal, and the new torque consumption rises rapidly above the total DISG torque bearing capacity. The engine accelerates in the speed control mode to the speed of DISG, TCC opens to provide the ability to multiply the torque and isolate the drive to the drive wheels, and the clutch of the drive to drive wheels closes to very quickly bring the engine to full speed. The engine switches to torque control after the engine substantially reaches a DISG speed (e.g., ± 100 rpm). Subsequently, the engine and DISG can provide the required torque.

Next, with reference to FIG. 39, an exemplary sequence for driving a drive on drive wheels is shown, which includes a drift mode according to the methods of FIG. 37 and 38. The sequence of FIG. 39 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 39 represents the speed of the vehicle versus time. The Y axis represents the vehicle speed, and the vehicle speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The second graph from above in FIG. 39 represents the required drive torque of the drive wheels versus time. The required drive torque to the drive wheels may be the torque on the vehicle wheels, the torque converter pump wheel, the torque converter turbine, or the drive decoupling clutch. The Y axis represents the required drive torque of the drive wheels, and the required drive torque of the drive wheels increases in the direction of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The horizontal line 3902 represents a threshold (for example, torque within a prescribed torque from the rated or maximum torque of the DISG) drive wheel drive torque that the DISG is capable of delivering to the drive wheel drive. The horizontal line 3904 represents a threshold (for example, torque within the prescribed torque from the cranking torque of the engine) the amount of torque that the DISG can give out along with bearing capacity to rotate the crankshaft of the engine at the number of revolutions of cranking (for example 250 rpm).

The third graph from above in FIG. 39 represents the state of the drive decoupling clutch as a function of time. The Y axis represents the state of disengagement of the drive to the drive wheels, and the clutch of the disengagement of the drive to the drive wheels is closed when the state curve of the clutch of the drive to the drive wheels is at the upper level near the arrow of the Y axis. The clutch of the drive to the drive wheels is open when the state of the drive release clutch on the drive wheels is at a lower level near the X axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 39 represents the state of the engine versus time. The Y axis represents the state of the engine, and the engine is rotating when the engine state curve is at the upper level near the arrow of the Y axis. The engine is not rotating when the engine state curve is near the X axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 39 represents the state of charge (SOC) of an energy storage device or battery versus time. The Y axis represents the SOC of the battery, and the SOC of the battery increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The horizontal line 3906 represents the threshold value of the battery charge that is required. A charge value above 3906 may be required to reduce the likelihood of battery degradation.

At time T ₈₅ , the vehicle speed is zero, the engine is stopped, the disengaging clutch of the drive wheels is open, the state of charge of the battery is at an average level that is greater than the level at 3906. These conditions may represent conditions when the vehicle the vehicle is parked or stopped at a traffic light.

At time T ₈₆ , the required drive torque of the drive wheels increases in response to an increase in the driver's demand torque, as determined by an accelerator pedal (not shown). The engine remains in the off state, and the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels remains closed. Vehicle speed begins to increase as the starter / alternator (DISG) (not shown) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels begins to supply positive torque to the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle. The battery SOC starts to decrease as the battery charge is used to propel the vehicle.

Between the time T ₈₆ and the time T ₈₇ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels exceeds the torque level 3904 in response to the driver's demand torque. As a result, the engine spins and starts; however, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels remains open. The engine can be started by means of a starter other than DISG. Vehicle speed continues to increase, and SOC of the battery continues to decrease.

At time T ₈₇ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels exceeds a torque level 3902 in response to a driver demand torque. Shortly thereafter, the drive decoupling clutch closes in response to a drive torque of the drive wheels exceeding a threshold torque level 3902. By closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, the drive torque to the drive wheels can be increased by increasing the engine torque. Closing the drive decoupling clutch connects the motor to the DISG and the rest of the drive to the drive wheels. The engine remains running, and the engine torque is increased so that the required drive torque to the drive wheels can be provided by DISG and the engine. The SOC of the battery continues to decrease, while the DISG drives the drive wheel drive torque.

At time T ₈₈ , the required drive torque of the drive wheels decreases in response to a driver input signal below a threshold level 3902 of torque, but it remains above threshold level 3904 of torque. The engine torque is reduced in response to a reduced required drive torque to the drive wheels. Additionally, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is opened so as to disconnect the engine from the DISG and the drive to the drive wheels. The engine remains burning fuel and air. The engine speed may be reduced to a drift idle speed that is lower than the base idle speed at which the engine rotates when the engine is connected to DISG. Additionally, the installation of the engine ignition timing may be anticipated. Reducing the engine speed and advancing the installation of the ignition timing can reduce fuel consumption.

At time T ₈₉ , the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels rises for a second time by the driver to a level above the threshold torque 3902. The clutch for disengaging the drive to drive wheels closes in response to a drive torque of the drive wheels exceeding the threshold torque value 3902. The engine torque is then increased, and the required drive torque to the drive wheels is provided by the engine. DISG enters generator mode, and the state of charge of the battery is increased by part of the engine torque. The speed of the vehicle increases, while the engine torque is delivered to the drive wheels.

At time T ₉₀ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels decreases in response to a reduced torque requirement of the driver. The required torque of the drive to the drive wheels decreases to a torque below threshold torque 3904. Therefore, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is opened, and the rotation of the motor stops in response to the low required torque of the drive to the drive wheels. Thus, the fuel consumption of the vehicle can be reduced. DISG remains in generator mode and increases battery power while the vehicle slows down.

At time T ₉₁ , the required drive torque of the drive wheels rises in response to the torque requirement of the driver. The required drive torque of the drive wheels rises to a level between a threshold value 3902 torque and a threshold value 3904 torque. Since the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels is near the threshold torque 3902, the engine rotates and starts so that the torque of the engine can be made available in a reduced time if the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels increases further. Vehicle speed is increased by applying torque to the DISG. The state of charge of the battery starts to decrease, while DISG brings the torque to the drive on the drive wheels of the vehicle.

At time T ₉₂ , the required drive torque of the drive wheels increases in response to an increase in the torque requirement of the driver. The required drive torque of the drive wheels increases to a level greater than threshold torque 3902. Shortly thereafter, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels closes, and the engine torque is output to the drive to the drive wheels. Thus, the drive torque to the drive wheels can increase rapidly, without having to expect the engine speed to reach a level where torque can be supplied to the drive to the drive wheels. DISG also goes into generator mode, and the battery SOC rises.

At time T ₉₃ , the required drive torque of the drive wheels decreases in response to a driver input signal below a threshold level 3902 of torque, but it remains above threshold level 3904 of torque. The engine torque is reduced in response to a reduced required drive torque to the drive wheels. In addition, the decoupling clutch of the drive to the drive wheels is opened in order to disconnect the engine from the DISG and the drive to the drive wheels. The engine remains burning fuel and air. The engine speed may be reduced to a drift idle speed. Torque is supplied to the drive to the drive wheels by DISG, which goes into torque mode, producing positive torque for driving to the drive wheels of the vehicle.

At time T ₉₄ , the battery SOC decreases to a level of 3906 as the DISG continues to consume charge. The drive-wheel decoupling clutch closes in response to the SOC of the battery, and DISG switches to generator mode. The engine delivers torque to the drive to the drive wheels and DISG. Thus, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels can open and close in response to the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels and the SOC of the battery. At time T ₉₄ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels rises to a level above the threshold torque value 3902. Since the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is already closed, it remains in this state.

At time T ₉₅ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels decreases in response to a reduced torque requirement of the driver. The required torque of the drive to the drive wheels decreases to a torque below the threshold torque 3904. Accordingly, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is opened, and the rotation of the motor is stopped in response to the low required torque of the drive to the drive wheels. DISG remains in generator mode and increases battery power while the vehicle slows down.

Next, with reference to FIG. 40, an exemplary sequence for driving a drive wheel is shown, which includes a drift mode according to the methods of FIG. 37 and 38. The sequence of FIG. 40 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 40 represents the state of the drive decoupling clutch as a function of time. The Y axis represents the state of the drive decoupling clutch, and the drive decoupling clutch is closed when the state curve of the drive decoupling clutch is at the upper level near the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The second graph from above in FIG. 40 represents engine speed versus time. The Y axis represents the engine speed, and the engine speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The horizontal line 4002 represents the base idle speed of the engine when the engine is connected to the DISG via a drive decoupling clutch. The horizontal line 4004 represents the base idle speed of the engine drift mode when the engine is burning fuel and air but not connected to the DISG.

The third graph from above in FIG. 40 represents DISG torque versus time. The Y axis represents the DISG torque, and the DISG torque increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The horizontal line 4006 represents the amount of torque that DISG is capable of delivering to the drive on the drive wheels (for example, DISG rated torque). The horizontal line 4008 represents the amount of torque that DISG is capable of delivering to the drive on the drive wheels along with the ability to crank the engine from zero speed.

The fourth graph from above in FIG. 40 represents the required drive torque of the drive wheels versus time. The Y axis represents the required drive torque of the drive wheels, and the required drive torque of the drive wheels increases in the direction of the Y axis. In one example, the required drive torque of the drive wheels is based on the torque requirement of the driver, which is determined by the accelerator pedal. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The fifth graph from above in FIG. 40 represents the operating state of a low power starter (e.g., a starter with a lower starting power than DISG). The Y axis represents the operating state of the low power starter, and the low power starter is rotating when the state curve of the low power starter is near the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

At time T ₉₆ , the drive decoupling clutch is closed and the engine speed is at an increased level. The engine delivers positive torque to the drive to the drive wheels. The DISG's torque is low, indicating that the engine delivers most of the torque to the drive wheels. In addition, a low bearing starter is not working.

Between time T ₉₆ and time T ₉₇ , the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels opens and the engine stops in response to a decrease in the required drive torque of the drive wheels. The required drive torque to the drive wheels decreases in response to a decrease in the torque requirement of the driver (not shown). The low-load starter stays off and the DISG torque remains low.

At time T ₉₇ , the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels partially closes in response to a low state of charge of the battery (not shown). The torque of the DISG soon rises in response to the closing of the drive decoupling clutch. DISG provides additional torque to the drive to the drive wheels to start the engine. Shortly thereafter, the engine starts by supplying fuel and spark ignition to the engine. The DISG torque decreases after the engine is started, and the DISG torque changes direction to negative when the DISG enters generator mode to charge the battery. The engine is rotated by the crankshaft without a low bearing starter by means of a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels and DISG at the time when the torque DISG is below the threshold value 4008.

Between time T ₉₇ and time T ₉₈ , the engine and DISG charge the battery. The engine stops after the battery is charged, and DISG starts to give positive torque to the drive on the drive wheels. The drive wheel decoupling clutch also opens when the engine stops. The required drive torque to the drive wheels rises shortly after the engine is stopped in response to an increase in driver demand torque. However, the required drive torque to the drive wheels is not within the threshold range from the torque level 4006, so the engine does not start.

At time T ₉₈ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels rises to a level that is within the range of threshold torque values to a torque level 4006. A low-load starter is engaged and rotates the engine in response to an increase in the required drive torque of the drive wheels. The engine starts shortly afterwards when spark and fuel are fed into the engine. The drive wheel decoupling clutch remains open because DISG can provide the required drive torque to the drive wheels without engine assistance. The engine runs at a drift idle speed in anticipation of the increased required drive torque to the drive wheels.

At time T ₉₉ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels decreases to a level below threshold level 4008 in response to a reduced torque requirement of a driver (not shown). The engine stops in response to the low required drive torque of the drive wheels, and the low bearing starter remains disabled. The drive decoupling clutch also remains in the open state.

Between the time T ₉₉ and the time T ₁₀₀ , the required driving torque of the drive wheels rises in response to the increased driving torque of the driver. The required drive torque to the drive wheels rises to a level that is less than a threshold torque that differs markedly from a torque level of 4006. Therefore, DISG provides the required drive torque to the drive wheels without starting the engine. The clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels remains open.

At time T ₁₀₀ , the required drive torque of the drive wheels is further increased in response to increasing driver demand torque. The low-load starter is engaged and the engine rotates in response to the required drive torque of the drive wheels, increasing to within a threshold level from a torque level 4006. The engine is started by supplying sparks and fuel to the engine in response to engine rotation. The engine accelerates to the number of 4004 idle revolutions of the drift mode. DISG continues to supply all the positive torque to the drive to the drive wheels to meet the required drive torque to the drive wheels. A low-load starter disengages shortly after the engine is started.

At time T ₁₀₁ , the required drive torque to the drive wheels rises to a level greater than the torque level 4006 in response to increasing driver demand torque. The drive-wheel decoupling clutch closes in response to increasing driver demand, and the engine speed also increases so that the engine can provide additional torque to supplement the DISG torque. The low-load starter remains disabled.

Thus, the starter, motor and trip clutch can be actuated to provide a shorter reaction time to increase the required drive torque to the drive wheels. In addition, a low bearing starter can be driven during conditions where the DISG does not have enough bearing capacity to rotate the engine crankshaft so that the operating range of the DISG can be extended.

Thus, the methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method for driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: driving the engine and delivering engine torque to the drive on the drive wheels driving the vehicle in response to the required torque, which is large than the threshold torque built into the drive to the drive wheels of the starter / generator; and driving the engine and not delivering engine torque to the drive to the drive wheels in response to a desired torque that is less than a threshold torque of the drive to the drive wheels and greater than a threshold torque of cranking the engine crankshaft. Thus, the drive to the drive wheels can operate with improved efficiency and provide a shorter reaction time for torque.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the threshold torque of the starter / alternator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels is a torque within a predetermined range of torque from the rated torque of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases in which the threshold cranking torque of the engine is within a predetermined range of torque from the cranking torque of the engine. The method includes those cases where the cranking torque of the engine crankshaft is the torque for the engine to rotate from zero rotation to a speed of less than 250 revolutions per minute. The method further comprises actuating the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels in the open state along with the operation of the engine, and without delivering engine torque to the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the required torque is based on the torque requirements of the driver. The method further comprises providing torque to the drive to the drive wheels by means of a starter / generator integrated in the drive to drive wheels along with driving the engine, and without outputting engine torque to the drive to drive wheels.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: rotating the engine and delivering engine torque to the drive to the drive wheels, driving the vehicle, in response to the required torque, which is greater than threshold torque of the starter / alternator drive integrated into the drive wheel; rotating the engine and not delivering engine torque to the drive to the drive wheels in response to a required torque that is less than the threshold torque of the drive to the drive wheels and greater than the threshold torque of cranking the engine; and not the rotation of the engine in response to a desired torque that is less than the threshold torque of cranking the engine crankshaft. The method further comprises rotating and actuating the engine in response to a state of charge of the battery when the required torque is less than the threshold torque of cranking the engine crankshaft.

In one example, the method further comprises rotating the engine from a stopped state in response to a desired torque that is greater than a threshold torque built into the drive to the drive wheels of the starter / generator. The method includes those cases when the threshold torque of the starter / generator integrated into the drive to the drive wheels is less than a predetermined torque different from the rated torque of the starter / generator integrated into the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is in a closed state when the engine torque is transmitted to the drive to the drive wheels, driving the vehicle. The method includes those cases when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is in the open state in the absence of outputting engine torque to the drive to the drive wheels driving the vehicle. The method includes those cases when the threshold torque of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels varies depending on the operating conditions of the vehicle.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including executable instructions stored in read-only memory to operate the engine at idle at the first number of idle revolutions, while the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is in the open state, and executable instructions for operating the engine at the second the number of revolutions of idling, the second number of revolutions of idling is greater than the first number of revolutions of idling, while the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is in closed condition ii.

In one example, the vehicle system further comprises additional executable instructions for opening and closing the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels in response to a desired drive torque of the drive wheels. The vehicle system further comprises additional executable instructions for advancing the setting of the ignition timing and reducing the amount of engine air in response to the engine running at the first idle speed. The vehicle system further comprises additional executable instructions for delaying the setting of the ignition timing and increasing the amount of engine air relative to the setting of the ignition timing and the amount of engine air when the engine is operated at the first idle speed. The vehicle system further comprises additional executable instructions for delivering engine torque to the transmission in response to a desired torque that is greater than the threshold torque of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The vehicle system further comprises additional executable instructions for not delivering engine torque to the transmission in response to a desired torque that is less than the threshold torque of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: operating the engine at a predetermined drift idle speed, the drift idle speed is less than the base engine idle speed; and opening the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels while the engine is operating at a predetermined drift idle speed to disconnect the engine from the vehicle wheels. The method includes those cases when the engine is operated at a predetermined drift idle speed, when the required torque of the drive to the drive wheels is within the range of threshold values from the threshold torque built into the drive to the drive wheels of the starter / alternator (DISG), and when the DISG is driving torque to the wheels of the vehicle, and where the vehicle is moving, while the engine is at a predetermined drift number of both Started idling. The method includes those cases in which the threshold torque DISG is the maximum torque bearing capacity of DISG.

In some examples, the method further comprises those instances where the setting of the ignition timing is more advanced than setting the ignition timing at the base idle speed. The method further comprises exiting the drift idle speed in response to a required torque exceeding a threshold value. The method further comprises closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to a required torque exceeding a threshold value. The method includes those cases when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is located in the drive to the drive wheels located between the engine and the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: operating the engine at a predetermined drift idle speed in response to an operating condition where the starter / generator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels is not enough torque to start the engine from idle, the drift idle speed is less than the base engine idle speed; and opening the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels while the engine is operating at a predetermined drift idle speed to disconnect the engine from the vehicle wheels. The method further comprises providing the required drive torque to the drive wheels to the vehicle wheels via DISG, while the engine is operating at a predetermined drift idle speed.

In one example, the method further comprises decommissioning the engine at a predetermined drift idle speed in response to a torque request greater than a threshold value. The method includes those cases when the engine is disconnected from the DISG. The method includes those cases when the engine is disconnected from the transmission. The method further comprises accelerating the engine to a speed of DISG before closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the spark supplied to the engine, while the engine is operating at a predetermined drift idle speed, is more advanced than when the engine is operated at the base idle speed.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel (DMF), including a first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including constant commands executed to enter the drift mode in response to the required torque.

In one example, the vehicle system further comprises additional commands for entering drift mode in response to a desired torque on the output shaft that is within the threshold torque capacity of the DISG torque bearing capacity. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for entering drift mode in response to a DISG torque not sufficient to start the engine. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for exiting the drift mode in response to a desired torque that is greater than a threshold value. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for increasing the engine speed in response to exiting the drift mode. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels when the engine speed is substantially at a speed of DISG.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: providing torque from the engine to the drive to the drive wheels attached to the wheels; operate the engine at idle speed and disengage the drive-driven engine in response to reduced torque requirements of the driver; and provide a constant vehicle deceleration rate during reduced torque requirements of the driver. Thus, the drive to the drive wheels can save fuel along with providing braking drive to the drive wheels and improve torque characteristics.

In some examples, the method further comprises opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to a reduced torque requirement of the driver. The method includes those cases where the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels gives negative torque to provide a constant deceleration rate of the vehicle. The method includes those cases where the idle speed is the first idle speed, and where the first idle speed is lower than the second idle speed, the engine is driven at the second idle speed when the engine is connected to drive the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the engine is running at idle speed in response to a reduced torque requirement of the driver, which is less than the torque built into the drive to the drive wheels of the starter / generator. The method includes those cases when the threshold torque of the starter / generator integrated into the drive to the drive wheels is greater than 75% of the nominal torque of the starter / generator integrated into the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the torque output from the engine is a positive torque.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: transmitting torque from the engine to the drive to the drive wheels attached to the wheels; operating the engine at idle speed and disengaging the engine with drive to the drive wheels in response to reduced torque requirements of the driver; ensuring a constant pace of vehicle deceleration with reduced torque requirements of the driver; and accelerating the engine to a certain number of revolutions in response to increased torque requirements of the driver after operating the engine at idle speed. The method includes those cases where the speed is the speed of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels.

In some examples, the method further comprises closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to a speed reaching the speed of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when a constant deceleration of the vehicle is provided by means of a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels is operated in the recovery mode, charging the battery. The method includes those cases where the idle speed is the first idle speed, and where the first idle speed is lower than the second idle speed, the engine is driven at the second idle speed when the engine is connected to drive the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the engine is running at idle speed in response to a reduced torque requirement of the driver, which is less than the torque built into the drive to the drive wheels of the starter / generator.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including executable instructions stored in read-only memory to provide a constant rate of deceleration of the vehicle along with idling of the engine at the idle speed of the drift mode.

In one example, a vehicle system includes those cases where the drift idle speed is less than the base idle speed, the base idle speed is provided when the engine is connected to the DISG. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for opening the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to a decrease in the torque requirement of the driver. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for exiting the idle speed of the drift mode in response to increasing torque requirements of the driver. The vehicle system additionally contains additional commands to increase the engine speed from the idle speed of the drift mode in response to the increasing torque requirements of the driver. A vehicle system includes those cases where a constant vehicle deceleration rate is provided by DISG.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: transmitting torque to the drive to the drive wheels through a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in response to a desired torque; and starting the engine and operating the engine at idle without outputting engine torque to the drive to the drive wheels in response to a driver's torque requirement that is within the range of threshold torque values for cranking the engine. Thus, different levels of required drive torque to the drive wheels can be the basis for entering or exiting the drift mode. The method includes those cases where the range of threshold values is greater than 75% of the cranking torque of the engine crankshaft. The method includes those cases where the torque of the DISG is output to the torque converter. The method includes those cases when the engine is started by means of a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is in the open state during operation of the engine at idle. The method also includes those cases where the required torque is based on the torque requirements of the driver. The method includes those cases where the cranking torque of the engine crankshaft is the magnitude of the torque for accelerating the engine from zero speed to a speed of less than 250 revolutions per minute.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: transmitting torque to the drive to the drive wheels through a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in response to the torque requirement of the driver; and starting the engine and operating the engine at idle without outputting engine torque to the drive to the drive wheels in response to a driver's torque requirement that is within the range of threshold torque values for cranking the engine; and accelerating the engine to the rotational speed of the starter / generator integrated into the drive to the drive wheels in response to a torque requirement of the driver, increasing to a threshold torque of the starter / generator integrated into the drive to the drive wheels. The method further comprises closing the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels in response to the engine reaching a speed of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels.

In one example, the method further comprises outputting engine torque to the drive on the drive wheels after closing the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the engine is started by means of a starter, other than a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the engine is started by means of a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the engine is idling at the idle speed of the drift mode. The method includes those cases when the spark supplied to the engine, while the engine is operating at the idle speed of the drift mode, is more advanced than when the engine is operated at the base number of idle speeds.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including executable instructions stored in read-only memory to accelerate the vehicle from zero speed by DISG without starting the engine, and instructions to start the engine in response to a required torque exceeding the threshold cranking torque of the engine crankshaft.

In one example, the vehicle system further comprises additional commands for idling the engine at a drift idle speed without outputting engine torque to the drive wheels. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for accelerating the engine from the drift idle speed in response to an increase in the required torque. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to the engine speed reaching the DISG speed. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for increasing the engine torque after closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The vehicle system includes those cases where the cranking torque of the engine crankshaft is the magnitude of the torque for accelerating the engine from zero speed to an engine speed of less than 250 revolutions per minute.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: transmitting positive torque to the drive to the drive wheels through a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels; engine operation at idle speed in the speed control mode; and acceleration of the engine in the speed control mode to the speed of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in response to the required torque. Thus, the torque of the torque converter can be adjusted during the condition of pressing the accelerator pedal. The method includes those cases where the required torque is the driver's torque, and where the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels located in the drive to the drive wheels between the engine and the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels is in the open state.

In one example, the method further comprises closing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to an engine speed reaching or exceeding the rotational speed of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the idle speed is the idle speed of the drift mode. The method includes those cases when the idle speed of the drift mode is a lower number of revolutions than the base idle speed of the engine. The method further comprises advancing the setting of the engine ignition moment, while the engine runs at idle speed of the drift mode relative to the installation of the engine ignition moment at the engine, along with operating the engine at the base engine idle speed. The method further comprises reducing the amount of engine air, while the engine is operating at idle speed of the drift mode, relative to the amount of engine air, along with operating the engine at the base engine idle speed.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: transmitting positive torque to the drive to the drive wheels through a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels; driving the engine at idle speed in the speed control mode; adjustment of the slip of the torque converter clutch and acceleration of the engine in the speed control mode to the speed of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels in response to the required torque; and closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to the engine speed substantially coinciding with the speed of the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the setting of the slip of the torque converter includes increasing the slip of the torque converter. The method further comprises reducing slippage of the torque converter in response to a clutch for disengaging the drive to drive wheels in a closed state.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the idle speed is the idle speed of the drift mode. The method includes those cases when the idle speed of the drift mode is a lower number of revolutions than the base idle speed of the engine. The method includes those cases when the required torque is increasing. The method includes those cases when the required torque increases to a torque greater than the threshold torque built into the drive to the drive wheels of the starter / generator.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller that includes executable instructions in read-only memory for delivering a positive torque to the transmission exclusively through DISG in response to a required torque that is less than the cranking torque of the engine, and commands that adjust the engine speed to maintain the frequency rotation of the DISG when the DISG torque is greater than the cranking torque of the engine and less than the threshold torque of the DISG.

In one example, the vehicle system further comprises additional commands for closing the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels when the engine speed is substantially equal to the DISG speed. The vehicle system additionally contains additional commands for operating the engine in torque control mode after closing the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels. The vehicle system additionally contains additional commands for operating the engine in a speed control mode along with setting the engine speed to adhere to the DISG speed. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for delivering the required torque through the engine and DISG. The vehicle system further comprises a torque converter and a torque converter clutch, and further comprises additional commands to increase the slip of the torque converter clutch in response to a desired torque.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: transmitting torque to the drive to the drive wheels connected to the wheels of the vehicle by means of an engine and a starter / generator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels ; and entering the drift mode during the selected conditions, the drift mode includes outputting the DISG torque to the drive to the drive wheels and idling the engine without outputting engine torque to the drive to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the selected conditions include those cases where the temperature of the catalyst is lower than the threshold temperature. The method includes those cases where the selected conditions include those cases when the tank for fuel vapor has accumulated more than the threshold quantity of fuel vapor. The method includes those cases where the selected conditions include those cases where the vacuum level is lower than the threshold vacuum. The method includes those cases where the selected conditions include those cases where the temperature of the engine coolant is lower than the threshold temperature. The method includes those cases when the selected conditions include those cases when the driver chose a sports driving mode. The method includes those cases when the engine is idling at idle speed, drift mode, which is a lower idle speed than the base idle speed when the engine is connected to DISG.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide a method of driving a drive to the drive wheels, comprising: transmitting torque to the drive to the drive wheels connected to the wheels of the vehicle by means of an engine and a starter / generator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels ; entering the drift mode during the selected conditions, the drift mode includes issuing DISG torque to the drive to the drive wheels and idling the engine without outputting engine torque to the drive to the drive wheels; and advancing the installation of the ignition timing and reducing the amount of engine air in response to entering a drift mode. The method includes those cases where the selected conditions include those cases where the temperature of the catalyst is lower than the threshold temperature, and where the state of charge of the energy storage device is equal to or greater than the threshold state of charge.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the selected conditions include those where the tank for fuel vapor has accumulated more than a threshold amount of fuel vapor, and where the charge state of the energy storage device is equal to or greater than the threshold state charge. The method includes those cases where the selected conditions include those cases where the vacuum level is less than the threshold vacuum, and where the state of charge of the energy storage device is equal to or greater than the threshold state of charge. The method includes those cases where the selected conditions include those cases where the temperature of the engine coolant is lower than the threshold temperature, and where the state of charge of the energy storage device is equal to or greater than the threshold state of charge. The method includes those cases where the selected conditions include those cases, the driver chose a sports driving mode, and where the charge state of the energy storage device is equal to or greater than the threshold state of charge. The method includes those cases when the engine is idling at idle speed, drift mode, which is a lower idle speed than the base idle speed when the engine is connected to DISG.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 37-40 also provide for a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including executable instructions in read-only memory to enter the drift mode during the selected conditions, where the engine is operated at the idle speed of the drift mode without outputting the engine torque to the transmission, and where the DISG torque is output to the transmission, where the selected conditions include a state of charge of the battery, which is equal to or greater than the threshold charge of the battery.

In one example, the vehicle system further comprises additional instructions for purging fuel vapor during the drift mode. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for generating a vacuum during the drift mode. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for increasing the temperature of the catalyst during the drift mode. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for raising the engine temperature during the drift mode. The vehicle system includes those cases where the threshold charge of the battery is the nominal charge of the battery.

Next, with reference to FIG. 41 and 42, a flowchart of a method for adapting a transfer function of a drive trip clutch to drive wheels is shown. The method of FIG. 41 and 42 may be stored as executable instructions in the read-only memory of controller 12 in FIG. 1-3.

At 4102, method 4100 evaluates whether or not conditions are present for adapting the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The adaptation of the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels can be implemented starting from the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels into the open state and after the coupling of the decoupling of the drive to drive wheels reaches a predetermined operating temperature, and after the engine and DISG reach the selected operating conditions, such as minimum engine operating temperatures and DISG. In yet another example, adaptation of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels may be provided during conditions where the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel is greater than the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine. If method 4100 concludes that there are conditions for adapting the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, the answer is yes, and method 4100 goes to 4104. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 4100 goes to the output.

At 4104, method 4100 opens the torque converter clutch (TCC), and the DISG rotates if there is no torque sensor, or if the engine is not rotating and burning. If there is a torque sensor, the torque measurement is not based on the speed of the pump wheel. If the engine is rotating and performing combustion, the method of FIG. 42 does not require DISG to be rotating. When a DISG rotation is required, the DISG rotates at its own power by the current supplied by the energy storage device. In one example, the DISG rotates at less than 1000 rpm, so that very little torque is transmitted through the torque converter to the transmission. Thus, the DISG can rotate at a speed that produces less than the threshold value of torque through the torque converter to the transmission. Method 4100 proceeds to 4106 after the TCC is open.

At 4106, method 4100 evaluates whether or not the engine is rotating and burning a fuel-air mixture. In one example, an engine can be estimated to be rotating and burning a fuel-air mixture when the engine speed is greater than the threshold speed. If method 4100 concludes that the engine is rotating and burning a fuel-air mixture, the answer is yes, and method 4100 proceeds to 4150. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 4100 proceeds to 4108.

At 4150, method 4100 drives the engine in a speed control mode. In addition, the vehicle speed may be zero. The engine may be a fuel-air mixture when the adaptation of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels begins, or the engine can be started by means of a starter or DISG. The transformer clutch is in the open state, and the engine speed is controlled by changing the engine torque by means of a throttle, setting the ignition timing, setting the cam distribution phases, valve lift, fuel injection, or other engine actuators. Method 4100 proceeds to 4152 after the engine is set to a speed control mode.

At 4152, method 4100 adjusts the engine speed to be higher or lower than the DISG speed. For example, if the DISG speed is 400 rpm, the engine speed can be set to 800 RPM. Alternatively, for example, the engine speed can be set to 700 rpm if the DISG speed is 800 rpm. Method 4100 proceeds to 4154 after the engine speed is set.

At 4154, method 4100 estimates engine torque and stores the estimated engine torque in memory. The engine torque can be evaluated as described in US Pat. No. 7,066,121. Alternatively, engine torque may be evaluated by other known methods. For example, engine torque can be determined empirically at selected engine speeds and engine loads. Empirically determined data is stored in the controller memory and retrieved by indexing tables or functions based on the existing engine speed and load. Method 4100 proceeds to 4156 after the engine torque is estimated.

At 4156, method 4100 incrementally increases the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch. In one example, the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch onto the drive wheels can be increased by increasing the duty cycle of the drive decoupling clutch control signal. A higher duty cycle increases the oil pressure supplied to the drive decoupling clutch. An incremental increase in the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling to the drive wheels can be determined and stored in memory as the transfer function of the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels. The transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels establishes the ratio between the pressure of the clutch and the torque on the input shaft of the drive decoupling to the drive wheels and outputs the torque on the output shaft of the drive decoupling to the drive wheels. The transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels can also be used to select the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels by indexing the transfer function using the required torque on the output shaft of the coupling and the torque on the input shaft of the coupling.

The pressure or the pressing force of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, the engine speed and the DISG speed are stored in memory each time the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch is raised. Each time the drive-to-drive decoupling clutch switches to a new level (there may be numerous levels used sequentially to study the clutch transfer function according to method 4130 and Fig. 43), the system may need to expect the engine speed to stabilize at the required number engine speed, and then a new estimate of the engine torque is saved. Once the engine speed controller has suppressed any disturbance caused by the change in the torque of the clutch, both the estimated torque of the motor and the estimated torque of the clutch should be stored for use at 4160. The motor controller can use the estimated pressure or bearing capacity of the clutch and the slip sign on the clutch to proactively increase or decrease engine torque if necessary, or motor control can use feedback control only to compensate for engine speed regarding changes in clutch pressure. Method 4100 proceeds to 4158 after the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch is increased.

At 4158, method 4100 evaluates whether or not the drive release clutch clutch profile has been applied. In one example, the pressure profile of the drive decoupling clutch onto the drive wheels provides sufficient pressure to transmit minimum torque (e.g., 2 N⋅m) so that only one clutch plate barely begins to touch the other clutch plate. In other examples, the pressure profile of the drive decoupling clutch onto the drive wheels can go from fully open to fully closed. If method 4100 concludes that not all the pressures on the drive decoupling clutch profile have been applied, the answer is no, and method 4100 returns to 4154. Otherwise, the answer is yes, and method 4100 proceeds to 4160.

At 4160, method 4100 compares the estimate (s) of the torque of the drive decoupling clutch from the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch with the estimate of the engine torque (s) stored when the engine speed was stabilized at the required speed of the clutch command pressure tripping, when the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is applied by incrementing the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. For example, if the transfer function of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels displays the duty cycle of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels by 35% (corresponding to the required pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels) to achieve the required torque on the output shaft of the trip clutch of 50 N⋅ m, when the torque on the input shaft of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels is 85 N⋅m, but the torque on the output shaft of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels is 45 N⋅m per Based on the estimated torque of the engine, it can be concluded that the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch has an error of 5 N⋅m when a duty cycle of 35% is applied to the drive decoupling clutch, when the torque on the output shaft of the drive decoupling clutch on driving wheels has a value of 85 N⋅m. The difference between the required torque of the drive decoupling clutch and the engine torque can be determined for each set of operating conditions where the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch was applied to 4156. Method 4100 goes to 4162 after the torque of the drive decoupling clutch drive wheels, which is determined by the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch, is compared with the torque estimated by the engine when the pressure is incremented s pressing the clutch disengaging the drive to the drive wheels.

At 4162, method 4100 updates the transfer function of the drive-to-drive clutch in sample records in response to an error between the torque of the drive-to-drive clutch estimated by the engine and the torque of the drive-to-drive clutch expected based on the transfer function drive decoupling clutches. For example, if the torque of the drive decoupling clutch estimated by the engine is different from the torque of the drive decoupling clutch determined from the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch, the torque of the drive decoupling clutch replaces the corresponding torque value of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels in the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. Thus, an assessment of the engine torque can be the basis for setting the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. Method 4100 proceeds to 4164 after the transfer function of the trip clutch is updated to selected values, where the torque of the drive to drive clutch, estimated by the engine, diverges from the torque of the drive to drive clutch described in the transfer function of the drive clutch on driving wheels.

If the difference between the engine torque-based estimated torque of the trip clutch and the previous torque of the trip clutch is above a threshold value, the adaptation sequence may again return to the system test at the next opportunity, and the adaptation sequence may be performed until the system is updated successfully. It should be noted that all adaptation methods described in the materials of this application can be performed more often, earlier or immediately in response to the error of the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch of the drive.

At 4164, method 4100 applies the corrected transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the planned pressure of the drive decoupling clutch. For example, when a setting is requested with respect to the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is output based on the corrected transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels to 4162. Method 4100 exits after the correct decoupling clutch pressure is output drive wheel drive.

At 4108, method 4100 evaluates whether or not a restart is requested. If engine rotation is stopped at 4108, it may restart if required. If a motor restart is requested during adaptation of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, it may be possible that errors may be present in the adapted transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch. Therefore, adaptation of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels is not performed during engine restarts. If method 4100 determines that a restart is required, the answer is yes, and method 4100 goes to the output. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 4100 proceeds to 4110.

At 4110, method 4100 evaluates whether or not a drive torque sensor is present to detect drive torque of the drive wheels. If method 4100 concludes that the drive torque sensor is present, the answer is yes, and method 4100 proceeds to 4130. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 4100 proceeds to 4112.

Note that, in some examples, the adaptation of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels based on a torque converter (e.g., 4112-4122) or a torque sensor (e.g., 4130-4138) can be carried out simultaneously with the engine torque rating of the trip clutch drive wheels (e.g. 4150-4164) if the engine speed and the DISG speed are kept separate (e.g., the drive-wheel decoupling clutch slips) and the engine controller is operated I when adjusting the speed of the engine with a closed loop.

At 4130, method 4100 increases the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels from a state where the drive decoupling clutch is in the fully open state, sequentially increasing the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch. The pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels may increase at a certain speed or according to a predetermined group of selected increments in the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. Method 4100 proceeds to 4132 after increasing the pressure of the drive clutch on the drive wheels. DISG can be driven in closed-loop speed mode with a constant command speed (for example, idle speed ~ 700 rpm). Alternatively, the DISG speed may be selected as a lower speed to reduce power consumption.

At 4132, method 4100 adjusts the DISG torque based on the existing transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, which is adapted after the process of pressing the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is completed. In particular, the torque of the DISG is increased based on the amount of torque estimated from being transmitted from the DISG to the engine via the drive decoupling clutch according to the transmission function of the drive decoupling clutch. Method 4100 proceeds to 4134 after the DISG torque is set.

At 4134, method 4100 compares the amount of torque transmitted by the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels with the command torque of the transmission of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels (for example, the amount of requested torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels by means of the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch wheels). In one example, the torque of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels can be determined by the following equations depending on the location of the drive torque sensor of the drive wheels:

If the torque sensor is located on the pump wheel of the torque converter:

If the torque sensor is located on the turbine / input shaft of the torque converter:

Where

- оцененный крутящий момент муфты расцепления привода на ведущие колеса, I_{elec_machine} - инерция DISG, N_impeller - частота вращения насосного колеса гидротрансформатора, T_sensor - крутящий момент, измеренный с помощью датчика крутящего момента, T_{elec_machine} - выходной крутящий момент DISG, T_turbine - крутящий момент турбины гидротрансформатора, cpc - коэффициент несущей способности гидротрансформатора, N_turbine - частота вращения турбины гидротрансформатора, а T_{conv_clutch} - крутящий момент муфты гидротрансформатора.Where

is the estimated torque of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, I _{elec_machine} is the inertia of DISG, N _impeller is the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel, T _sensor is the torque measured using the torque sensor, T _{elec_machine} is the output torque of DISG, T _turbine is torque of the torque converter turbine, cpc is the load bearing coefficient of the torque converter, N _turbine is the rotation speed of the torque converter turbine, and T _{conv_clutch} is the torque of the torque converter clutch.

During conditions where the speed of the torque converter turbine is lower than the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter, the torque converter clutch is open, the drive-wheel decoupling clutch is open (for example, a vehicle in standstill with a pump wheel rotates ~ 700 rpm is a desirable case ), adaptively adjust the load-bearing coefficient (cpc) of the torque converter based on the torque of the electric motor and the acceleration of the pump wheel using using the above equations. During conditions where the torque converter pump wheel is rotating, the drive decoupling clutch is open and the engine restart command is not given, the sequentially higher torque of the drive decoupling clutch is commanded. Based on the current estimate of the travel pressure or the contact patch of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels (for example, the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, a command is given to the point where the plates of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels on the input and output sides of the drive decoupling clutch are first contacted when the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels is transitioning from an open state to a partially closed state) at the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, the torque of the clutch epleniya drive the drive wheels is compensated for by DISG torque to reduce the impact on the driveability of the vehicle. In one example, the DISG torque increases in proportion to the estimated torque of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels based on the existing clutch transfer function.

The torque estimate of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels can be compared with the measurement from the torque sensor with proper compensation of the torques and inertia between the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels and the torque sensor. Stroke pressure / contact spot of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels can be adaptively adjusted. In one example, the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is adjusted by replacing the value in the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels with the estimated torque of the drive decoupling clutch. Alternatively, the transmission function of the drive decoupling clutch may be adjusted based on an error between the transmission function of the drive decoupling clutch and the estimated torque of the drive decoupling clutch.

If the command torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is less than or greater than the torque transmitted by the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels by a predetermined value, the torque value of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to drive wheels adjusts to the measured torque of the drive decoupling clutch.

Thus, the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels can be adjusted to provide an improved estimate of the amount of torque transmitted by the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. Method 4100 proceeds to 4136 after the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch has been evaluated and / or adapted to existing operating conditions.

At 4136, method 4100 evaluates whether or not all of the required portions of the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch have been evaluated and / or set at all required pressures of the drive decoupling clutch to press on. If so, the answer is yes, and method 4100 proceeds to 4138. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 4100 returns to 4130, where the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch increases and the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch is evaluated in a new working condition.

At 4138, method 4100 applies the corrected transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the planned pressure of the drive decoupling clutch. For example, when a setting is requested with respect to the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is output based on the corrected transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels to 4134. Method 4100 exits after the correct decoupling clutch pressure is output drive wheel drive.

At 4112, method 4100 raises the pressing pressure of the disengaging clutch from a state where the disengaging clutch of the drive to the drive wheels is fully open, as described at 4130. The vehicle speed may be zero at this time, and the command of the clutch of the drive to drive wheels may increase with certain increments to increase the pressure or the pressing force of the drive clutch on the drive wheels. Method 4100 proceeds to 4114 after the pressing pressure of the drive trip clutch is adjusted to the drive wheels.

At 4114, method 4100 adjusts the DISG torque as described at 4132. Method 4100 proceeds to 4116 after the DISG torque is configured.

At 4116, method 4100 estimates the torque transmitted by the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels based on the rotational speeds and accelerations of the drive components to the drive wheels. In one example, the torque transmitted by the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels can be estimated using the following equations:

Where:

The decision regarding the torque of the drive decoupling clutch:

Where I _{impeller is the} inertia of the torque converter pump wheel, N _impeller is the speed of the torque converter pump wheel, T _clutch is the torque of the drive decoupling clutch, T _{elec_machine} is _DISG torque, T _conv is torque of the torque converter pump wheel, cpc is the load bearing coefficient torque converter, N _turbine - speed of the torque converter turbine T _{conv_clutch} - torque of the torque converter clutch.

During conditions where the speed of the torque converter turbine is lower than the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter, the bypass clutch of the torque converter is open, the clutch for disengaging the drive wheels of the drive wheels is open (for example, a vehicle in a standstill with a pump wheel rotating by ~ 700 is a desirable case revolutions per minute), the coefficient of bearing capacity (cpc) of the torque converter, which is based on the torque of the electric motor and the acceleration of the pump wheel, adaptively rektiruetsya using the equations presented above. During conditions where the pump wheel is rotating, the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels is open and the engine restart command is not given, a command of successively higher torques of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels is given. The torque of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is compensated by the DISG torque to reduce the impact on driving performance. The torque of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is based on the current estimate of the stroke pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels or the contact spots of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels.

For example, the DISG torque increases as the torque of the drive decoupling clutch increases. In one example, the DISG torque increases in proportion to the torque transmitted through the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The torque estimate of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels is compared with the torque of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels, calculated using the equations given above, based on other torques, rotational speeds and accelerations, by 4118. Then, the travel pressure / contact patch of the trip coupling the drive on the drive wheels of the clutch decoupling the drive on the drive wheels is adaptively updated to 4118. Method 4100 goes to 4118 after evaluating the amount of torque transmitted by the clutch trip eniya drive to the drive wheels.

At 4118, method 4100 compares the estimated torque transmitted by the drive decoupling clutch to the torque of the drive decoupling clutch from the existing transmission function of the drive decoupling clutch as described in 4134. Comparison can be made by subtracting the estimated torque the moment of the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels from the required torque of the clutch for decoupling the drive to drive wheels to generate an error, which is the basis for updating the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch. When the error is greater than a predetermined value, the estimated torque of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels replaces the value of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels in the transfer function of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels or is the basis for setting the transmission function of the drive decoupling coupling of the drive wheels. Method 4100 proceeds to 4120 after the estimated amount of torque transmitted by the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is compared with the torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels from the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels.

At 4120, method 4100 evaluates whether or not all of the required portions of the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch have been evaluated and / or set at all required pressures of the drive decoupling clutch to press against. If so, the answer is yes, and method 4100 goes to 4122. Otherwise, the answer is no, and method 4100 returns to 4112, where the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch increases and the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch is evaluated in a new working condition.

At 4122, method 4100 applies the corrected transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the planned pressure of the drive decoupling clutch. For example, when a setting is requested for the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is output based on the corrected transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels to 4118. Method 4100 exits after the correct release clutch pressure is output drive wheel drive.

In some examples, a drive-to-drive clutch may be used in combination with a dual clutch automatic transmission (DCT) (e.g., FIG. 3). In these applications, DISG can be used as a torque reader to measure the torque of the DCT start-up clutch as a function of the command torque of the DCT start-up clutch at the low torque levels that the start-up clutch operates during restart and start of the engine. The gear ratio and / or offset can then be updated in the torque tables of the DCT start-up clutch to match the actual input shaft torque to the output shaft. One example of using DISG to read the torque of a DCT starting clutch includes: measuring the torque of a DCT starting clutch when the vehicle is stopped, and brakes applied, for example, when the vehicle is at rest and the driver applies a brake or brake system a command is given to delay the release of the brakes. Such an operation can be used to prevent the change in the torque of the DCT starting clutch from being transmitted to the wheels or affect the acceleration of the vehicle.

In some examples, the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels may be open. An open drive-to-drive clutch can eliminate torque or suppleness interactions between the engine and / or the dual-mass flywheel (DMF), which can affect the DISG's ability to accurately read the torque of the DCT start-up clutch. DISG can be driven in a closed-loop speed mode with a constant command speed, for example, idle speed ~ 700 rpm. The DISG speed can be selected as the lower speed to reduce fuel consumption. The DISG speed can be set to maintain hydraulic pressure in an automatic transmission (AT), using DISG to rotate the hydraulic transmission pump. Driving DISG to maintain transmission oil pressure applies to DCT with hydraulic clutches as opposed to dry clutch DCT.

In some examples, the DCT starter clutch is fully open (for example, with zero torque bearing capacity) when the DISG torque estimate is being studied. The DISG torque rating is the basis for registering DCT open coupling torque at the DISG command speed. DISG torque estimation is a function of DISG three-phase currents or command torque from an internal control loop with DISG speed feedback. The DCT start-up clutch is instructed to operate within the required torque range after the DCT open-clutch torque has been determined from the DISG torque estimate. The DCT starting clutch torques for each command torque in the required torque range are determined by the DISG torque determined at each command torque. The DCT start-up clutch error torque is determined as the difference between the DCT start-up clutch torque measurement and the read-out torque from the evaluation of the DISG three-phase current or command torque. The DISG can be driven in a speed feedback mode that includes an internal torque loop to determine the torque of the DCT start-up clutch. The DCT torque table or transfer function is updated according to the DISG observed torque.

In addition, the variability of driving and torque ratings transmitted through the TCC can be a noise factor that can contribute to poor driving performance of the vehicle system. If the TCC torque is not correctly actuated due to errors in the command as opposed to the actual TCC torque during the engine restart process, the torque transmitted to the wheels may be lower than that required and the starting performance and driving performance may be impaired.

DISG can be used as a torque reader to measure the torque transmitted through the TCC, as a function of the TCC command torque during engine start. The low torque levels transmitted through the TCC during engine start-up and start-ups can be the basis for updating the gear ratio and / or offset values in the TCC torque tables so that the table values correspond to the actual torque from the input shaft to the output shaft.

One example of driving a DISG to read the transmitted TCC torque includes: measuring the TCC torque with the DISG when the vehicle is stopped and when the brakes are applied (for example, when the vehicle is at rest and the driver applies the brakes) . Another example involves evaluating the transmitted TCC torque through DISG when the automatic transmission clutches tie the output of the transmission in order to maintain elevation. Transmission linkage reduces the likelihood of transmitting the transmitted TCC torque to the vehicle wheels.

The torque transmitted through the TCC can be more accurately determined when the drive decoupling clutch is open, since it eliminates the interactions of the engine, dual mass flywheel and ductility, which can affect DISG torque estimates. DISG can be operated in closed-loop speed mode at a low constant command speed (e.g. idle speed ~ 700 rpm) to reduce power consumption when DISG is the basis for TCC torque transfer estimates. The DISG speed can also be adjusted to maintain hydraulic pressure in the torque converter by rotating the transmission via DISG.

The TCC transfer function, which describes the amount of torque transmitted through the TCC at selected pressures or compressive forces, can be adapted based on DISG torque estimates. In one example, the TCC is instructed to fully open (for example, with zero torque bearing capacity), and the torque converter output is estimated based on the DISG current. DISG current is converted to torque, which is subtracted from the torques determined with other TCC commands, where the TCC is not given a command to fully open. In this way, the torque offset is determined and stored in memory when the TCC is instructed to fully open. The TCC is then given the command in increments over the desired torque range, while the DISG torque is estimated from the DISG current at each command torque. The magnitude of the TCC transmission torque error is determined by the difference between the TCC open-loop torque command (for example, the TCC transfer function) and the TCC torque, which is determined by the three-phase current DISG. The TCC transfer function may be updated based on a TCC transmission torque error. In one example, the proportion of each TCC transmission torque error is added to the current value in the TCC transfer function, which corresponds to the TCC transmission torque error.

Thus, the transfer function of the drive-to-drive clutch can be corrected so that the drive-to-drive clutch can be used more accurately. In addition, the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels can be corrected without taking actions that may be noticeable to the driver.

Next, with reference to FIG. 43, an example sequence is shown for updating or adapting the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheel according to the methods of FIG. 41 and 42. The sequence of FIG. 43 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 43 represents the speed of the torque converter pump wheel as a function of time. The Y axis represents the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel, and the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel increases in the direction of the Y axis arrow. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. The horizontal line 4302 represents the desired speed of the torque converter pump wheel.

The second graph from above in FIG. 43 represents DISG torque versus time. The Y axis represents the DISG torque, and the DISG torque increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The third graph from above in FIG. 43 represents the force or pressure of the drive decoupling clutch against the drive wheels versus time. The Y axis represents the pressing force or pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, and the pressing force or pressure increases in the direction of the Y axis arrow. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

Until time T ₁₀₂ , the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel is at the desired rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel 4302, and the DISG torque is at a low level. The pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels is also at a lower value. If the DISG is in the control of the rotational speed, the amplitude of the change in the DISG torque required to maintain the desired pump wheel speed can be used as a torque estimation mechanism similar to the way the motor torque is used in FIG. 42.

At time T ₁₀₂ , the pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels rises in response to a request to increase the torque transmitted by the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The DISG torque does not increase because the transfer function of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels indicates that the torque is not transmitted by the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels at the current command value. The speed of the torque converter pump wheel remains at the required speed of the torque converter pump wheel, or the DISG torque does not need to be changed, while in closed-loop speed control mode, this indicates that the transfer function of the torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels , which evaluates the torque of the drive decoupling clutch, is correct. The disengagement pressure of the drive on the drive wheels decreases after it is increased, so that the next increase in pressure on the clutch can be initiated by a known condition.

At time T ₁₀₃ , the pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels rises a second time in response to a request to increase the torque transmitted by the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The DISG torque does not increase again, because the transfer function of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels indicates that the torque is not transmitted by the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels at the current command value. The speed of the torque converter pump wheel decreases or the DISG torque increases due to closed-loop speed control to indicate that the transfer function of the drive-to-drive clutch is underestimating the torque of the drive-to-drive clutch that is being transmitted. The error in the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels can be determined by the torque sensor on the trip clutch, DISG current, or from the model as described in 4116. The transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels is set based on the error. In particular, in this example, the torque estimated for the output command is reduced by a predetermined amount. Alternatively, the output command for the drive decoupling clutch may be reduced by a predetermined amount. The disengagement pressure of the drive on the drive wheels decreases after it is increased, so that the next increase in pressure on the clutch can be initiated by a known condition.

At time T ₁₀₄ , the pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels rises a third time in response to a request to increase the torque transmitted by the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The DISG torque increases as the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels indicates that the torque is transmitted by the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels at the current command value. The torque converter pump wheel speed is increased, or the DISG torque is adjusted by adjusting the closed-loop speed so as not to increase as much as the transfer function of the clutch would indicate, to indicate that the transfer function of the torque of the drive clutch overestimating the torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels that is being transmitted. An error in the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels can be determined, and the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheels is adjusted based on the error. In particular, in this example, the torque estimated for the output command is increased by a predetermined amount. Alternatively, the output command for the drive decoupling clutch may increase by a predetermined amount. The disengagement pressure of the drive on the drive wheels decreases after it is increased, so that the next increase in pressure on the clutch can be initiated by a known condition.

At time T ₁₀₅ , the pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels rises a fourth time in response to a request to increase the torque transmitted by the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The DISG torque increases as the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels indicates that the torque is transmitted by the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels at the current command value. The speed of the torque converter pump wheel remains constant to indicate that the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch is correctly evaluating the torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is not adjusted, since there is a smaller error threshold than the threshold value in evaluating the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The disengagement pressure of the drive on the drive wheels decreases after it is increased, so that the next increase in pressure on the clutch can be initiated by a known condition.

Thus, the transfer function, which describes the torque transmitted by the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, can be adapted. Each pressure on the drive decoupling clutch against the drive wheels in the transfer function can be adapted so that the entire transfer function can be corrected as the vehicle ages.

Next, with reference to FIG. 44, an example sequence is shown for updating or adapting the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch of the drive wheel according to the method of FIG. 42. The coupling torque sequence shown in FIG. 43 may be applied to the sequence of FIG. 42. The sequence of FIG. 44 may be provided by the system of FIG. 1-3.

The first graph from above in FIG. 44 represents the engine speed as a function of time. The Y axis represents the engine speed, and the engine speed increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure. Horizontal line 4402 represents the desired engine speed.

The second graph from above in FIG. 44 represents engine torque versus time. The Y axis represents the engine torque, and the engine torque increases in the direction of the arrow of the Y axis. The X axis represents time, and the time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

The third graph from above in FIG. 44 represents the force or pressure of the drive decoupling clutch against the drive wheels versus time. The Y axis represents the pressing force or pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels, and the pressing force or pressure increases in the direction of the Y axis arrow. The X axis represents time, and time increases from the left side of the figure to the right side of the figure.

Until time T ₁₀₆ , the engine speed is at the required engine speed 4402, and the engine torque is at a low level. The pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels is also at a lower value and gives the command to the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels in the open position. The engine is in the speed control mode, and the engine torque is determined by the engine speed and engine load (for example, the current mass of engine air divided by the theoretical mass of air that the engine is capable of suction, naturally aspirated or turbocharged). The rotational speeds of the DISG and the torque converter (not shown) are set to a different rotational speed than the required engine speed.

At time T ₁₀₆ , the pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels rises in response to a request to increase the torque transmitted by the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The DISG speed (not shown) remains constant, and the required engine speed remains constant, while the pressing force of the drive clutch on the drive wheels increases. The engine torque initially remains at a constant level, while the clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels gradually closes.

At time T ₁₀₇ , the pressure of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels continues to increase, and the engine speed starts to slow down to a speed less than the required engine speed. The engine speed control loop increases engine torque (for example, by opening the engine throttle) in response to the difference between the required engine speed and the actual engine speed. The estimated torque of the drive decoupling coupling to the drive wheels is the difference between the engine torque before time T ₁₀₆ and the engine torque at the point in time after T ₁₀₆ , when the pressing force of the drive decoupling coupling on the drive wheels rises (for example, at a point in time shortly after the moment T ₁₀₇ time). The transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch, which outputs the force or pressure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to the required torque of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, can be adjusted based on the estimated drive torque of the drive wheels.

In this example, the transmission function elements of the drive decoupling clutch, which are different from the estimated torque values of the drive decoupling clutch determined at the command pressure of the drive decoupling clutch, can be updated with the estimated torque of the decoupling clutch or a fraction of the error if they differ from the estimated torque of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels by a larger than threshold torque value. The transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch can be updated as the adaptation process takes place, or after the sequence is completed. It should also be noted that the engine speed may increase instead of decreasing at time T ₁₀₇ , when the speed of the torque converter pump wheel is greater than the engine speed. In this example, the speed of the torque converter pump wheel is tuned to a speed greater than the engine speed so that the engine speed increases at time T ₁₀₇ when the drive decoupling clutch closes.

At time T ₁₀₈ , the pressure of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels decreases in response to a request to reduce the torque transmitted by the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The actual engine speed is greater than the required engine speed after the pressing pressure of the drive clutch has been reduced. The transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch can be updated when the estimated torque of the drive decoupling clutch is different from the recording in the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch, different from the estimated torque of the drive decoupling clutch.

Thus, the transfer function, which describes the torque transmitted by the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels, can be adapted. Each pressure on the drive decoupling clutch against the drive wheels in the transfer function can be adapted so that the entire transfer function can be corrected as the vehicle ages.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 41-44 also provide a method for adapting the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels, comprising: adjusting the pressing of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels in the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle in response to a torque sensor, while the engine in the drive on drive wheels of a vehicle is not burning air and fuel. Thus, the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch can be adapted to improve the driving performance of the vehicle. The method further comprises adapting the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to a torque sensor. The method includes those cases where the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is adapted in response to the response of the drive components to the drive wheels.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the setting of the pressing of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is based on increasing the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels from a state where the drive decoupling clutch is open. The method includes those cases when the starter / generator integrated in the drive on the drive wheels is rotating while adjusting the pressing of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the transmission lock-up clutch is opened during adjustment of the pressing of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 41-44 also provide a method for adapting a drive trip clutch to drive wheels, comprising: rotating the torque converter pump wheel at a speed lower than the speed, where a greater than threshold fraction of the torque of the torque converter pump wheel is transmitted to the torque converter turbine , the torque converter pump wheel is in the drive wheel of the vehicle; and setting the pressing of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle in response to the torque sensor, while the engine in the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle is not burning air and fuel. A method for adapting a drive trip clutch to drive wheels includes those cases where the rotational speed is less than 700 rpm.

In one example, a method for adapting a drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases where the pressing force is adjusted by adapting the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The method for adapting the drive trip coupling to the drive wheels further comprises increasing the drive trip drive coupling command to the drive wheels and adjusting the transfer function of the drive trip coupling to the drive wheels based on the output of the torque sensor. The method for adapting the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels further comprises issuing a command to open the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The method for adapting the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases where the torque converter pump wheel is rotated by a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method for adapting the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases when the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels rotates at a speed that keeps the transmission clutch pressed. The method of adaptation of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases when the torque converter pump wheel rotates at a speed greater than the speed of the torque converter turbine.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 41-44 also provide a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including executable instructions stored in read-only memory for correcting an estimate of the torque transmitted through the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to the output of the torque sensor. The vehicle system includes those cases when the engine is not burning air and fuel.

In some examples, the vehicle system further comprises rotating DISG at a speed below which a threshold percentage of DISG torque is transmitted to the transmission. The vehicle system further comprises a torque converter including a torque converter clutch and additional commands for opening the torque converter clutch along with setting the torque estimate transmitted through the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for rotating the torque converter pump wheel at a higher speed than the torque converter turbine. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands to increase the closing force applied to the drive decoupling clutch.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 41-44 also provide a method for adapting a drive trip clutch to drive wheels, comprising: rotating a torque converter pump wheel at a first number of revolutions; driving the engine in a speed control mode and rotating the engine at a second speed other than the first speed; and adjusting the transfer function of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels in response to the torque estimate based on engine operating conditions. The method includes those cases when the pump wheel of the torque converter is rotated by means of a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels.

In some examples, the method includes those cases where the second number of revolutions is greater than the first number of revolutions. The method includes those cases when the second number of revolutions is less than the first number of revolutions. The method includes those cases where the engine operating conditions are the engine speed and engine load. The method further comprises issuing a command to increase the pressing force of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels. The method further comprises adjusting the engine torque to maintain the engine speed at the second number of revolutions, along with the command to increase the pressing force of the drive clutch on the drive wheels.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 41-44 also provide a method for adapting a drive trip clutch to drive wheels, comprising: rotating a torque converter pump wheel at a first number of revolutions; driving the engine in a speed control mode and rotating the engine at a second speed other than the first speed; storing the value of the engine output torque in response to an open clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels; with a certain increment, closing the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and setting the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to the difference between the torque estimate based on the engine operating conditions and the torque estimate based on the transmission function of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels.

In one example, a method for adapting a drive decoupling clutch to drive wheels includes those cases where the first number of revolutions is less than 700 revolutions per minute. The method of adaptation of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases when the engine operating conditions are the number of revolutions and the engine load. A method for adapting the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases where the torque estimate based on the engine operating conditions is the engine torque minus the engine torque stored during the open drive decoupling clutch. The method for adapting the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels also includes those cases where the engine speed is adjusted by adjusting the engine torque during the speed control mode. The method for adapting the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases where the torque converter pump wheel is rotated by a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method for adapting the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases when the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels rotates at a speed that keeps the transmission clutch pressed. The method of adaptation of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases when the torque converter pump wheel rotates at a speed greater than the speed of the torque converter turbine.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 41-44 also provide a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including executable instructions stored in read-only memory for correcting the torque estimate transmitted through the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to the engine torque estimate. A vehicle system includes those cases where an estimate of engine torque is based on engine speed and engine load.

In some examples, the vehicle system further comprises additional commands for rotating the DISG and engine at a speed below which a threshold percentage of DISG torque is transmitted to the transmission. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for rotating the DISG at a speed that is less than the number of revolutions at the engine rotation. The vehicle system further comprises additional instructions for performing closed-loop engine speed control by adjusting engine torque along with an estimate of engine torque.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 41-44 also provide a method for adapting the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels, comprising: adjusting the pressing of the drive trip clutch on the drive wheels in the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle in response to a torque sensor, while the engine in the drive on drive wheels of a vehicle is not burning air and fuel. The method further comprises adapting the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to a torque sensor. The method includes those cases where the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is adapted in response to the response of the drive components to the drive wheels. The method includes those cases where the setting of the pressing of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels is based on the increase in the pressing pressure of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels from the state where the coupling of the drive decoupling to the drive wheels is open. The method includes those cases when the starter / generator integrated in the drive on the drive wheels is rotating while adjusting the pressing of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels. The method includes those cases when the transmission lock-up clutch is opened during adjustment of the pressing of the drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 41-44 also provide a method for adapting a drive trip clutch to drive wheels, comprising: rotating the torque converter pump wheel at a speed lower than the speed, where a greater than threshold fraction of the torque of the torque converter pump wheel is transmitted to the torque converter turbine , the torque converter pump wheel is in the drive wheel of the vehicle; and setting the pressing of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle in response to the torque sensor, while the engine in the drive to the drive wheels of the vehicle is not burning air and fuel. A method for adapting a drive trip clutch to drive wheels includes those cases where the rotational speed is less than 700 rpm.

In some examples, the method for adapting the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases where the pressing force is adjusted by adapting the transfer function of the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The method for adapting the drive trip coupling to the drive wheels further comprises increasing the drive trip drive coupling command to the drive wheels and adjusting the transfer function of the drive trip coupling to the drive wheels based on the output of the torque sensor. The method for adapting the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels further comprises issuing a command to open the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels. The method for adapting the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases where the torque converter pump wheel is rotated by a starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels. The method for adapting the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases when the starter / generator integrated in the drive to the drive wheels rotates at a speed that keeps the transmission clutch pressed. The method of adaptation of the drive trip clutch to the drive wheels includes those cases when the torque converter pump wheel rotates at a speed greater than the speed of the torque converter turbine.

The methods and systems of FIG. 1-3 and 41-44 also provide a vehicle system comprising: an engine; double mass flywheel, including the first side mechanically attached to the engine; a clutch for disengaging the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side mechanically attached to the second side of the double mass flywheel; a starter / alternator (DISG) integrated in the drive to the drive wheels, including a first side coupled to a second side of a drive release coupling of the drive to the drive wheels; a transmission selectively connected to the engine through a drive decoupling clutch on the drive wheels; and a controller including executable instructions stored in read-only memory for correcting an estimate of the torque transmitted through the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels in response to the output of the torque sensor.

In one example, a vehicle system includes those cases where the engine is not burning air and fuel. The vehicle system further comprises DISG rotation at a speed below which a threshold percentage of DISG torque is transmitted to the transmission. The vehicle system further comprises a torque converter including a torque converter clutch and additional commands for opening the torque converter clutch along with setting the torque estimate transmitted through the drive decoupling clutch to the drive wheels. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands for rotating the torque converter pump wheel at a higher speed than the torque converter turbine. The vehicle system further comprises additional commands to increase the closing force applied to the drive decoupling clutch.

The methods and systems described above can logically output torque at different locations of the torque converter. FIG. 45-48 describe one example of determining torque on a pump wheel and torque converter turbine.

Next, with reference to FIG. 45, a function is shown that describes the K coefficient of the torque converter. The torque converter coefficient K is related to the ratio of the pump wheel to the torque converter turbine. The coefficient K in FIG. 45 may be expressed as:

,

,

where K is the coefficient K of the torque converter, N _turbine is the rotation speed of the torque converter turbine, and N _impeller is the rotation speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter, and fn is the function that describes the coefficient K. Then the torque on the pump wheel of the torque converter can be described according to:

where T _imp is the torque of the torque converter pump wheel, and where 1,558 is the conversion factor from pounds of force per foot to N⋅m. The above dependences are preserved for ratios of rotational speeds <1.

Next, with reference to FIG. 46, a function is shown that describes the load-bearing coefficient of the torque converter as a function of the ratio of the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter to the speed of the torque converter turbine. The bearing coefficient is related to the coefficient K according to the equation:

,

,

where Capacity_Factor is the load factor of the torque converter, and where K is the coefficient K of the torque converter described above. The function described in FIG. 46 may be used in conjunction with the functions described in FIG. 47 and 48, to simulate torque converter operating modes. The individual elements that form the curve shown in FIG. 46 can be determined empirically and stored in the controller memory.

Next, with reference to FIG. 47, a function is shown that describes the torque transformation coefficient (TR) of the torque converter as a function of the ratio of the speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter to the speed of the torque converter turbine. The function described in FIG. 47 may be used in conjunction with the functions described in FIG. 46 and 48, to simulate torque converter operating modes. The individual elements that form the curve shown in FIG. 47, can be determined empirically and stored in the controller memory. The function shown in FIG. 47 includes a Y axis, which represents the torque transformation coefficient of the torque converter. The X axis represents the ratio of the pump wheel speed to the torque converter turbine. It can be observed that there is an inverse relationship between the torque conversion coefficient of the torque converter and the ratio of the pump wheel speed to the torque converter turbine. TR can be described as:

,

,

where TR is the torque conversion coefficient of the torque converter, fn is the function describing the torque transformation coefficient, N _turbine is the rotation speed of the torque converter turbine, and N _impeller is the rotation frequency of the torque converter pump wheel. The torque conversion torque converter is related to the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel by the equation:

or

Next, with reference to FIG. 48, a function is shown that describes the load bearing coefficient of the torque converter of FIG. 46 multiplied by the torque transformation coefficient of the torque converter of FIG. 47, as a function of the ratio of the rotational speed of the torque converter pump wheel to the rotational speed of the torque converter turbine.

The function described in FIG. 48 may be used in conjunction with the functions described in FIG. 46 and 47, to simulate torque converter operating modes. The individual elements that form the curve shown in FIG. 48, can be determined empirically and stored in the controller memory. The function shown in FIG. 48 includes a Y axis, which represents the coefficient of load bearing capacity of the torque converter multiplied by the torque transformation coefficient of the torque converter. The Y axis represents the ratio of the pump wheel speed to the torque converter turbine.

In one example, the function of FIG. 46 is indexed by the ratio of the speed of the torque converter pump wheel to the speed of the torque converter turbine, and its output signal is multiplied by the squared speed of the torque converter pump wheel to give an estimate of the torque of the torque converter pump wheel. The function of FIG. 47 is indexed by the ratio of the rotational speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter to the speed of the turbine of the torque converter, and its output signal is multiplied by the function in FIG. 48 to evaluate the torque of the torque converter turbine. The torque on the torque converter is the difference between the torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter and the torque of the torque converter turbine. Of course, inverse operations can also be performed to determine the rotational speed of the pump wheel of the torque converter and the speed of the turbine of the torque converter.

Thus, the operation of the torque converter can be evaluated according to a model containing the functions described in FIG. 45-48. In particular, the torque converter may evaluate the torque of the pump wheel of the torque converter or the torque of the torque converter turbine as an estimate of the torque of the DISG or the torque of the wheels since the torque converter is mechanically coupled to the DISG and the transmission.

As will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, the methods described in FIG. 4-44 may be one or more of any number of processing strategies, such as event driven, interrupt driven, multitasking, multithreaded, and the like. As such, the various illustrated steps or functions may be performed in the illustrated sequence, in parallel, or in some cases skipped. Similarly, the processing order is not necessarily required to achieve the objectives, features and advantages described in the materials of this application, but is provided to facilitate illustration and description. Although not explicitly illustrated, one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that one or more of the illustrated steps or functions may be performed multiple times, depending on the particular strategy used.

This completes the description. Reading it by experts in the field of technology would recall many changes and modifications without leaving the essence and scope of the description. For example, in-line engines I3, I4, I5, V6, V8, V10, and V12 V-engines running on natural gas, gasoline, diesel, or alternative fuel configurations could use the present description to take advantage.

Claims (29)

1. A method for controlling a drive to drive wheels, comprising the steps of: provide braking by the drive to the drive wheels by means of an electric machine, while the engine is stopped, and the electric machine provides negative torque equivalent to the amount of torque that the engine gives during deceleration with the fuel shut off, providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels; the device is automatically activated to consume the charge generated by the electric machine while the electric machine provides braking by the drive to the drive wheels, and the engine is stopped and remains stopped; and shift up the transmission to a certain gear in response to a road gradient when the vehicle in which the engine is located is stationary. 2. The method of claim 1, wherein the device is activated in response to a charge state of the electricity storage device exceeding a threshold level. 3. The method according to claim 1, wherein the device is a heating device, wherein the trip clutch is opened to stop the engine, and the torque bearing capacity of the torque converter clutch is modulated to reduce torque disturbances from opening the trip clutch. 4. The method of claim 3, wherein the heating device is a window defroster. 5. The method of claim 3, wherein the heating device is a heater of the exhaust device. 6. The method of claim 1, wherein the device is a pump. 7. The method of claim 1, wherein the gear ratio of the transmission increases as the incline of the road increases. 8. A method for controlling a drive to drive wheels, comprising the steps of: provide braking by the drive to the drive wheels by means of an electric machine, while the engine is stopped, and the electric machine provides negative torque equivalent to the amount of torque that the engine gives during deceleration with the fuel shut off, providing braking by the drive to the drive wheels; increase the current supplied to the device, while the electric machine provides braking by the drive to the drive wheels, and the engine is stopped and remains stopped, during the first condition, the transmission is shifted upward to the first gear ratio in response to the first road gradient when the vehicle in which the engine is located is stationary; and during the second condition, the transmission is shifted upward to a second gear ratio in response to a second road gradient when the vehicle in which the engine is located is stationary. 9. The method of claim 8, wherein the first gear ratio is a lower gear ratio than the second gear ratio, and wherein the transmission is not in first gear when the transmission is shifted to the first gear ratio. 10. The method of claim 8, further comprising shifting downshifts in response to a driver demanding increased torque after shifting upshifts during the first and second conditions. 11. The method according to claim 8, in which the engine automatically stops through the controller. 12. The method according to p. 8, further comprising maintaining the pressure of the gear oil when shifting the transmission. 13. The method of claim 12, wherein the pressure of the transmission oil is maintained by rotating the electric machine. 14. The method according to p. 13, in which the electric machine is a built-in starter / generator drive to the drive wheels. 15. The method of claim 8, further comprising selecting a first gear ratio and a second gear ratio in response to the mass of the vehicle. 16. A method for controlling a drive to drive wheels, comprising the steps of: provide braking by the drive to the drive wheels by means of an electric machine, while the engine is stopped and the clutch for disengaging the drive from the drive wheels is open, and the electric machine provides negative torque equivalent to the amount of torque that the engine gives out during deceleration with the fuel shut off, providing drive wheel braking; and switch the transmission in response to a road gradient when the vehicle in which the engine is located is stationary, moreover, the transmission is shifted upward, and moreover, the gear ratio increases with increasing slope of the road. 17. The method according to p. 16, in which the engine stops automatically. 18. The method of claim 17, wherein the engine is stopped automatically by the controller in response to vehicle conditions.

Images